Preface - BRSNC · Preface . Ever since the assessment and accreditation by NAAC in 2002, Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath Collegeis the first college outside the Kolkata and the

Preface

Ever since the assessment and accreditation by NAAC in 2002, Barrackpore

Rastraguru Surendranath Collegeis the first college outside the Kolkata and the second

college in West Bengal which is submitting the Self Study report for Re-accreditation.

In the first assessment, the college was awarded ‘B’ grade with 73.13 percent of

marks. The NAAC Peer Team gave some individual suggestion and guidelines in their

Recommendation Report. Those suggestions and Recommendations gave a new

dimension and imputes to the forward march of our institution. During the last five years

we have tried out best to develop our institution with all the stakeholders of the college.

The Self Study Report is given in two (2) Volumes. Volume one contains

Institutional Data consisting of Profile of the College, Criterion wise Inputs, Profile of the

Departments and Volume two contains Executive Summary, Criterion wise Evaluative

Report and Evaluation report of the Departments.

During the preparation of Self Study Report, we have to collect individual wise,

Department wise and Institutional wise. In this regard, cooperative and assistances from

all the stakeholders are gratefully acknowledged.

I

While presenting our Self Study Report in connection with the Re-accreditation of Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath College, Barrackpore, 24 Parganas (North), West Bengal. I would like to quote from a Bengali Poem, written by Rabindranath Tagore to express the feeling for our quest for excellence, the vision of the college as:

“ Je Nodee Haraae Sroat Cholite Na Paare Sahasra Shaibal Daam Baandhe Asi Taare”

i.e. if the river stop flowing, it becomes covered by moss. If we want to project our country as knowledge economy we should not compromise on quality, the elixir of higher education. Quality higher education leads to human capital formation with higher productivity which can bring about higher economic growth we are striving for. Actually, we are cultivating, producing and disseminating knowledge in the institutions of higher education. It is a continuous process as we are striving for enhancement of knowledge through research activities in various fields and improvement in intellect and thought.

We all know that change is the only constant in nature and we have to mould ourselves accordingly.

During the last five years we acted upon different criteria as follow: Curricular Aspects:

To facilitate vertical progression of our students we have introduced Four PG courses on autonomous basis since 2004.

To increase horizontal mobility of students three new courses at the UG level have been introduced during the last five years.

Four value added courses have been introduced to make the students globally competent and help them building their careers.

At present, the college runs 26 UG programmes, Four PG programmes and six Value Added Programmes.

College is offering sufficient Academic Flexibility Well thought curricula have been designed on the basis of the feedback from

different stakeholders. Teaching- Learning and Evaluation: So far as teaching–learning process is concerned we have given utmost importance on it.

Executive Summary

II

Admission process is transparent and totally computerised. Students can avail of the opportunity of admission through Internet by Online Submission.

Access and Equity: During the last five years there has been an increase in the number of students by almost 12%. The increase in the girls students is significant and it is now ~60% of the students population representing gender balance. 45% of the students are coming from the families whose monthly income is less than Rs. 5000/-and SC and ST students are given their due share as per Government norms.

Monitoring the performance of the teachers, students and non-teaching staff is unique in this college. Daily basis performance appraisal of teachers is maintained which had been appreciated by the previous peer members during last visit. This unique feature is still sustained.

Multi-cornered feedback mechanism has been emphasised and it is being used for reforms and developments. Feedback from the students in this college was started before the prescription given by the Peer members. This is also a special feature of this college and this is updated and sincerely maintained.

Number of faculty members increased from 46 to 85. Besides, 56 Part time- management Appointee teachers have been appointed leading to improve the teachers: student ratio.

Appointment procedure is very transparent and Teacher Quality is very high. Some Guest Teachers from different Universities and institute of repute like

ISI, IACS, Bose Institute etc are invited to impart quality teaching at the PG level and UG level.

Number of Non-teaching staff increased from 47 to 57 for better support services.

The success rate at the end level examination of the University of Calcutta is almost 100% during the last five years. Students getting 1st class marks in absolute number and in percentage are increasing.

The percentage of college students getting 1st class marks is more than the University average of the same. A good number of our students are rank holders in the University’s merit list.

From the analysis of the result of the University of Calcutta it is seen that the college obtains the top position compared to the colleges of the neighbourhood area i.e. in the North 24 Parganas District and the college

III

occupies a place in the top 10 colleges among the affiliated college to the University of Calcutta.

This has been possible through continuous evaluation of the students. Research, Consultancy and Extension: A Research Monitoring Cell has been formed to motivate the teachers and

postgraduate students to engage themselves in research and project works. Around fifty percent of the teachers are engaged in direct research and

number of publications by the faculty is reasonably high. College is funding at present for six Minor Research Projects. Career Development cell is participating in consultancy and generating

resource. College has developed a strong culture of its NCC & NSS activities. Extensive community services through Thalassaemia Eradication,

Voluntary Blood Donors Club, Adoption of a Municipal Ward are the commitments towards society.

The College has set up a number of collaboration with different organizations of national and international repute like Indian Red Cross Society, IGNOU, IACS etc.

Infrastructure and Learning Resources: To ensure quality in education we have to emphasise on Capacity Building encompassing options. Physical infrastructure has been more than doubled from 60000.sq. ft. to

125000 sq. ft. Number of computer increased from 32 to 160 leading to ratio 1:35 Up gradation of computers with latest versions. Number of LCD projectors increased from 01 to 09 and Internet node

developed up to 78 to encourage ICT. Number of library book increased from 22000 to 31000; Number of Journals increased from 08 to 40 including e-journals. Library space increased from 4000 sq. ft. to 10000 sq. ft. Open Access of Library from 2003 with Uninterrupted Internet Service. Girls’ Hostel has been set up. Sincere efforts for Good House Keeping; Optimal utilisation of the

Infrastructure. Availability of sport coaching in the college ground, improved Canteen and

Sanitary facility.

IV

Arrangement of separate office space for each department as recommended by Peer members.

Student Support: System of monitoring student progression through different mechanism. To aware the students of the dignity of labour on the one hand and enthuse

the financially challenged students to pursue their studies on the other, college promote the “Earn and Learn” programme and ‘Art Exhibition’ programme.

On average every year 12% students are receiving Merit and Means Fund. Accidental Insurance benefits up to Rs. 22000/-has been arranged to the

students for the treatment. Coaching facility for Football, Cricket, Athletes and Gymnasium has been

introduced since 2004-2005. Special Diet for the sportsmen is arranged since 2005-06.

Health facilities are provided to students through Health Centre, Health Awareness Programme and Students’ Health Home.

Mass Participation of students in Cultural Competition, Sports activity (both Indoor & Out door); Publication of Wall and Printed Magazine.

Introduction of Placement Cell since 2004-05, with effective student counselling services.

Participation of students in different academic and administrative bodies. Effective support from the Alumni through its registered association. Effective safety measures for students and college assets.

Governance and Leadership: The governance and leadership role of the college as well as the Principal is being felt in collegiating the teachers, students, non-teaching member, Alumni, Society persons. Operation of Decentralisation and Participative Management with functioning

of different committees. Special drive for recruitment of teachers and non teaching staff and required

training for them to improve the teacher- taught ratio and support services. Strict Observance of Govt. Rules in Recruitment Procedure. Resource generation increased to 2.5 fold during last five years and its

optimal utilisation for academic growth. Maintenance of Up to date & Regular Internal and External Audit Mechanism.

V

The college is free from Ragging, Agitation, Sexual harassment and any bias towards any caste, creed and religion.

The college is providing financial support during emergency to its staff members through registered Staff Cooperative Credit Society.

Innovative Practices: Working of the ‘Internal Quality Assurance Cell’ as a quality assurance

system. The college administration maintains regular contact with Guardians, Alumni

and Society Person, which was pointed out by the earlier Peer members and has been retained during the last five years.

‘The team work to raise the academic standard of the college is impressive’ – an observation of the previous Peer members which is still operated effectively.

The roles of Students’ Union are commendable for the development of the college. Students are so motivated that Students’ Union is often contributing from their fund towards college development. This year they contributed Rs. 80,000/- for the purchase of library books and Rs. 20000/- for purchase of sports gears.

The Teachers’ Council’s roles are praiseworthy for the development of the college. It is also contributing monthly to generate a fund from which the needy students are offered financial help.

Rainwater Harvesting as a model of recharging and ecological balance is a major step taken by the college.

Generation of funds by the students through Micro-saving boxes are used for community services.

At the end we would like to say that all the activities in different criteria are being channelised in our journey for the quest for excellence. Regarding Internal Quality Assurance and Inclusive Practices, let me allow to quote here from a poem written by American Poet Elia Wheeler Wilcox

“One ship sails east and another west While the self-same breezes blow

‘T is the set of the sail And not the gail

That bids then where to go.” Yes, we believe, we can.

1

Part II: Evaluative Report Criterion I: Curricular Aspects

1.1.1 State the vision and mission of the institution, and how it is communicated

to the students, teachers, staff and other stakeholders?

The vision, mission and objectives of Barrackpore Rastraguru

Surendranath College are stated below:

VISION:

To make the college a centre of excellence and an institution of national

acclaim.

MISSION:

1.To ensure and sustain Quality in education.

2.To provide value based and value added education with a view to

instilling self-confidence among the students.

3.To inject energy and vigour among our youth and help them to learn,

grow and evolve so that their dreams come true.

4.To make our students socially committed and adaptable to global

changes.

OBJECTIVES:

1.Advancement of learning accompanied by modern teaching aids.

2.Provision of need based higher education to cope up with the changing

requirements of the society.

3.Attainment of excellence through academics.

The resolution adopted by the Founder Members in the meeting

dated 27th July, 1953 also corroborates our mission, vision and

objectives of today, is annexed (annexure no. 1.1)

1.1 Curriculum Design and Development

2

The vision, mission and objectives of the institution are

communicated to the students, teachers, non-teaching staff and other

stakeholders through

1 Distribution of prospectus to the students.

2 Website: www.brsnc.com [website has been opened in 2001 in the first

phase (http://education.vsnl.net/brsc) and it has been revised and

replaced in 2004 by the present web site and is updated at regular

intervals]

Record shows that from June 2008 the college website was used by

10000 (approx) number of viewers till date.

3 Discussions in the meetings and workshops of the Teachers’ Council,

Non-teaching staff, Students and Parent-Teacher Association

through power point presentation.

4 Interaction with Society Persons e.g., Local Physicians, Local

Municipal Councillors & Chairmen, Local Academic Personalities,

Head of the Institutions of the Sub divisional Schools, MLA, M.P.

5 Sending Annual reports to the Higher Education Department,

University, and other departments of the Govt. of W.B., University

Grants Commission and the NAAC.

1.1.2 How does the mission statement reflect the institution’s distinctive characteristics in terms of addressing the needs of the society, the students it seeks to serve, institution’s traditions and value orientation?

Education is not only the transfer of knowledge to the next

generation but also ignition of their quest for new knowledge and

experience. The college is trying its best to inculcate this spirit among the

students since its inception keeping in mind its broad vision, mission and

objectives.

Providing quality education, maintenance of overall discipline –

administrative, academic and financial - sincere devotion to the cause of

true education with utmost accountability of teachers, staff and students

3

towards society and social auditing by the stakeholders of higher education

are the distinctive characteristics of our institution. This is aimed to achieve

the mission enshrined in our vision, which the founder members of this

college visualised as the changing requirements of education with the

change of time. Initially, it was an intermediate college for girls and

subsequently feeling the pulse of the locality it was turned into a co-

education degree college. Being forced by the financial requirements of the

families evicted from their erstwhile motherland due to partition of Bengal

the youth had to engage themselves in various jobs in this industrial belt at

the cost of their hopes for higher education. Sensing that the youth of the

locality could not avail of higher education because they were faced to be

bread earners, the then Governing Body introduced the Undergraduate

course in the evening section, thus enabling the employed youth to improve

their educational status. This single step helped them enormously in

getting better placement in their respective jobs or vertical progression

of their careers. This is a unique example of serving the dual needs of

the society in general and the students in particular. So it can be said

that the college is not only a seat of higher learning but it can also

efficiently accommodate the ever-changing scenario of higher education

with the passage of time.

Following the same tradition of the college established by our

predecessors we felt the need of introducing new subjects without

marginalizing the traditional ones in the last decade of twentieth century

and beginning of the twenty-first century. The following courses were

introduced at UG and PG level:

1 Opening up of the New Courses e.g., Computer Science, Journalism

& Mass Communication, Microbiology, Bachelor of Business

Administration, Psychology, Film Studies, Food & Nutrition,

Electronics Science, Sociology etc.

4

2 Opening up of the New Post Graduate Courses e.g., Computer

Science, Microbiology, Accounts, Finance and Control, Marketing

Management.

In order to hone the skills of our students we have emphasised and

introduced some value added courses like

1 Communicative English

2 Personality and Soft Skill Development

3 Computer Literacy

4 Training Programme e.g., School Service Commission, MAT,

Combined Examination,

5 BPO Services,

6 Hardware & Networking.

To make the students socially committed and to inculcate values

among them and to promote social justice and good citizenship, National

Service Scheme (NSS) and National Cadets Corps (NCC) have been

implemented with the involvement of students. As part of these activities

the college has been organising a host of outreach programmes for the

benefit of the surrounding community. The programmes are organised in

association with different societies and bodies such as Voluntary Blood

Donors Club, Holding of Blood Donation Camp with B. N. Bose

Hospital, Awareness campaigning for Anti-AIDS/HIV with

Thoughtshop Foundation an NGO, Health Awareness with Physicians,

Earn & Learn, National Integration camp, Army Attachment Camp,

All Indian Gujarat Trek Camp with 48 Bengal Battalion, NCC. These

will definitely add value to the quality of our students. In appreciation of

the present day needs we organise classes to instil values among the

students so that they can grow up with fresh minds to preserve the

constitutional obligations of maintaining democratic, secular and

socialistic norms in the society in which they live. We also lay stress on

5

building a healthy body and mind by introducing the 17-Unit Gymnasium,

different outdoor and indoor games and sports, and cultural activities. All

these activities are directed to preserve the tradition of the college along

with the orientation of established values in the society.

The College has set up a ‘Centre for Thalassaemia Eradication’

with the assistance of the Indian Red Cross Society (Barrackpore

Branch), which is perhaps the first of its kind in the state as well as in the

country.

1.1.3 Are the academic programmes in line with the institution’s goals and objectives? If yes, give details on how the curricula developed / adopted, address the needs of the society and have relevance to the regional / national and global trends and developmental needs? (Access to the Disadvantaged, Equity, Self development, Community and National Development, Ecology and environment, Value orientation, Employment, ICT introduction, Global and National demands and so on)

1.1.3 The College has initiated and introduced different academic

programmes in line with the institution’s goals and objectives.

The founder members of our college have set the goal - To make the

college a centre of excellence and an institution of national acclaim and to

achieve the goal the following objectives have been taken into

consideration:

• Advancement of learning accompanied by modern teaching aids.

• Provision of need based higher education to cope with the changing


• Attainment of excellence through academics.

Guided by the goals and objectives, the founder members had

established this college in 1953 at Intermediate level for girls with the

affiliation of the University of Calcutta. Subsequently, feeling the local

needs of the society the college was upgraded to the degree level with the

provision of co-education. Due to partition of Bengal and influx of families

from the East Bengal, the management body extended the degree course in

the evening shift with the permission from University of Calcutta in order

6

to satisfy the demands for higher education of the local youth and to help

them to be better placed in different jobs. The college in this way has acted

as not only a seat of higher learning but also has tried to introduce different

academic programmes consistent with the institution’s goals and objectives.

With the emerging needs of the society the college has introduced

New Courses e.g., Computer Science, Journalism & Mass

Communication, Microbiology, Bachelor of Business Administration,

Psychology, Film Studies, Food & Nutrition, Electronic Science,

Sociology etc at the Undergraduate level and new Post graduate

courses in Computer Science, Microbiology, Accounts, Finance and

Control, Marketing Management.

The syllabi of these courses at the undergraduate level have

been framed by the University of the Calcutta and we have to accept

these syllabi as an affiliated college. The University of Calcutta revises

the syllabi of different subjects from time to time with the

consideration of the needs of the society, relevance to regional /

national /global trends, availability of new technologies, value

orientation etc. The basic objectives for the revision of syllabi at

the undergraduate level by the University of Calcutta are the

tremendous developments in various fields of study, availability of

sophisticated instrumental techniques, turning the Indian youth a

skilful and productive manpower, so that they can contribute to

national development and to achieve global competencies.

The syllabi of different subjects have been revised with a view to

acquainting the students with fundamental basic concepts and

methodologies of different subjects and to orient them towards the

applied fields in all subjects as far as practicable.

Academic programmes in different subjects are developed and adopted

with the following considerations:

7

Needs of the Society - Microbiology is the base of other branches

of life sciences such as Genetic engineering; Biotechnology, Molecular

Biology, Genomics, Proteomics etc and the emerging scientific research on

these fields are partly dependent on microbiology.

A large number of affiliated UG colleges teach Honours in

Microbiology but the intake capacity in Microbiology at PG level of

Calcutta University was too meagre compared to the number of Honours

graduate students passing out with high first class marks. A good number of

students were deprived of the opportunity to pursue masters degree. For

this reason the department of Microbiology of this college opened the PG

course on an autonomous basis affiliated to Calcutta University. The

department initially adopted the curricula designed by the University of

Calcutta. Subsequently the curriculum was revised as per the needs of

the society.

It’s a fact well known that studies in Computer Science came rather

late to the Eastern region. When Calcutta University brought in Computer

Science as a subject in its curriculum in the early 90’s, Barrackpore

Rastraguru Surendranath College was among the forerunners to introduce

the said course at the UG level. Global demands for training and

employability, our objectives of need based higher education, fostering

global competencies among the students through the promotion of

modern technology and providing opportunities for vertical progression of

our graduates are some of the reasons for the opening of PG course in

computer science in our college. This was seconded by the University of

Calcutta through extension of PG courses in colleges on autonomous

basis.

Limited scope for admission to PG course due to seat restriction at

the University level, absence of vertical progression of the students having

Marketing Management at the UG level, widened scope of Accounts,

8

Finance and Control and Marketing Management as specializations with

ample opportunity for employment due to expanded market economy

facilitated us to start the PG courses of commerce.

Provision For Employment of The Students – syllabi have been

redesigned introducing current aspects of medical microbiology and

bioinformatics including genomics and proteomics which is relevant to

drug designing. It is so done that the students passing out with

microbiology can work in the pharmaceuticals industry and other

laboratories as per the industries’ demand.

M.Sc. in Computer Science in our college has been introduced

considering the employment prospects in IT Industries at the national &

global level, different public sector organizations (Railways, Financial

Sectors, Land & Land Revenue Offices, Telephones) and other

Government offices (Webel) and teaching in schools and colleges.

The curricula in Postgraduate courses in commerce have been

designed keeping the employability of the students in mind. The two

specialisations, namely Accounts, Finance and Control and Marketing

Management have opened up opportunities for jobs for the commerce

students in the fields of Business, Commerce, Trade, Industries, Bank,

Insurance, and Management etc.

Matching With Current Research – Relevant to current emerging

research in different fields of life sciences, Molecular Biology, Genomics,

Proteomics, Biotechnology, Industrial & Agricultural Microbiology,

Microbial cell biology with adequate practical trainings have been

introduced in the new curriculum.

The computer science syllabus has been revised with a view to

emphasise modern technological development relevant to current research

work like VLSI (very large scale integration), image processing, and

pattern etc. The course has been designed considering the global industrial

9

needs and market potential. The languages like JAVA, Rational Rose have

been introduced in the syllabus so also new trends in developments in

Algorithm. The Department of Commerce has included new topics

consistent with the current research in Financial market, Accounts and

Marketing management.

Keeping Ecological And Environmental Aspects In View –

Relevant to the application of microbes in Bioremediation removal of toxic

and heavy metals in environment is done.

Fitting With The Development of Entrepreneurial Ability – The

students learning with these curricula can participate in making alcohol

fermentation and designing instruments.

The course in Computer Science at Postgraduate level has been

designed with consideration of the specific qualities demanded by

employers.

The Computer Science department has been enriched from the

feedback of employers of our students who have passed out from the

department. It is learnt that the employers look for some specific qualities

from the students such as ability to adopt oneself to latest technology, to

learn quickly, readiness of mind, constant learning to match the global

trends and ability to communicate. Accordingly the department has taken

initiatives to train and mould the students in order to develop

entrepreneurial ability. The students can develop the skills for software

consultancy with JAVA, visual basic, oracle, SQL server etc, web page

designing, database management, and services related to hardware network.

The course designers of M.Com has taken special care to include

papers on Organisational Behaviour, Labour Laws, and Business Taxation

etc to equip students with the basics of entrepreneurship development.

Further, the department also holds seminars on Entrepreneurship

10

Development to help students in selecting business areas that can prove

beneficial with small investments.

1.1.4 How does the curriculum cater to inclusion/integration of Information and Communication Technology (ICT) in the curriculum, for equipping the students to compete in the global employment markets

1.1.4 The curriculum caters to inclusion/integration of Information and

Communication Technology (ICT) through introduction of Digital Class

room/ virtual classroom / seminar room with Internet connection and

other devices like, visualizer, sensor, microprocessors, circuit design

and software, LCD Projector and OHP.

Digital classroom facility with Internet connection is widely used in the

department of Microbiology, Computer Science, PG Commerce,

Geography, Chemistry etc.

Information and Communication Technology (ICT) is used to train the

students in searching online information in various fields of microbiology

and related areas of life sciences. Students get the scope to search

different databases like Medline, blast search etc., to compare and analyse

the genome sequences of related microorganisms. These tools also enable

them to predict and determine protein structure and function and this

knowledge can be applied in targeted drug delivery and also in drug

designing in pharmaceutical sectors. The department of Computer

Science has introduced courses on Java, Networking & operating

system with use of e-book in classroom teaching, both theoretical and

practical, and LAN in the laboratory.

The curricula of Accounts, Finance and Control (AFCM) & Marketing

Management (MRMM) introduce project work and practical classes on

the use of the software package of accounts e.g., Tally.

The students regularly use the advantage of Information and

11

Communication Technology (ICT) in preparing their project reports,

seminar lectures, online questionnaire solving, power point

presentation of self-created contents, group discussions on some article

of some online journals etc. The course design of M.Com. has taken care

to include papers on computers involving financial accounting

package-Tally, practical taxation through filing of e-returns, project

presentations through power points etc. in order to equip the students

with the latest uses of ICT in the field of Commerce and Management.

The curricula of Honours in Geography, Physics, Chemistry, Computer

Science, Microbiology and Mathematics at undergraduate level

introduce routine class, project works, and seminar presentation using

ICT. The curriculum design has also carefully considered the

employment aspect of the students. The two specialisations, namely

Accounts Finance and Control and Marketing Management have been

introduced considering the current trend and market potential.

1.1.5 Specify the initiatives and contributions of the institution in the curriculum design and development process. (Need assessment, development of information database, feedback from faculty, students, alumni, employees and academic peers, and communicating the information and feedback for appropriate inclusion and decisions in statutory academic bodies, Membership of BOS and by sending agenda items etc.)

1.1.5 The basic objectives in redesigning of curriculum are

Needs of the society

Current research trends

Incorporating new technologies

Employment aspects to the Industry.

Access to the NET, SET, GATE etc. and vertical

progression

The initiatives in the curriculum design and development process of

the institution are based on the following considerations.

12

Online searching of syllabus from International and National

institutes of repute like Harvard University, MIT, Cornell University,

Yale University, JNU, BHU, UGC Guideline, Calcutta University,

Indian Statistical Institute (ISI), University of Pune, Vellore Institute of

Technology, Bengal Engineering and Science University (BESU),

University of Kalyani, University of Burdwan, Jadavpur University,

IIT Kharagpur etc.

Feedback from the faculty, students, alumni, and academic peers on

the existing syllabus are invited and suggestions for improvement have

been accepted.

Methodology used: Expert committees from specific fields related

to Microbiology, Computer Science, and Commerce have been constituted.

The opinions and suggestions of experts from reputed institutes and

universities like ISI, Calcutta University, BESU, Industries, Chamber of

Commerce, Central Universities, are included and accepted as far as

practicable.

Then the draft syllabi of different subjects are placed in the PG

Board of Studies of respective subjects, and after detailed discussions, final

revised syllabi are prepared and approved in PG Boards of studies of

respective subjects.

1.2.1 What are the range of programme options available to learners in terms of Degrees, Certificates and Diplomas?

Range of Programmes options available to learners are presented in the following Tabular form:

1.2 Academic Flexibility

13

Table No. – 1.1 Programme Options with Possible Combinations

HONS. IN POSSIBLE COMBINATION (S)

HONS. IN POSSIBLE COMBINATION (S)

BENGALI

HISTORY EDUCATION PHYSICS CHEMISTRY MATHEMATICS HISTORY PHILOSOPHY CHEMISTRY PHYSICS MATHEMATICS EDUCATION PHILOSOPHY MATHEMATICS CHEMISTRY PHYSICS JOURNALISM FILM STUDIES PHYSICS STATISTICS

ENGLISH

PHILOSOPHY EDUCATION POLITICAL SCIENCE

STATISTICS

HISTORY EDUCATION GEOGRAPHY ECONOMICS STATISTICS JOURNALISM FILM STUDIES ECONOMICS POLITICAL

SCIENCE

PHILOSOPHY EDUCATION MICROBIOLOGY ZOOLOGY CHEMISTRY EDUCATION JOURNALISM COMPUTER

SCIENCE PHYSICS MATHEMATICS

EDUCATION HISTORY ELECTRONIC SCIENCE

PHYSICS MATHEMATICS

HINDI

PHILOSOPHY EDUCATION ECONOMICS MATHEMATICS STATISTICS PHILOSOPHY HISTORY MATHEMATICS POLITICAL

SCIENCE EDUCATION HISTORY PSYCHOLOGY ECONOMICS POLITICAL

SCIENCE POLITICAL SCIENCE

BENGALI POLITICAL SCIENCE

ECONOMICS ZOOLOGY

POLITICAL SCIENCE

JOURNALISM FOOD & NUTRITION

CHEMISTRY MICROBIOLOGY

ENGLISH POLITICAL SCIENCE POST GRADUATE COURSES

BENGALI PHILOSOPHY HISTORY

POLITICAL SCIENCE

HISTORY MICROBIOLOGY

BENGALI HISTORY COMPUTER SCIENCE

ENGLISH POLITICAL SCIENCE

ACCOUNTS, FINANCE & CONTROL

ACCOUNTS, FINANCE & CONTROL HISTORY ENGLISH


MARKETING MANAGEMENT

MARKETING MANAGEMENT

14

PHILOSOPHY

BENGALI PHILOSOPHY POLITICAL SCIENCE

JOURNALISM POSSIBLE COMBINATION (S) - GEN

ENGLISH PHILOSOPHY POLITICAL SCIENCE


EDUCATION HISTORY

POLITICAL SCIENCE

ENGLISH HISTORY BENGALI EDUCATION

EDUCATION

POLITICAL SCIENCE

EDUCATION

BENGALI EDUCATION PHILOSOPHY EDUCATION HISTORY

BENGALI FILM STUDIES

MICROBIOLOGY CHEMISTRY ZOOLOGY

ENGLISH FILM STUDIES

PHYSICS CHEMISTRY MATHEMATICS

JOURNALISM & MASS COMMUNICATION

POLITICAL SCIENCE

PHILOSOPHY COMMERCE GRP-I

GRP-II GRP -III

POLITICAL SCIENCE

EDUCATION POLITICAL SCIENCE

PHILOSOPHY HISTORY

PHILOSOPHY EDUCATION POLITICAL SCIENCE

PHILOSOPHY EDUCATION

ACCOUNTANCY GRP-I GRP-II POLITICAL SCIENCE

JOURNALISM EDUCATION

MARKETING GRP-I GRP-II POLITICAL SCIENCE

JOURNALISM HISTORY

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

ENGLISH HISTORY EDUCATION

JOURNALISM HISTORY EDUCATION BENGALI PHILOSOPHY EDUCATION ENGLISH HISTORY FILM STUDIES BENGALI HISTORY FILM STUDIES

The table shows the scope of the elective combinations for different

Honours programmes. Arts and Humanities programmes are designed by

offering three or four elective combinations while science programmes

are designed by offering one or two elective combinations. Arts General

programme offers twelve possible combinations. Moreover, any student

of UG level is getting scope to get admission in O Level and A Level

Courses, Course on Communicative English (CCE), JCHNP, Course

on Computer Concept (CCC), Soft Skill Development (SSD) as value

added courses. The college is planning to extend some courses to the

students e.g., Animation Course, Hardware Networking in the form of

Degree, Certificate, Diploma.

1.2.2 Give details on the following provisions with reference to academic flexibility, value addition and course enrichment: a) Core options b) Elective options c) Add on courses d) Interdisciplinary courses

15

e) Flexibility to the students to move from one discipline to another f) flexibility to pursue the programme with reference to the time frame (flexible time for completion)

1.2.2 The college provides the following facilities to the students to

continue their studies with reference to academic flexibility, value

addition and course enrichment

a) Core options: A student has to take some core subjects such as Modern

Indian Language, Compulsory English Language and Environmental

Studies.

b) Elective options: A student can opt for any one of the 2-4 elective

combination of subjects for Honours and any one from the 12 elective

combinations in General courses from the range of programme options

listed 1.2.1.

c) Add On Courses: Courses on Communicative English, aptitude and

soft skill personality development, computer literacy programme,

coaching for SSC, MAT and combined services examinations,

hardware and networking are imparted to the students at the UG & PG

level. Curricula of these courses are designed and enriched by the

respective faculty members in consultation with the experts in the

fields, students feed back, employers feed back etc. A student at the UG

& PG level can continue his or her study and also take up the Add On

courses at the same time. Thus the students can enjoy the facilities of

horizontal flexibility.

d) Inter disciplinary courses: Courses like Film Studies, Computer

Science, Commerce, Electronics, Food & Nutrition, Psychology and

Microbiology have been introduced as Inter Disciplinary Courses to

cater the needs of the society.

e) Flexibility to the students to move from one discipline to another is

16

allowed to a great extent. Students passing with science at the +2 level

are allowed to move to any discipline. Students passing with commerce

at the +2 level are allowed to move to any combination of Literature or

Social Science. Slight restriction is maintained in the combination of

Science stream in view of the routine.

f) Time flexibility: The degree course for Honours and General are of a

span of 3 years and a candidate has to appear in the examination at the

end of each year as Part-I, Part-II and Part-III Examination. However, a

candidate has the flexibility to qualify in Part-I Examination latest by

the 4th year excluding the year of admission (Ref. No. CSR/79/05 dated

29/11/2005 of C.U.). An honours candidate becoming unsuccessful at

the Part-II Examination has the option to switch over to General course

and get admission in 3rd year classes.

All these provisions are made in keeping with the goals and

objectives of the institutions.

1.2.3 Give details of the programmes and other facilities available for international Students (if any)

1.2.3 All the above programmes are available for international students also.

1.2.4 Does the institution offer any self-financed programmes in the institution? If yes, list them and indicate how they differ from other programmes, with reference to admission, curriculum, fee structure, teacher qualification and salary etc.

1.2.4 The institution offers the following Self-financed programmes:

Table No. -1.2 Self-Financed Programmes with its Features

Programme Method of Admission

Curriculum Fees Structure

Teacher Qualification

Salary

1. Bachelor of Business Administration (Hons.)

Based on merit & interview

Designed by C.U.

Rs. 1500/- pm as Tuition fee with other charges or Rs.

MBA & Post-graduation

As per UGC rule

17

20400/- annually

Programme Method of Admission

Curriculum Fees Structure

Teacher Qualification

Salary

2. Jetking Certified Hardware & Networking Professional (JCHNP)

Any discipline after 10+2

Designed by Jetking & other certified co.

Rs. 44,000/- per 13 months course

Hardware, RHCE, CCNA, N+, MCSE, CSPFA

Varies from Rs. 10,000/- to 20,000/- depending upon teachers qualification and settled by Jetking

3. School Service Commission (SSC)

Graduate in any discipline

Designed by W.B. SSC

Rs. 6000/- for 6 months duration

Post-graduation & graduation

On class basis

4. Combined Services Examination

Graduate in any discipline

Designed by the concerned authority such as RRB, BSRB, PSC, Management Board

Rs. 10,000/- for 10 months course

Post-graduation & graduation

On class basis

5. Computer Literacy Programme (CLP)

Passed 10+2

Designed by DOEACC & approved by AICTE

Rs. 500/- for 3 months duration

PGDSE Rs. 10,000/- to 20,000/- as set out by ICE

6. O level (GDCA)

Passed 10+2


Rs. 7500/- for 1 yr.

PGDSE Rs. 10,000/- to 20,000/- as set out by ICE

7. A level (PGDSE)

Passed graduate or polytechnic diploma or O level


Rs. 18,000/- for 18 months

MCA Rs. 10,000/- to 20,000/- as set out by ICE

8. Course on Communicative English (CCE)

Passed 10+2

Designed jointly by the college & the Institute of English, Kolkata

Rs. 100/- pm for 1 yr.

DELT Rs. 6,000/- as basic with usual allowances for full time teachers & class basis salary for class basis contract teachers

18

Overall analysis of the table shows that the self-financed

programmes differ from the university prescribed programmes to some

extent in respect of curriculum, admission, fees structure, teacher

qualification, salary as shown below

Table No. 1.3 Features of University Prescribed Programme vis-à-vis Self-

Financed Programme

With reference

to University prescribed

programme Self-financed programme

Curriculum Designed by Calcutta University

Designed by certified co. and approved nationally & internationally

Admission Based on merit Based on merit, interview & technical education

Fees structure Designed by the Education Directorate, Govt. of W.B.

Designed by the institute / companies

Teachers qualification

As per UGC guideline As per the guideline of institute and different companies

Salary As per UGC rule As per the institute / companies rule

1.3.1. How does the college obtain feedback on curriculum from

a) Students? b) alumni? c) Parents? d) employers / industries? e) academic peers? f) community?

1.3.1 The College obtains feedback on curriculum from

a) Students of 3rd year who have to fill up the students’ feedback form

compulsorily before filling up the form for the final year examination.

They fill up the feedback form on different aspects of the college from

their three-year experience as students of the college, without disclosing

their identity. Students’ Feedback Form is enclosed herewith

b) Alumni who meet on the 1st Sunday of the month of December every

1.3 Feedback on Curriculum

19

year in a re-union meeting. The alumni interact with the students,

teachers and others. They are requested to fill up a questionnaire as part

of the feedback process. Departments and college also receive feedback

from the alumni during their visits on different occasions. The alumni

register their names and give suggestion and comments about the

departments and the college.

c) Feedback from Parents: in the Parent-Teachers meeting are usually held

in the month of February-March every year where the parents point out

strengths and weaknesses of the department and the college.

d) Employers/Industries can ventilate their views at the meetings of the

Subcommittees, PG Board of Studies and in the seminars, workshops

and symposiums. Representatives from industry give suggestions for the

development of the curriculum. For example, in the meeting of the

expert committee of the Department of Microbiology (PG), industry

personnel from East India Pharmaceuticals Ltd. gave their expert

opinion regarding modification of syllabi. One industrial person is

working as a member of the PG Board of Studies of Commerce as

Principal’s Nominee. This shows the industrial linkage with the

college so far as designing of syllabi is concerned.

e) Academic peers participate in the meetings of the committees for

framing and revision/modification/amendment of the syllabus conducted

by the C.U. and in meeting of the UG Board of Studies & PG Board of

Studies.

1.3.2 How is the above feedback analyzed and the outcome / suggestions used for continuous improvements, and communicated to the affiliating university for appropriate inclusion?

1.3.2 The feedback from students are analysed during departmental meetings.

The shortcomings and weaknesses are noted down and suggestions for

improvement are considered. The department adopts resolutions on different

20

aspects and submits it to the principal for further discussion in the academic

subcommittee which is constituted by the Heads of the departments, senior

teachers, students representatives and non-teaching staff. Academic

subcommittee considers the suggestions and the proposals from the

students’ feedback. Since the college is affiliated to the University of

Calcutta representatives of the college take this up at the Board of Studies of

the University where amendments to the syllabus can be effected. Regarding

autonomous postgraduate courses these suggestions are acted upon by the

PG departments of Microbiology, Computer Science and Commerce.

1.4.1 What is the frequency and the basis for syllabus revision and what are the major revisions made during the last two years?

1.4.1 Syllabi are revised once every 3–4 years. The Calcutta University

designed the syllabi for Honours and General course at the UG level in

2002–03 and these were revised and came into effect from the session

2005–06 and 2006–07, [Notification no. CSR/64/06 dated 26/12/2006].

Syllabi of some papers of relevant subjects were also revised during this

period.

The basis for syllabus revision is:

To acquaint the students and the teachers with the salient features

of the subjects and its development;

To incorporate the current issues and regional, national and

global trends;

To accommodate the changes in knowledge and technologies.

Though the college is an affiliated college of Calcutta University

and has no direct role in designing and revision of syllabus, the college has

1.4 Curriculum update

21

an indirect role in designing of syllabus because the teachers of different

departments are members of respective Boards of studies of Calcutta

University which frame the syllabi.

Some of our teachers in the department of Chemistry, Economics,

Geography, Electronic Science, Computer Science have participated in

reviewing and revising UG Honours syllabi as members of UG Boards of

Studies of University of Calcutta.

Autonomous Post-graduate departments such as Microbiology,

Computer Science and Commerce take active part in the designing and

revision of syllabi by the PG Boards of studies constituted by the experts

from Calcutta University, Burdwan University, Kalyani University,

Jadavpur University, Bengal Engineering and Science University (BESU),

Indian Statistical Institute (ISI), experts from industries and departmental

teachers. Department of Microbiology designed its syllabus in 2003-04 and

revised it in July’ 08. Department of Computer Science designed its

syllabus in 2005-06 and revised portions of the syllabus in 2006, 2007, and

2008 on the basis of the current trend in research methodology of

teaching, changes in technology and market demand. Department of

Commerce framed their syllabus in 2005 and revised in 2008. The revised

syllabus of Microbiology, Computer Sc. and Commerce will come into

effect from 2009–10 on semester basis.

The Department of Communicative English has designed its

syllabus in association with the Institute of English, Kolkata, in 2003

and revised its syllabus in 2007 accordingly to the developments in the

subjects.

1.4.2 How does the institution ensure that the curriculum bears a thrust on core values adopted by NAAC?

1.4.2 Excellence is the ethos of higher education and it is one of the core

values of the NAAC as described in the NAAC journal.

22

Guided by the core values adopted by the NAAC the institution

takes initiative directly or indirectly to frame curricula and tries to

incorporate new and updated matters supplemented by modern teaching

aids based on technology to achieve and sustain quality education. Framing

and updating of syllabi at the Undergraduate and Postgraduate levels

involve fundamental concepts, value based and value added education,

sophisticated instrumental techniques and knowledge of applied education.

All these help human resource development and engage Indian youth in

skilful productive employment through global competencies. Thus the

institution ensures that the curriculum focuses on core values adopted by

NAAC.

1.4.3 Does the institution use the guidelines of statutory bodies (UGC/ AICTE / State Councils of HE and other bodies) for developing and/or restructuring the curricula?

1.4.3 Yes, the institution is guided by the curricula of the University

Grants Commission, universities from state and outside state for developing

and/or restructuring the curricula. The Department of Microbiology

adopted the syllabus of the University of Calcutta at the Post Graduate level

in October 2004 and revised it in June 2008. The Department of Computer

Science designed a Post Graduate syllabus in Computer Science at the PG

level following the UGC Syllabus.

In the designing of the syllabi & curriculum of M.Com courses, all

the five provisions of M.Com. courses as designed by the UGC, such as

Master of Commerce, Master of Finance & Control, Master of Marketing,

Master of International Business, and Master of e-Commerce were

considered. Of these five provisions the Department of Commerce of this

college has chosen two courses - i) Accounts, Finance & Control ii)

Marketing Management for introduction at the PG level. It is to be noted

that though the university of Calcutta has no provision for Marketing

Management in it curriculum at the PG level we have introduced it in

23

our college at the PG level. In framing the course content the

Postgraduate Board of Studies have considered the syllabi of other

Universities like Delhi University, Pune University, Bangalore

University and IIM – Kolkata.

1.4.4 How are the existing courses modified to meet the emerging/ changing national and global trends?

1.4.4 The existing courses are modified to accommodate the needs of

society, which include employability of students, current research

trends, ecological and environmental aspects, development of

entrepreneurial ability and market potential.

Department of Microbiology has modified the existing courses by

introducing application of microbes and food bio-technologies for crop

improvement, Molecular biology, Genomics, Bio-technologies,

industrial and agricultural microbiology relevant to current research

work, introduction of technology for removal of toxic and heavy metals

in an effort to clean up the environment.

Department of computer science has modified the existing courses by

introducing Networking and communication, increasing the number of

LAN in the Laboratories, UNIX, Software testing, Software

manufacturing etc. in their syllabus.

SPSS Software in Marketing Research Paper for the Marketing

Management Specialization students of M. Com. has been introduced.

Syllabi on Managerial Economics have been updated to suit the job

requirements as well as mathematical orientation.

Chapters on ‘Computer Application’ have been included in order to

ensure a better coverage and expertise of students using computers in

their job field.

24

1.5.1 What are the quality sustenance and quality enhancement measures

undertaken by the institution during the last five years in curricular aspects?

1.5.1. Quality sustenance and quality enhancement measures undertaken

by the institution are the following:

The University of Calcutta modified the syllabi in the year 2003-04 and

some of them were subsequently revised in the sessions 2005-06 and

2006-07. The curricula have been amended during different sessions to

prepare the students to face new pattern of questions, to acquaint them

with current issues of Regional, National and Global trends, to

accommodate the changes in knowledge and technologies. The changes

in the syllabi, the change in the pattern of questions are geared towards

quality enhancement of the institution. The teachers of the college have

participated in the revision and framing of model questions in different

subjects.

The faculty members regularly participate in refresher courses and

receive necessary inputs regarding the changes taking place in the

academic world. These changes are incorporated through Syllabi

Revision Meetings where the college teachers of different departments

can participate.

Through the participation of the faculty and students in the seminars

where eminent Scientists, Professors and Educationists of different

institutes of national repute are the speakers, the teachers of our college

have an opportunity to update themselves.

The college follows and monitors the Academic Calendar diligently.

The syllabi of different subjects have been unitised according to the

Academic Calendar and specific numbers of lectures are allotted for

1.5 Best Practices in Curricular Aspects

25

each unit. Departmental teachers, the members of the Academic Sub-

Committee and Principal monitor periodically the progress of the

syllabi according to the Academic Calendar.

Students of our college are put through a continuous evaluation

system in the form of Class Tests, Pre Test, Test and University

examinations and evaluation of answer scripts of the college level

examinations are shown to the students for necessary improvement.

This is a unique feature of our college because very few institutions

in the state have succeeded in doing this.

Discussions on University results of Part-I, Part –II and Part-III are held

in departmental meetings, TC meeting and Academic Sub committee

meeting. On the basis of the results students are honoured and

felicitated in the Annual Reunion Meeting & Commencement Meeting

(Convocation Address).

The Research Monitoring Cell encourages research work by the

Faculty members. The college has taken the initiative of providing

financial assistance for the research projects initiated by the faculty

members and postgraduate students.

1.5.2 What best practices in ‘Curricular Aspects’ have been planned/ implemented by the institution?

1.5.2 College is proud for its best practices in curriculum aspect which are

implemented with utmost zeal:

1 Attainment of Goal orientation - Goals set by founder members

satisfying the changing needs of the society and translation of goals in

to action.

2 Curricula promoting Excellence- Updated and well defined curricula;

collaboration with institutes of national repute e.g.; Bose Institute,

ICAS; competence enhancing strategies- Incorporation of Field

Work, Hands-on Experiments such as Protein Purification, PCR

26

Techniques, Fermentation Technique.

3 Exercise of Academic Flexibility after capacity building,

4 Promotion of Value based curricula by holding some classes for

value orientation.

5 Promotion of Value added curricula to increase employability

through -inter disciplinary studies such as Microbiology, Electronic

Science, Computer Science, Commerce, Food & Nutrition, Chemistry,

Physics, Economics, History etc.; Communicative English as a means

of communicative skill development, computer learning as a tool for

teaching learning processes are other value added courses.

6 Access –Access to wide range of programme options available in the

college.

7 Serving contextual needs- The knowledge of Physics, Electronics,

Computer Science, Microbiology, Chemistry etc help the students to

modern gadgetry repair and maintenance, cable networking, electronic

equipment, microbial testing of water, milk, food etc.

8 Curricular Aspect promoting values –Besides the conventional

system of Education, our College has introduced Distance

Education through the Convergence Scheme of ODL and

conventional system of IGNOU as an way to promote value among

the students and inclusive education. Co-curricular activities like

Sports, Games, NSS, and NCC are also included to promote values.

Additional Information for Re-accreditation:

1. What were the evaluative observations made under Curricular Aspects in the

previous assessment report and how have they been acted upon

27

The evaluative observations made under Curricular Aspects in the

previous assessment report and how they have been acted upon are given

below:

a) NAAC peer team recommends “The College may try to get a new PG

courses in some subjects, like Commerce, Economics and Chemistry

which will strengthen its research performances. We strongly

recommend that the Calcutta University should consider this

favourably.”

Though the NAAC peer team mentions three subjects

(Commerce, Economics and Chemistry) for introduction of PG courses, we

feel that the main tune of observation of the NAAC Peer team was the

introduction of some PG courses to facilitate research performances in the

college. So we have introduced dual PG courses in Commerce on

Autonomous basis: Accounts, Finance & Control and Marketing

Management (from 2006-07 Sessions). Besides to cope up with current

trends, needs of the society, and market potential, the college has

successfully introduced PG courses in Microbiology (from 2004-05

Session) and Computer Science (from 2005-06 Session) on Autonomous

basis. The college is going to introduce management courses at the PG

level with the assistance of Economics and Mathematics as inter

disciplinary subjects.

b) NAAC peer team recommends, “More self financing courses like

PGDCA, PGDIT etc may be started”.

A number of self-financing courses like BBA, MNA, JCHNP,

GDCA (designed by DOEACC and approved by AICTE) and PGDSE

(designed by DOEACC and approved by AICTE) have been introduced as

per the recommendations of NAAC peer team.

c) NAAC peer team recommends “Coaching facility for various

28

competitive exams may be yet another incentive for students”.

Following the recommendation of the NAAC Peer team the

college has started coaching facilities for various competitive

examinations, like School Service Examination and Combined Service

Examination, MAT. College also provides special coaching to the

postgraduate students for GATE and NET examination.

2. What are the other quality sustenance and enhancement measures

undertaken by the institution since the previous assessment and

accreditation with regard to curricular aspects?

Other Quality Sustenance Measures are:

Regular unitisation of syllabi in accordance with the academic

calendar and its supervision.

Regular monitoring of the departments, Academic Sub Committee for

evaluation of progress of curricula & syllabi.

Regular supervision of the Academic Diaries.

Exercise of Academic Flexibility after capacity building,

Quality enhancement measures are:

The syllabus of fourth paper of each subject in General course has been

designed during last revision of syllabus in 2003-04 in such a way that

the application orientation has got preference.

Use of ICT in different subjects as enhancement measure was

undertaken.

Installation of Digital Class Room which is at present five (5) in

numbers.

Interaction between current faculties and Guest Teachers from

Universities and others institutions in case of quality sustenance and

29

quality improvement.

Guest teachers of different Universities and Institutes of repute are

invited to deliver lectures on particular topics in seminars where

college teachers have the opportunity to interact with the speakers and

to update them. This happens to be the regular feature of the college

30

Criterion II: Teaching – Learning and Evaluation

2.1.1 How does the institution ensure wide publicity to the admission process? a. Prospectus b. Institutional Website c. Advertisement in Regional/ National Newspapers d. Any other (specify)

2.1.1 The institution ensures wide publicity to the admission process through

a1. Printed admission rules and prospectus of the college are distributed to

the applicants during the time of admission.

Distribution of prospectus for the last five years in our is given

below:

Table No. 2.1 Distribution of prospectus

Session No. of Prospectus distributed

2003-04

2004-05

2005-06

2006-07

2007-08

2008-09

UG 9708 7244 10117 12337 13260 14390 PG - 69 210 516 426 481

a2 A public notice is displayed to inform all the stakeholders about the

admission rules, eligibility criteria, intake capacity in each dept.,

reservation policy according to the Govt. rules, dates of issue and

submission of admission forms, dates of publication of merit list, dates

of counselling and dates of admission.

a3 The members of the admission committee consisting of teachers, non-

teaching staff and students’ representatives of the students’ union

prepare the admission rules.

b. Through institutional website: The admission rules and the application

forms for admission are given in the college website (www.brsnc.com).

2.1 Admission Process and Student Profile.

31

The students can download the application form and after filling the

application form can submit the same with the requisite fee. This eases

the problem of queuing. On line application is allowed for PG

admission.

c. Advertisement in leading newspaper such as

• Ananda Bazar Patrika and The Statesman was given on 22.07.2008

for admission to autonomous post-graduate courses: 1. M.Sc. in

Microbiology 2. M.Sc. in Computer Sc. 3. M.Com. in a) Accounts,

Finance & Control and b) Marketing Management

• Advertisement in The Statesman for admission to MA. in Education,

M.A. in English, B.A./B.Com./BSW and Certificate course in Functional

English under IGNOU Convergence Scheme was given on 16.07.2008

• Advertisement was given in Ananda Bazar Patrika on 28.07.2006 &

23.07.2007 regarding admission to the following PG courses on

autonomous basis: 1. M.Sc. in Microbiology 2. M.Sc. in Computer Sc. 3.

M.Com. in a) Accounts, Finance & Control and b) Marketing

Management

• Advertisement regarding admission to UG and PG programmes 2007 in

The Times of India, Bhubaneswar & Guwahati and The Hindustan

Time, Ranchi on 30.06.2007

• Advertisement of admission to PG courses in 1. M.Sc. in Microbiology

2. M.Sc. in Computer Sc. in The Statesman on 6.10.2004 & 20.07.2005

for two consecutive sessions.

d. The admission rules, latest admission position etc. are submitted to

1 The DPI, Govt. of West Bengal,

2 BCW Dept., Govt. of West Bengal,

3 University of Calcutta Handbook.

4 College Website.

32

2.1.2 How are the students selected for admission to the following courses? Give the cut off percentage for admission at the entry level

a) General b) Professional c) Vocational

2.1.2 The students are selected for admission to the UG and PG courses

strictly on the basis of merit i.e. marks obtains by the students at the

last qualifying examinations.

Table No. – 2.2 Table representing cut off marks:

Under Graduate: Subject CUT

OFF MARKS in Best

Five

MINIMUM IN SUBJECT/Related

Subject

NO. OF

SEATS

Subject CUT OFF

MARKS in Best

Five

MINIMUM IN SUBJECT/

Related Subject

NO. OF

SEATS

CEMA PHSA MTMA CMSA ELTA MCBA GEOA PSYA FNTA ECOA B.Sc. (Gen) B.Sc. Bio(G)

60% 60% 60% 60%

60%

60%

50%

50%

50%

55%

45%

45%

60% +45% (MATHS.) 60% +50% (MATHS.)

60% 60% (in

Physics/Comp. Sc.)

&60% MATHS 60%(in Physics)

& 50% in MATHS

60% (In Chemistry& Biology)

60% 55% (for taught

student)

50% (Chemistry & Biology)

45% +40% (MATHS.)

45% (MATHS. for non-taught)

30 30 50 30

20

30

30

30

30

32

40

30

BNGA ENGA HINA PLSA HISA PHIA JORA SOCA EDCA B.A. (Gen)

50% 50%

50%

50% 50%

50%

50%

50%

55%

40%

45% 45% (Gr. A-WBCHSE) 50%(Gr.-B-WBCHSE)

55%(CBSE & Others)

45%

45% (taught Students)

45% do

45% do

50% (Bengali/English)

45% (taught Students)

50% (taught

students)

65 55

30

65 55

35

30

30

50

250

ACFA 50% 50%

55% (Accounts) Non-Taught – 45% in related subjects**

225

BBA

55%

45% In Math/

50% in

30

33

MRTA B.Com (Gen)

50%

40%

45% in Business Organization or

Related Subject**

150

Business Math / or Business Economics and Mathematics.

Post Graduate: COURSE Cut off

Marks in Best Five

NO. OF SEATS

Microbiology 50% 25 Computer Science 50% 30 Accounts, Finance & Control 40% 40 Marketing Management 40% 35

Certificate & Diploma Courses COURSE Cut off Marks NO. OF

SEATS Course in Communicative English (CCE)

Studentship of the college

Unlimited

Course in JCHNP +2 pass 20 Course in Computers ‘O’ level

+2 pass 40

‘A’ level (PGDSE) Graduate / ‘O’ level pass 20 Partner Institute of IGNOU (Distant Education)

COURSE Cut off Marks NO. OF SEATS

BA (UG) +2 pass Unlimited B Com (UG) +2 pass Unlimited BSW (UG) +2 pass Unlimited Education (PG) Graduate Unlimited English (PG) Graduate Unlimited Functional English (Certificate) +2 pass Unlimited

Process of admission in our college is based on the following stages:

First of all students willing to take admission in our college are required to

purchase admission form and to submit it within the stipulated time period.

As a second step Merit List is prepared according to the intake capacity

and it is publicly put up in the notice board, mentioning merit point against

the name of the candidate. The minimum. merit point of each subject is

displayed and given to the college website: www.brsnc.com.

Merit point is calculated as best of 4/5 plus subject marks plus marks of one

related subject. The cut off marks for admission at the entry level in the

34

general courses are framed and documented by the admission

committee. Total admission process is fully computerised.

As a third step candidates are informed about the respective dates of

counselling. The cut off percentages for admission at the entry level in the

undergraduate (both Honours and General) and Post Graduate courses are

mentioned in the annexure.

The whole admission process is fully computerized

2.1.3 How does the Institution ensure transparency in the Admission process?

2.1.3 The institution is proud by ensuring transparency in the admission process

through the following mechanism which is well accepted by the society:

1 The admission committee is constituted democratically by the members

of the teaching and non-teaching staff and the representative of the

student union and approved by Governing Body.

2 The Admission Committee plays an important role in framing a well

advance Admission criterion based on the guidelines of the

University of Calcutta. The rules framed by the admission committee

are distributed to each faculty member, office staff and applicant in the

printed form. Wide circulations of admission rules are also hung up on

the Notice Board and are given in the Prospectus, College Website.

Advertisement for the PG admission is given in the leading newspapers

(both Bengali and English).

3 Distribution of Prospectus to the intending candidates and their

guardians.

4 Each applicant is given the signed counter foil of admission form

bearing the number of the form with date of submission the stamped by

the college. This is done to ensure that if by mistake his/her name does

not appear in the merit list, he/she can produce the counterfoil to

include his/her name in the merit list.

5 Counselling of students by the faculty members of the respective

35

departments and the Principal of the college.

6 Observance and maintenance of reservation policy according to Govt.

of West Bengal.

7 Preparation of merit list along with merit point covering score and its

display in the public notice board and website.

8 Reports of admission sent to the Govt. of West Bengal and BCW

Dept.

9 Checking and verification by the members of the admission committee

about the follow up of the admission procedure.

2.1.4 How do you promote access to ensure equity? a) Students from disadvantaged community b) Women c) Differently-abled d) Economically-weaker sections e) Sports personnel f) Any other (specify)

2.1.4 The institution promotes access to higher education in the last five years

and ensures equity in the following way:

Table: 2.3 Gender Wise student strength (UG & PG) dt. 31.03 of each year.

2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08 Total 4095 4267 4167 4298 4448 Male 1896

(46.30%) 1947 (45.62%)

1803 (43.26%)

1853 (43.11%)

1878 (42.23%)

Female 2199 (53.69%)

2320 (54.37%)

2364 (56.74%)

2445 (56.89%)

2570 (57.77%)

a) With the target of increasing access in higher education college has

gradually increased its accommodation by enhancing number of

programme and seat. For example, during the session 2003-04 total

numbers of students was 4095 and it increased to 4601 in 2008-09. The

figure says a clear rise of access is 12% without compromising the

quality. It was made with continuous growth of infrastructure and

capacity building. Seats for students from disadvantaged communities

are reserved as per Govt. rules. For example, 22% and 6% of the

seats are reserved for the SC and ST candidates.

36

b) Women are not given any special advantage because we see that the

neighbourhood is densely populated and there are a large number of

girls’ school in the locality. These girls schools are our feeder

institution. The percentage of female students in our institution is

gradually increasing from 53.69% in 2003-04 to 57.77 % in 2007-08

and almost 60% in 2008-09.

c) Physically challenged students having 40% or more of disability as per

the medical certificate given by district medical board of govt. health

department are admitted subject to the fulfilment of minimum marks.

d) Economically weaker sections – There is no relaxation of marks in case

of students coming from economically weaker sections. But no student

in the merit list is denied admission for non-payment of requisite fee.

Special financial assistance is provided to this section of students from

the Teachers Council Fund, Students Aid Fund, Donations from Ex-

Teachers and Donation from Alumni, funds from Jayanta Memorial and

Matri Sangha Janakalyan Samity etc.

e) Sports personnel – Any type of sports personnel in the category of

State level, National level and University level is given the facility for

admission in our institution subject to the fulfilment of minimum

marks.

2.2.1 Is there a provision for assessing the students’ knowledge and skills before

the commencement of the programme? If yes, give details on the strategies of the institution to bridge the knowledge gap of the incoming students for enabling them to cope with the programme to which they are enrolled.

2.2.1 Students’ knowledge and skills are assessed through:

1. Classroom interaction

2. Class/Unit Test

3. Tutor-ward interaction.

College has introduced a continuous assessment mechanism. With the help

of this mechanism it is possible to assess the academically strong and weak

students. To bridge the knowledge gap the institution takes some Remedial

2.2 Catering to Diverse Needs

37

and Tutorial Classes, academic and personal counselling, supply of books

and handouts. Academic counselling and Tutorial Classes is provided

through structured timetable. Teachers are also assisting the students

outside the classroom, which is reflected, in the students’ feed back about

the role of teachers.

2.2.2 How does the institution identify slow and advanced learners? Give details on the strategies adopted for facilitating slow and advanced learners

2.2.2 The institution identifies slow and advanced learners on the basis of

classroom interaction, surprise test, tutor ward interaction, class test,

periodical and test examinations.

The institution adopts strategies like academic counselling, remedial

classes and tutorial classes for facilitating slow learners. The teacher for the

slow learner takes special classes including theory and practical so that

they can cope up with advanced learners.

Advanced learners are encouraged to prepare study materials for

class lectures, seminar talk, while the slow learners are motivated through

counselling for preparation of questions and answers, consulting the library

books and the teachers take library classes on some specific area of the

subject.

Advanced learners are encouraged to participate in competitive

examinations such as in JBNSTS (Jagadis Bose National Science Talent

Search) examination, KVPY (Kishore Vaigyanik Protsahan Yojana, funded

by DST, Govt.of India) Examination.

Advanced learners are also motivated to participate in seminars

with some advanced topics beyond syllabus with modern equipment. To

sustain their interest advanced learners are given tricky problems and

thoughtful essay type questions according to their syllabus. They are also

suggested reference books. PG students are given special concentration

through summer projects.

Teachers also participate in the summer projects of the students in

the PG departments of Microbiology, Computer Sc. and Commerce.

2.2.3 Does the institution have a provision for tutorials for the students? If yes, give details.

38

2.2.3 The institution has a provision for tutorial classes for the students. The

tutorial classes are usually held in the months of February to May and are

shown in the college timetable. For each honours department at least two

(2) tutorial classes are allotted per week which is supposed to be very

effective.

2.2.4 Is there a provision for mentoring of students or any similar process? If yes, give details.

2.2.4 Yes, there is a provision for mentoring of students through personal

counselling. This is done with utmost sincerity through special counselling

in Tutor Ward interaction.

2.2.5 How does the institution cater to the needs of differently- abled students?

2.2.5 The institution caters to the needs of differently-abled students through the

arrangement of classes on the ground floor, helping them to have access

of books and journals in the library with the assistance of library staff etc.

College is arranging for a set of brail books for visually challenged

students.

2.3.1 How does the institution plan and organize the teaching-learning and evaluation schedules? (Academic calendar, teaching plan and evaluation blue print, etc.)

2.3.1 The institution is showing its highest sincerity to plan and organise the

teaching- learning mechanism as follows:

1 Syllabi of all the UG programme have been revised by C.U. in 2003-04

session and again partially revised in 2005-06/ 2006-07 sessions as per

needs the society and market requirements.

2 Accordingly teachers of the respective departments have unitised the

syllabi with utmost sincerity in accordance with the Academic

Calendar. Total syllabi at the Honours & General level have been

segregated paper-wise, quarter-wise (July-Sept, Oct-Dec, Jan-Apr),

2.3 Teaching -Learning Process

39

examination-wise (Class Test, Periodical, Test) and year wise e.g., Part

(I, II, III) wise. The number of lectures required per topic/unit has been

mentioned.

3 This Academic Plan including Calendar is distributed among the

students at the beginning of the session.

4 Teaching plans are made on the basis of the Academic Calendar. At

the end of the class, teachers keep regular record of the topics taught in

the classes in their Academic Diaries throughout the year. There is also

the provision of checking/verification by the Principal/Senior most

teachers of the college regarding progress and whether the teachers

maintain the Diaries. It is very important to note that use of academic

Diary and necessary assessment thereafter has enhanced the class load

of third year class from 16 to 28-30 per week in many departments.

5 Departmental teachers discuss the progress of syllabi and the problems

faced by the students. The teachers also look into the slow progress, if

any, of the syllabus and rush to complete the syllabus within the

stipulated time as mentioned in the Academic Calendar. In the meeting

of Academic Sub-committee the progress of syllabi of different

departments have been critically analysed by the teachers. If it is

observed that the syllabi are not completed within the stipulated

lectures framed by the University, the matter is referred to the

respective Board of Studies of Calcutta University for redressal. This

mechanism is found very effective as manifested by the gradual

improvement of result.

6 College also maintain meticulously the Class allotted Class taken ratio.

Teaching-Learning process is reflected in the ratio of number of classes

allotted & the number of classes taken. The following data reveal these

aspects:

Table No. 2.4

2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08 Classes allotted

33,146 38,247 41091 34,923 42969

No. of classes taken

29,647 (89.44%)

34,5888 (90.40%)

35942 (87.47%)

30,767 (88.1%)

37503 (87.3%)

40

No. of Working Days

247 262 251 257 255

No. of Teaching Days

207 212 220 184 207

The data of the last five years show that out of the total classes

allotted almost 87-90% of the classes have been performed and the number

of teaching days is more than 200 which is higher than the UGC stipulated

teaching days of 180 per year. (The fall of teaching days in the academic

year 2006-07 is mainly due to holding of assembly elections for which a

large number of teaching days has been lost. The college premises in both

the campuses had been requisitioned by the Election Commission for the

safe keeping of ballots boxes and counting of the ballot for the

announcement of results.)

Teachers are entitled to 15 days casual leave and 30 days earned

leave. But the class performance records show that they take less leave than

they could enjoy. Moreover, maternity leave of some women, serious

illness of a few faculty members may reduce the percentage but 50% of the

faculty members have class performance more than 90% and 80% of the

faculty members have class performance more than 80%.

Table No. 2.5 Teaching Performance

Session % Share of Teacher

2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08

Above 90% 41.07% 52.54% 54.93% 48.72% Above 80% 83.93% 86.44% 76.06% 79.49%

Evaluation blue print: 1 Teaching-learning process is supplemented through addressing of

Questions of Final years’ Examinations and Model Questions (Question

Bank). Students are trained to solve the question papers. Sometimes, the

teachers provide the students with Model answers. As per C.U.

guidelines the college has introduced four class tests for Honours

Students & two tests for General Category students. The class test for

each paper is of 25 marks and evaluation of the scripts enables the

41

teachers to identify the weaknesses of the students.

2 Evaluation schedules are communicated to the students through

notification and Academic calendar.

Two class tests are taken- one in the month of September & another

in the month of January of each academic year at both Honours and

General level.

Periodical/Pre-test Examinations are held in the month of January,

while Test Examinations are held in the month of March for III yr, April for

II yr, May for 1st year as per the University guideline.

At the college level examination evaluated answer scripts are shown

to the students for rectification of errors in the future, thus ensuring quality

of answers.

Mark sheets are also given to the students by the college.

In the Parent-teacher meeting, the results of the examination are

analysed for further improvement.

Tutorial and counselling classes are arranged in the structured timetable

and these are taken by the teachers and recorded. For the 1st -3rd year

Honours students’ two (2) tutorial classes each of 45 minutes are allotted

and taken per week. Five to six counselling classes of 45 minutes each per

week are allotted and a teacher has to take at least one counselling class per

day and at least six counselling classes per week. These are the two

mechanisms for identifying slow and advanced learners and treating them

accordingly. These facilities are available to the students from the month of

February to May. Teachers of the different departments take both

theoretical and practical classes beyond the routine hours.

2.3.2 What are the various teaching- learning methods (lecture method, interactive method, project-based learning, computer-assisted learning, experiential learning, seminars and others) used by the teachers? Give details.

2.3.2 College has taken leader ship role amongst the institutions under the mother

university as well as in the state to make the students totally involved in the

42

Teaching-learning process. It has adopted wide range of methods to make

the process very much effective. Methods are:

1. Lecture method (Chalk and Talk)(All Departments)

2. Case studies & puzzle solving techniques (Commerce, Economics,

BBA)

3. Technology enabled Teaching-Learning Method (LCD Projector,

OHP & Power Point presentation) (Physics, Chemistry, Geography,

Economics, Commerce, Microbiology, Computer Science,

Mathematics.)

4. Experimental Techniques for Lab-based subjects (Physics,

Chemistry, Microbiology, Electronic Science, Zoology, Computer

Science, Journalism, Food & Nutrition, Psychology, Statistics)

5. Industrial visits (Microbiology, Zoology, BBA)

6. Visit to Research Institutes (Microbiology, Computer Science,

Electronic Science)

7. Onsite-teaching & field visits (Microbiology, Geography)

8. Demonstration classes as teaching modules (Physics)

9. Internet surfing with Animation (All Departments)

10. Projects guide (Computer Science, Sociology, Education,

Journalism, BBA)

11. Organisation of seminar & presentation of paper by the students in

and outside the college (All Departments).

12. Summer Training Guide (Physics, Computer Science, Microbiology,

Commerce)

The shift from traditional to innovative methods make teaching an

exciting & interactive exercise. The above methods are used to develop the

students’ competitive skill [like gathering information, organisation,

presentation & interpretation of data, use of IT for power point presentation

& preparation of theses] and to motivate the students to participate in

43

teaching-learning process. Emphasis has been laid on the interaction with

the students during the class time.

2.3.3 How is learning made student-centric? What are the institutional strategies, which contribute to acquisition of life skills, knowledge management skills and lifelong learning?

2.3.3 Institution has Student-centric learning strategies. It has been arranged the

strategies such as Experimental techniques, Demonstration of teaching

modules with the help of instruments, case studies, exercises, and first hand

information from real life situations have been used in the teaching learning

process.

Some important methodologies for student-centric learning are:

1 Industrial visits for experimental learning by Food & Nutrition,

Microbiology, and Commerce etc.

2 Onsite learning (Microbiology, Geography, Psychology, Computer

Science, Commerce)

3 Project works by the departments such as Microbiology, Commerce,

Computer Science, Physics, Chemistry, Geography,

4 Summer training by Microbiology, Computer Science, Commerce,

BBA departments

5 Use of Audio visual aids e.g.; Film as teaching aid for the department

English, Film Study, Geography.

6 Promotion & motivation of for preparation of Wall Magazine, College

Magazine,

7 Field Work by Geography, Psychology, Commerce, History, Zoology

departments,

8 Research Project by the students of Sociology, Economics, Physics,

9 Use of ICT as learning resource by the students of different dept.

10 Organisation of Seminars

11 Presentation of papers by the students in Seminars in and outside the

college,

44

12 Participation of the students in Group Discussion, Debate, other cultural

activities,

13 Participation in Mock Parliament by the students of Political Science,

Sociology, English etc.

14 Organisation of Interactive platform by different departments, e.g.,

Bhasa Diwas (Bengali), Hindi Diwas (Hindi)

15 Active participation of the students of Journalism & Mass

Communication as reporter in the local News agencies, local electronic

media,

16 Summer Training Camp participation,

17 Research Project for the students preparing for post GRE selection.

18 Organisation of Career Fair for the students

The institution has adopted the following strategies that can

contribute to acquisition of life skills, knowledge management skill &

lifelong learning:

Internet Browsing Centres with the provision of the following

facilities have been set up to promote self-learning:

(a) Bandwidth: Four Broadband 512 kbps

(b) Local Area Network: 3 LAN in 3 Computer Lab, 1 LAN in Library, 2

set LAN in 2 campuses

(c) Use of Internet facility for accessing e-Journals, which are freely

available on line. Only one e-Journal (IITE) in the Dept. of Computer

Science has been subscribed by the college.

(d) Preparation & use of First-Aid Box.

(e) Organisation of NCC Camps.

(f) Organisation of NSS Activities.

(g) Organisation of Games & Sports and Cultural activities for event

management.

1 Two language labs have been established for acquiring Communication

45

Skills through interactive learning.

2 Preparation of lesson modules through computers and their presentation

through power-point.

3 Seminars, conferences & workshops have been arranged by the

management. Each dept. organises at least two seminars in an academic

session (21 seminars were held during 2006-07 & 2007-08 for each

year)

4 The college has spent a large amount of money for purchasing Operating

System, LCD Projectors, OHP, Educational CDs & DVDs. No. of CDs:

97 as on 26.09.08

5 The college has entered into MOUs with Indian Association for

Cultivation of Science (IACS), Institute of Computer Engineers of

India (ICE) to organise seminars, technology enabled teaching &

learning to give training to student on soft skill & hardware.

6 Entrepreneurship development projects have been arranged by the

college to equip life long learning to the students. Dr. Purnendu Roy

of Genesis Hospital, Dr. Debashis Bhattacharjee of Disha Eye

Hospital, Representatives of District Industrial Centre of Govt. of

W.B., and financial institutions, like Industrial Credit Investment

Corporation of India (ICICI) have delivered lectures on

entrepreneurship development.

2.3.4 How does the institution ensure that the students have effective learning experiences? (Use of modern teaching aids and tools like computers, audio-visuals multi-media, ICT, CAL , Internet and other information /materials)

2.3.4 The students as learners have welcomed the use of modern teaching

aids & tools like Computers, LCD, OHP, Power point presentation, internet &

other IT materials and are now actively interacting with the teachers, enjoying and

benefiting from participatory learning. It can be pointed out that UG and PG

students are using modern teaching aids in the presentation of seminars and project

46

work organised by the departments and the college. The numbers of Computer

used are 160, Number of LCD Projectors – 09, No. of OHP – 03, No. of Digital

Room – 05, No. of Internet facilities – 78 which are used by the students.

2.3.5 How do the students and faculty keep pace with the recent developments in the various subjects?

2.3.5 The students and faculty keep pace with the recent developments in

the various subjects through:

1 Attending/participating seminars, workshop, conferences (UGC,

National, International, State, NAAC) organised by our college, other

colleges, universities, institutes. In recent occasion college has

organised a seminar where Prof. Abhijit Sanyal of Saha Institute of

Nuclear Physics delivered lecture on ‘LHC’ on 22 Sept, 2008 and

faculty members and students attended. Some faculty members

including Principal attended an international seminar organised by

Indian Association for the Cultivation of Science, Kolkata.

2 Participation in Refresher Courses & Orientation Programme organised

by the Academic Staff College.

Organization of

Principal’s Workshop

Projects undertaken by the faculty & the students at the PG

level through Internet browsing

Journals, e-Journal facilities availed of the faculty and the

students

2.3.6 Are there departmental libraries for the use of faculty and students? If yes, how effectively are they used for the enhancement of teaching and learning?

2.3.6 Yes, there are Departmental Libraries mainly for the students. At

present there are 22 departmental libraries in our college.

Departmental Libraries are monitored by the Heads of the Dept.

along with the Departmental teachers and are effectively used by the

students.

47

[Total no. of books in the Departmental Library –2444

Volume of the books in central library – 30445

No. of students used –4600 (approx) ]

The college authority grants Rs. 1,00,000/- for the purchase of library

books every year.

Table No.2.6 Profile of Departmental Library

Depts. No. of Books

Valuation (in Rs.)

No. of students

July-Dec Jan-June Half

yearly Issue & Return

Maintenance of Log Books

Whether Audited

Bengali 141 10872 225 Up to date audit (till Dec 2008) by Statutory Auditors

English 42 5795 165 Up to date audit (till Dec 2008) by Statutory Auditors

Hindi 133 12276 90 Up to date audit (till Dec 2008) by Statutory Auditors

History 100 16573 150 Up to date audit (till Dec 2008) by Statutory Auditors

Pol. Sc. 113 11020 180 Up to date audit (till Dec 2008) by Statutory Auditors

Education 43 4793 150 Up to date audit (till Dec 2008) by Statutory

48

Auditors Philosophy 235 90 Up to date

audit (till Dec 2008) by Statutory Auditors

Journalism & Mass Com.

124 10262 90 Maintained Regularly

Up to date audit (till Dec 2008) by Statutory Auditors

Film Studies General Department; Books are in the Central Library Economics 109 1929 60 Up to date

audit (till Dec 2008) by Statutory Auditors

Sociology 98 10509 90 Up to date audit (till Dec 2008) by Statutory Auditors

Finance & Accounts Marketing (UG+PG)

325

21821

900

Maintained Regularly


Chemistry 113 4618 50 Maintained Regularly


Physics 93 19618 45 Maintained Regularly


Mathematics 105 29970 125 Maintained Regularly


Microbiology 76 1795 90 Maintained Regularly

Up to date audit (till Dec 2008)

49

by Statutory Auditors

Computer Sc. 117 9090 140 Maintained Regularly


Electronic Sc. 137 4477 75 Maintained Regularly


Geography 126 105 Maintained Regularly


Psychology 97 21417 100 Maintained Regularly


Zoology General Department; Books are in the Central Library Food & Nutrition

117 6545 100 Maintained Regularly


Bachelor of Business Administration

38 10116 40 Shared with Economics and Commerce and Mathematics

The year 2007 is declared as Library Year by the college when Rs. 1,

00,000/- was spent for purchase of library books for each Dept.

2.3.7 Has the institution introduced evaluation of the teachers by students? If yes, how is the feedback analyzed and implemented for the improvement of teaching?

2.3.7 Yes. We are delighted to inform that the institution has introduced a

system of evaluation of the teachers by the students from the year 2000 and

subsequently developed after the guideline of NAAC. Our system is well

ahead of the instruction given by the NAAC. It is to be noted therefore that

50

the college has introduced the students’ Feedback system well ahead of the

instructions given by NAAC.

The feedback from the 3rd yr. outgoing students are taken

religiously in the model of conducting examinations through structured

questionnaire on different aspects of the college immediately before the

filling up of forms in the month of February-March of every year without

disclosing their identity.

The feedback is analysed by the teachers in the departmental

meeting and is recorded. Departmental teachers observe the strengths and

the weaknesses of the college and the Dept. and the teachers analyse the

suggestion of the students. All there are placed in the form of Reports to the

Principal for discussion in the meeting of Academic Subcommittee.

In the meeting of Academic Subcommittee these ideas are

exchanged between teachers, students and non-teaching staff. New

proposals are formed from these exchanged idea and placed before

Governing Body. The Governing Body implemented the suggestions

referred by the academic sub committee. We can give an example.

Students suggested for the appointment of more teaching and non-

teaching staff for completion of syllabus & smooth functioning of

office, laboratories and libraries. Governing Body considered and

accepted the proposal and created 35 teaching and 16 non-teaching posts

from the college fund and have filled them up.

2.4.1 How are the members of the faculty selected? Does the college have the required number of qualified and competent teachers to handle all the courses? If not, how does the institution cope with the requirements?

2.4.1 Teachers (Faculty members) are selected according to UGC norms.

There is a College Service Commission, recommends teachers for grant-in-

2.4 Teacher Quality

51

aid colleges. On the basis of their recommendations, the college appoints

the teachers. In addition to that, the college appoints full-time unaided

teachers on the basis of Selection Committees constituted by the Governing

Body of the college. During the last five years, the college appointed 19

teachers on the basis of CSC recommendation and have appointed 33

teachers on the basis of the recommendation of the Selection Committees

constituted by the Governing Body.

The following table shows the number of substantive posts, the no. of

faculty in position and number of vacancies against the courses.

No. of Substantive teaching Posts in all

subjects

No. of Teachers in positions in all

subjects

No. of Vacancies

72 + 1# + 1* 51+1# 21 + 1*

1# - Principal, 1* - Librarian

It’s seen that here is a gap between the no. of substantive teachers in

position and the no. of teachers required for different courses.

To bridge the gap, the college has taken steps to create teaching posts

in different courses effectively. In the last five years, the college has

created 34 teaching posts on full-time contract basis. All the posts have

been filled up by appointing teachers according to the recommendations of

the expert committee constituted for the purpose. They are paid from the

college fund. In addition to that, the college has appointed 54 class basis

management appointee teachers obeying UGC qualification and Guest

faculties from different universities and institutes.

2.4.2 How does the college appoint additional faculty to teach new programmes/ modern areas of study (Biotechnology, IT, Bioinformatics etc.)? How many such appointments were made during the last three years?

2.4.2 The College prepares the requirement of teachers on the

basis of workload and submits application to the DPI for sanctioning

additional posts for different courses such as Computer Science,

Microbiology, Food & Nutrition, Film Studies, Sociology, Psychology etc.

52

DPI, Govt. of W.B. from time to time sanctions additional teaching posts

on substantive basis depending upon the workloads. The college has

appointed nineteen (19) additional faculties on substantive basis on the

recommendation of West Bengal College Service Commission (WBCSC)

during the last five years to teach new programmes. Apart from these, the

college has appointed 33 full-time faculties on the recommendation of the

Selection Committee constituted by the Governing Body of the college

comprising of External Experts (University teachers), President of the GB,

Principal and a nominee of the GB. These full-time faculties are paid

from college fund on a scale basis with usual benefits. Further, the

college has appointed 54 class basis teachers as per UGC norms and a

good number of experienced and highly qualified guest teachers (09)

from different Universities and reputed institutions to teach new and

traditional subjects.

2.4.3 What efforts are made by the management for professional development of the faculty? (eg: research grants, study leave, deputation to national/ international conferences/ seminars, training programmes, organizing national/ international conferences etc)? How many faculty have availed these facilities during the last three years?

2.4.3 The management of the college has taken different steps for

professional development of the faculty in the form of research projects,

attending seminars, orientation programme and refresher course, organising

seminars and lectures. (Ref. Institutional Input Criterion II 7h ; Page

Vol- I)

2.4.4 Give details on the awards/ recognitions received by the faculty during the last five years?

2.4.4 The Governing Body of the college has taken a decision to give

recognition to the faculty members on the basis of their performances.

Implementation process is going on.

2.4.5 How often does the institution organize training programmes for the faculty in the use of?

a) Computers

53

b) Internet c) Audio Visual Aids d) Computer-Aided Packages e) Material development for CAL, multi-media etc.

2.4.6 The institution organises training programmes for the faculty in the

use of Computers, Internet, Audio Visual Aids, Computer-Aided

Packages, Material development for CAL, multi-media etc. are shown

in the following table.

Table No. Title of Workshop Resource Person (s) Date of

Workshop Participants

Technology Enable Teaching & Learning

Prof. Marmar Mukhopadhyay, Joint Director, NEIPA, N. Delhi Prof. Kalyan Dutta & Prof. Samar Bhattacharya, Jadavpur University, Calcutta University, DDPI, Govt. of W.B.

26th & 27th February 2004

Faculty Members of the college.

Computer Awareness Among the Existing Teaching and Non-Teaching Staff

Mr. Aritra Roy Chowdhury, M/S Cella Syatems

2004-05 Teaching and Non- teaching Staff of the College.

Staff Improvement Programme

Dr. Dilip Sarkar, Jt. DPI, Govt of W.B Dr. Swapna Banerjee, Reader of Library Science, C.U. Sri S.K. Barua, Asst. Register, C.U. Sri S.K. Chakraborty, Bursar, Selection Grade Lecture, Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath College.

11.04.2006 Office Staff of the college.

Use of Library Dr. P.K. Choudhury, Former DPI & Former Member

18.12.07 Both Teaching and Non-Teaching Staff

54

Secretary, WBSCHE & Dr. Swapna Banerjee, Reader of Library Science, C.U.

of the college.

Faculty Development Programme for Teaching & Non-Teaching Staff”. Date of Programme

Prof. Sunil Gandhi of Kalyani University & Sri Debiprasad Bhattacharyay of Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath College.

23.10.2008 &

24.10.2008.

Both Teaching and Non-Teaching Staff of the college.

2.5.1 How are the evaluation methods communicated to the students and other

institutional members?

2.5.1 The Evaluation method are communicated to the students & other

institutional members through

i) Official notices circulated to both Teachers & Students

ii) Class notices are served in each class.

iii) Prospectus

The Evaluation methods consist of: Written Exam, Oral Exam,

Interaction with the students, tests, assignments etc.

The evaluated answer scripts are shown to each of the

students by the departmental teachers, pointing out the correct answer and

mistakes and shortcoming of their answers. The teachers also suggest the

points to be covered to address the question. Follow up actions [such as

giving students some assignments, cheeking & evaluating the assignments till

the final corrected forms are obtained] are taken by the Departmental

Teachers.

2.5.2 How does the institution monitor the progress of the students and communicate it to the students and their parents?

2.5 Evaluation Process and Reforms

55

2.5.2 The institution monitor the progress of the students through the class tests,

home assignments etc and communicate this to the students & their parents

in the meeting of the Parents-Teachers Association (Department wise)

usually held in the month of February of every academic year. In addition

to that, feedbacks & opinions of parents, teachers & students are utilised to

monitor the progress. After the publication of result of Class Test,

Periodical & Test Exam, Progress Report are given to the students who are

asked to inform & counter sign their parents/ guardians.

2.5.2 What is the mechanism for redressal of grievances regarding evaluation?

2.5.3 The mechanism for redressal of grievances regarding evaluation is

through:

a) Showing evaluated answer scripts to the students to find out their

weaknesses;

b) Showing that the answers given by a student does not in conformity with

the question to be addressed & also pointing out the correct answers and

showing the text and reference book for constitutions;

c) Students are assured that in the future the teachers will evaluate the

answer of the questions at a regular interval of time, as and when

demanded by the students.

2.5.3 What are the major evaluation reforms initiated by the institution/affiliating University? How does the institution ensure effective implementation of these reforms?

2.5.4 The major evaluation reforms are initiated by the institution /affiliating

University through changes in curriculum & Reforms in Examinations

patterns in order to evaluate the depth of student’s knowledge, skill,

aptitude to problem solving, ability to communicate etc.

To do this, the college along with the C.U. takes part in the revision

of curriculum / syllabus at the U.G. level and directly at the P.G. level

Computer Science, Micro-biology, Commerce. In all the disciplines

(subjects), the syllabi have been revised from 2002 and again in 2005 at the

56

UG level and the PG departments of Computer Science, Micro-biology,

Commerce have revised their syllabi in 2008 and it will be effective from

2009-2010 session on semester basis.

There has also been a reform in the examination pattern. The

evaluation method of organising examination on Annual basis has been

changed to Class Tests, Periodical and Test Examination. The college

maintains continuous evaluation system which is a unique feature of

the college. Along with this, University level examination is taken.

The conventional long answer type questions have been substituted

for objective type (short type), medium and long question type by the

University of Calcutta and our college is ensuring for effective

implementation. The college is using MCQ technique in the class test to

evaluate the depth of knowledge of the students with respect to a particular

topic, thus making them prepared for employability in future, which is in

conformity with the core values state by NAAC.

2.6.1 Detail any significant innovations in teaching/learning/evaluation

introduced by the institution?

2.6.1 Teaching Faculty- Qualified and competent faculty; good teacher student

ratio, facilitating counselling.

Admission Policies – Transparent admission obeying reservation rules of

Govt. of W.B.

Teaching Plan –Well-designed and well distributed teaching plan and

academic calendar; competence of teachers in using different methods;

maintenance of academic diaries.

Academic Strength- Blend of middle aged and experience with young and

energetic faculty members; harmony and cooperation among teachers,

students, non-teaching staff, parents and management; fair and transparent

requirement policies.

2.6 Best Practices in Teaching -Learning Process

57

Use of Learning Resources by teachers and students-use of library,

online journal, use of Internet.

Teaching process- Combination of lecture method with modern computer

learning method such as use of LCD projector, Power Point presentation,

Audio-Visual presentation; use of multi cornered feedback to improve

teaching and learning, experimental techniques, field visit, visits to research

labs.

Evaluation system-Policy of internal assessment –holding of Unit test, Pre

test, Test Examination and University level examination; transparency in

evaluation; framing of question bank; assistance to students to face terminal

examination through academic counselling, remedial classes, mentoring.

Additional Information for Re-accreditation:

1. What were the evaluative observations made under Teaching –Learning and Evaluation in the previous assessment report and how have they been acted upon?

A) Observation of the NAAC peer team: “Professors/ experts from

other University may be invited to give lectures, seminars for

students and the teachers”

Response: To fulfil the recommendation college made arrangement for

the visit of the eminent teachers from outside institutions. Accordingly

Professors and experts from Calcutta University, Kalyani University,

Jadavpur University, Burdwan University and other Institutions like

Indian Statistical Institute (ISI), Indian Institute of Chemical Biology,

Bose Institute, Indian Association for the Cultivation Science (IACS)

and others are invited regularly by almost all departments as resource

persons before teachers and students.

B) Observation of the NAAC peer team: “The shortage of full time

teachers is compensated by engagement of Part Time teachers.

Approximately 60% of the classes are taught by full time faculty.”

58

Response: i ) At present our full time faculty members stands at 51 in stead

of 46 (last visit)

ii) College Governing Body has created 35 fulltime

permanent vacancies and all have been duly filled up strictly maintaining

UGC norms.

iii) Consequently at present 80% of the classes are taught by

fulltime teachers. (Detail will be placed during visit)


undertaken by the institution since the previous Assessment and Accreditation with regard to Teaching-Learning and Evaluation? Other quality sustenance and enhancement measures undertaken by the

institution are the following:

1 Vigilance for transparent and equity based Admission process;

2 Introduction of New academic programmes and innovation in

curricular design.

3 Sustenance of more than 200 teaching days in excess of UGC norms

[180 days];

4 Introduction of Academic Diaries as a follow up measure to

maintain the Unitisation of Syllabi in accordance with the Academic

Calendar;

5 Holding of 88-90% class out of the allotted classes by the teachers

and guest faculties;

6 Use of seminar as a learner centric teaching learning process;

7 Strict monitoring of the students’ attendance by sending

communication to guardians/Parents Meeting by the departmental

teachers;

8 Introduction of assessment of teachers by the students through multi

cornered feed back on the basis of criteria suggested by the NAAC;

9 Use of digital classroom with technology enabled teaching-learning

59

aids;

10 Holding of tutorial class for all students;

11 Holding of remedial classes for differently able students;

12 Academic Counselling through structured Time Table;

13 Monitoring academic growth of slow and advancer learner through

introduction of Tutor-Ward System;

14 Holding seminars and workshop by the departments regularly with

the support of Experts from reputed Institutions;

15 Introduction of project work based teaching learning;

16 Introduction of small research project within curriculum of PG and

UG programmes;

17 Open access to the library;

18 Holding of library class with the assistance of departmental

teachers;

19 Purchase of more text and reference books in the central library and

departmental library as recommended by the Peer Team;

20 Large expansion of laboratory space with modern equipments and

supply of adequate chemicals, reagents etc.;

21 Motivation of the faculty members for participation in Refresher

Course and Orientation Programme, Seminars, Workshop,

Conferences, research work and publication;

22 Introduction of institutional continuous evaluation process by

holding of Class Test, Centralized Class Test (Periodical) and Test

Examination and interaction with the examinees and guardians as a

method towards quality enhancement;

23 Effective examination mechanism with a performance of 88-90%

invigilation duties by the faculty members followed by timely

publication of college result and giving Progress Report to the

students;

60

24 Encouragement for creative work through publication of

departmental Wall Magazine, different departmental programmes on

regular basis;

All the activities pursued in this criterion are in tune with the vision,

mission and objectives of the institution on the one hand and the core

values enunciated by the NAAC on the other hand.

61

Criterion III: Research, Consultancy and Extension

3.1.1 Is there a Research Committee to facilitate and monitor research activity?

If yes, give details on its activities, major decisions taken (during last year) and composition of the Committee.

3.1.1 The NAAC Peer team in its first visit of accreditation in 2002 suggested the

need for improving research activities in the college. To gear up the

research activities a Research Monitoring Cell was set up on 29th April

2004.

The activities of the Research Monitoring Cell are:

1 Motivating the teachers and the students to undertake research work

2 Providing adequate time slots for conducting & pursuing research

activities

The major decisions or action plans taken during the last five years are:

1 Involvement of more teachers in minor research projects in their areas

of specialization

2 Motivating the teachers for Registration in M.Phil. / Ph.D. programmes

3 Conducting International / National / State / Regional level Workshops

/ Seminars / Conferences.

4 Publications of articles / papers in leading journals including web

journals.

5 Undertaking collaborative research programmes

6 Monitoring, reviewing and encouraging research activities of the

faculty members and the PG students periodically.

7 Proposal of Research Monitoring Cell for allotment of funds in the

budget of the college for conducting research work by the full time

faculty members appointed by the college.

8 Proposal for tie-up with Indira Gandhi National Open University for

carrying out research as the college is a partner institution of IGNOU.

3.1 Promotion of Research

62

9 Proposal for subscription for e-journals by the college

Composition of the Research Monitoring Cell:

Principal as the Chairman of the Cell

A senior most faculty as the Convenor of the Cell

Five senior teachers as the members of the Cell

Secretary to the Teachers’ Council as member of the Cell

3.1.2 How does the institution promote faculty participation in research? (providing seed money, research grants, leave , other facilities)

3.1.2 The College promotes and encourages faculty participation in

research through providing research grants, monetary facilities, leave and

other facilities such as laboratories facility, Internet facility, research and e-

journal facility and facilities modern equipment like HPLC, PCR,

Spectrophotometer software, Hardware etc. The research grants have been

sanctioned by UGC as Minor Research Projects. The position of faculty

participation in research is given below:

Table No. 3.1

2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08

2008-09 (up to 31.12.08)

No. of faculty members engaged in Research activities:

21 16 17 20 12 21

Amount of Research Grant received from UGC (in Rs.)

4,36,559 5,26,559 1,49, 200 5,40,643 56,481

61,718+ *2,50000/-

Research /Seed money Grants received from MP

Nil 5,00,000 (For

Development of

Microbiology Dept.)

Nil

63

Lad (in Rs.) No. of leaves granted to research workers

A research worker is allowed to leave the college for research work as per the schedule: i) One day working off per week, ii) One day 75-80 % working off per week, iii) One day 45-50 % working off per week iv) Two months leave for writing of Thesis, v) One- Two week leave for paper presentation or similar Research

Activity. * College funded MRP

3.1.3 Does the institutional budget have a provision for research and development? If yes, give details.

3.1.3 The institution provides funds in the budget for the provision for

research and development. Year-wise allotment of funds in the budget are given

below:

Table No. 3.2

Research & Development 2006-07 2007-08 2008-09 Budget Provision (in Rs.) 50,000 1,00,000 2,50,000

3.1.4 Does the institution promote participation of students in research activities? If yes, give details.

3.1.4 The institution promotes participation of students in research activities. The

curriculum of the PG course was so designed that the students are

motivated for future research activities.

Our plan for such promotion of research activities seems to be successful as

a very good number of our alumni are engaged in active research work.

In practice, all Post Graduate students of Microbiology of last three

years have done their summers projects in reputed institutes like Bose

Institute, Indian Institute of Chemical Biology, Indian Institute on

Cultivation of Science, Central Inland Fisheries Research Institute,

Microbiology Dept. of BRSN College, Sammilani Mahavidyalaya and

Bijaygarh Jyotish Roy College and have submitted their project reports in

the Dept. of Microbiology of the College.

All of Post Graduate students of the Department of Computer Science

of last two years have done their project works in institutes like Indian

64

Statistical Institute, Saha Institute of Nuclear Physics and Bengal

Engineering and Science University and submitted their project report in the

Dept. of Computer Science, of the College.

64 Post Graduate students of Commerce Dept. of the last year have

done their projects in such institutes as Anandalok Hospital, Sharp

Industries, Dept. of Post & Telegraph, Eureka Forbes, Banks, etc and

submitted their project report in the Dept. of Commerce of the College.

The Grand Viva of these students was taken by the eminent faculty

members of the Universities & institutes, e.g.; Prof. Arabinda Bhattacharya,

Prof. Ananda Mohan Paul, Dept. of MBM, Calcutta University, Dr.

Malayendu Saha and Dr. Tanupa Chakraborty, Dept. of Commerce, Calcutta

University, Dr. Ishita Lahiri, Head of the Dept. of Marketing, Kalyani

University, Dr. Sunil Gandhi and Dr. Satyajit Dhar, Dept. of Commerce,

Kalyani University.

3.1.5 What is the major research facilities developed on the campus?

3.1.5 As a major UG college with few autonomous PG courses, college

has developed following research facilities:

• Arrangement of separate Laboratory space for research work,

• Subscription of some Research Journals, e-Journals,

• Arrangement of some modern equipments e.g., HPLC, PCR, Gel Doc

Trans-illuminator, Spectrophotometer, computer hardware, software etc.

• Arrangement of Internet facility,

• Motivation of research by funding from college fund,

• Accommodation of time for research activity,

• Motivation of collaborative research activity,

3.1.6 Give details of the initiatives taken by the institution for collaborative research (with national/ foreign Universities/ Research/Scientific organisations / Industries / NGOs)

3.1.6 College has taken different initiatives for collaborative research e. g;

• Motivation for joint project with University teachers,

65

• MOU with some internationally reputed institutes like IACS, ISI,

• Membership for Indo Canadian Studies,

• Collaborative activities with faculty members of JNU, Assam University

a Central University, Kalyani University

• Faculty Members are working as co-guide of PhD and M. Phil of

different Universities like Jadavpur University, Annamalai University,

Kalyani University.

3.2.1 Give details of the research guides and research students of the institution (Number of students registered for Ph.D. and M. Phil., fellowship/scholarship, funding agency, Ph.Ds and M.Phils awarded during the last five years, major achievements, etc.,)

3.2.1 Teachers from the Dept. of Microbiology, Economics, Mathematics,

Physics, Geography are functioning as co-guides for Ph.D/M.Phil.

1 Dr. Swati Roy Gangopadhyay, HOD, Microbiology in collaboration

with Prof. Subrata Pal, VC Burdwan University is performing as co

guide of Ph.D. degree of Sri Sandip Banerjee, a research worker in the

project entitled “ Isolation and characterization of nitrogen fixing

bacteria from different agricultural fields of North 24 Parganas District,

West Bengal”

2 Dr. Amarendranath Chatterjee, HOD, Dept. of Physics is acting as

Guide of Ph.D. thesis of i)Sri Swaymbhoo Mitra, Lecturer in Physics

on project entitled, “Theoretical Investigation of the Magnetic

Properties and Specific Heat of Rare Earth Inter- metallics”

ii) Sri Dhurjati Prasad Saha, Assistant teacher on the project entitled,

“Substitutional Effect of Transition Metals in Rare Earth Inter-

metallics”

1. Dr. Anjan Majumder, Reader, Dept. of Economics is working as guide

of Ph.D. degree of Indrajit Banerjee, Faculty, Magnus Institute of

3.2 Research and Publication Output

66

Management, WBUT on the project entitled “Foreign Direct

Investment, India’s Economic Growth & Sectoral Imbalance during the

Post Liberalisation Period” at West Bengal University of Technology.

2. Dr. Chandrasekhar Mukherjee, Reader, Dept. of Economics is acting as

guide of M.Phil degree of i) Sri Rupam Mukherjee, Lecturer in

Economics on the project entitled “Crop Insurance– A case study in

West Bengal, to Annamalai University, Tamilnadu

ii) Sri Biswajit Dey, Senior Lecturer in Commerce on the project entitled

“Role of Cooperative Bank in the functioning of Self-Help Group-A

study in the dist. Of Nadia, West Bengal” and the project has been

submitted to Annamalai University on 28th August 2008.

iii) Sri Galive Iqubal, Lecturer in Commerce on the Project entitled “A

Study of Productivity of Labour in Jute Industry with special reference

to North 24 Parganas” at Annamalai University

3. Dr. Sarbari Ghosh, Reader, Dept. of Mathematics is working as co-

guide of Ph.D. degree of Sri Subhra Chatterjee on the project entitled

“Application of Multivariate Technique and Stochastic Modelling in

Identification of Pre-monsoon Convective Development” at Jadavpur

University.

3.2.2 Give details of the following: a) Departments recognized as research centres b) Faculty recognized as research guides c) Priority areas for research d) Ongoing Faculty Research Projects (minor and major projects, funding

from the Government, UGC, DST, CSIR, AICTE, Industry, NGO or International agencies)

e) Ongoing Student Research Projects (title, duration, funding agency, total funding received for the project).

3.2.2 Details of the following are:

a) Dept recognized as research centre – Microbiology

b) Faculty recognized as research guide – Five (5)

c) Priority areas for research:

67

Dept of Microbiology is associated with the research work in the thrust

area like

Development of better bacterial strains with phosphate solubilizing

properties, good nitrogenase and other economically and commercially

important enzyme activities with the perspective to produce bio

fertilizers

Isolation and characterization of petroleum degrading bacteria from soil

samples.

Dept of Economics is associated with the research work in the thrust area

like

Crop- insurance, Microcredit, Labour Productivity in Industry,

Foreign Direct Investment.

Dept of Physics is associated with the research work in the thrust area like

Magnetic property speculation of different metal complexes, Magnetic

Properties and Rave Earth inter Metallics.

Dept of Mathematics is associated with the research work in the thrust

area like

Pre-monsoon Convective Development

d) Ongoing faculty research projects (minor and major) 21(Twenty-one)

Twelve (12) Faculty Members on Minor Research Projects and

Nine (9) Faculty Members doing Research Work under the guidance of

faculties of different Universities.

The project entitled on ‘Participatory rural development through

Biotechnology and other agro based technology ‘ funded by MP-LAD

done by Dr. Swati Roy Gangopadhyay, Dept of Microbiology in

collaboration with Prof Subrata Pal, (former Dean of science, Jadavpur

University & present Vice Chancellor, Burdwan University) and Prof

Dipak Bagchi former Vice Chancellor, Bidhan Chandra Krishi

Viswavidyalaya has been completed.

68

e) Ongoing student projects –

Dept. of Microbiology 20 Post Graduate students of Microbiology

Dept. of Computer Science 24 Post Graduate students of Computer Sc.

Dept. of Commerce 64 Post Graduate students of Commerce Dept.

Dept. of Computer Science 28 of Under Graduate students of Computer Sc.

Department of Microbiology

Name of the Student

Name of the Guide

Title of the projects

Duration of the project

Funding Agency

Total funding received for the project

Sandip Kr. Bandhyapadhyay

Dr. Swati Roy Gangopadhya

Isolation and Characterization of better yielding strength of free living nitrogen fixing bacteria by induced mutation and it application in Plant Growth Promotion

Three Years

MPLAD & MRP UGC

Rs. 6,00,000/- (Approx)

3.2.3 What are the major achievements of the research activities of the institution (findings contributed to subject knowledge, to the Industry needs, community development, patents etc.)?

3.2.3 Department of Microbiology has isolated and characterized nitrogen fixing

bacterial strains from local agricultural fields with tremendous potentials to

solubilize inorganic phosphate. It grows very well in starch containing

medium and can produce and secrete amylase. The strains are already

applied in Pot Culture. If our Pot Culture result shows any significant

achievement then the strains will be applied in the local agricultural field

with a perspective to produce by Bio fertilizers for better crop production

and to minimize pollution and heavy metal toxicity hazards of chemical

fertilizers.

3.2.4 Are there research papers published in refereed journals by the faculty? If yes, give details for the last five years including citation index and impact factor.

69

3.2.4 Yes. Refer item no.3.2.5

3.2.5 Give list of publications of the faculty. a. Books b. Articles c. Conference/Seminar Proceedings d. Course materials (for Distance Education) e. Software packages or other learning materials f. Any other (specify)

3.2.5 List of Publications of the Faculty: 100+ (Detail will be shown at the time

of visit)

3.3.1 List the broad areas of consultancy services provided by the Institution during the last five years (free of cost and/or remunerative). Who are the beneficiaries of such consultancy?

3.3.1 College teachers are participating in different consultancy services e.g.;

Services Beneficiaries Identification of Specialised jobs eg., Control of vector borne diseases as malaria, leishmania, fileria etc. College teachers have taken some initiative to control such vector borne diseases in the community through developing a system of biological control of vectors and also applying suitable pesticides in the diseased prone area.

Society

Proliferation of Open Source Operating system Local Teaching Members Thalassaemia Eradication programme Society Eradication of Arsenic Poisoning Society Different Training programmes Students and Society. Preparation of syllabus & curriculum of different subject of other universities

Students and Society

In addition to the above, the faculty members of the College provided

consultancy services to the School Service Commission and West Bengal

Board of Secondary Education, West Bengal Higher Secondary Council, by

participation as paper setter, moderator, Head Examiners and Examiners.

The beneficiaries are State Level Regional School Service commission

and its constituents and West Bengal Board of Secondary Education and its

constituents.

3.3 Consultancy

70

3.3.2 How does the institution publicize the expertise available for consultancy services?

3.3.2 During the discussions between the Principal and the faculty members with

different organizations (Sub Divisional Office, Municipalities, Local

Schools, Ichapure Rifle Factory, Alumni, Physicians and Society Persons)

information on expertise for consultancy services develop and the institution

tries to utilise the expertise in association with different organization of the

society.

3.3.3 How does the institution reward the staff for the consultation provided by them?

3.3.3 The College recognizes and appreciates the expertise rendered by different

stakeholders in the meetings of Academic Sub committee, Teachers’

Council, Governing Body etc.

3.3.4 How does the institution utilize the revenue generated through consultancy services?

3.3.4 Institution utilise the revenue generated through consultancy for

development work. For example, the fund earned by the Career

development cell is used for infrastructural development.

3.4.1 How does the institution promote the participation of students and faculty in extension activities? (NSS, NCC, YRC and other NGOs)

3.4.1 Yes

NSS unit: Extension activities :

• Adoption of ward no 17 of the Barrackpore Municipality,

• Collaborative work with a private organization named Barrackpore

Avenue Women’s Cultural and Social Welfare organization to deal

with the problems of the street children, 2003-2006

• Donation of books, exercise books, pencils, black boards and

garments to the street children, Imparting Teaching by NSS cadets to

the street children and making campaign for clean, 2003-2006

• Development of Green environment of campus and local area through

3.4 Extension Activities

71

plantations from 2001-till date

• Health awareness programme among college students in each year to

make the students aware of general health problem and how to fight

against them from 2000- till date.

• Programme in association with an NGO: Thoughtshop Foundation,

Kolkata on Anti-AIDS/HIV awareness programme with the

Thoughtshop of Foundation, Kolkata, Balmer Lawrie & Co. Ltd. and

State AIDS Prevention and control society Govt. of W.B. and has

undertaken extension activities with the local schools and has been

awarded Best Organized Trainee and Coordinated Team Effort in

the session 2004-05.

• Awareness programme on Consumer Rights with the assistance of

Consumer Protection Forum, Govt. of W.B. on 21.03.2006.

• Participation in a seminar on Global Appal on End Stigma and

Discrimination against people affected by Leprosy on National

Leprosy Day (30.01.2006) at Science City Kolkata.

• Organisation of Blood Donation Camp on annual basis with the

assistance of B.N. Bose Hospital,

• Formation of a Voluntary Blood Donors’ Club, which has been

inaugurated by Sri Buddhadev Bhattacharya, Hon’ble Chief Minister of

West Bengal on 22.09.2007.

• Organisation of World AIDS Day (1st December) in every academic

year,

• Participation of students of Economics, Geography and Sociology, in

association with Barrackpore Municipality through a survey on

General Health, Education and Municipal Services of 9 Municipal

wards and submitted their reports to the Barrackpore Municipality,

• Project of cleaning, arranging and bar-coding of library books,

• Distribution of Micro Saving Boxes among the students of the college

72

to generate the funds for community services

NCC unit activities:

• Observance of parades on Republic day every year by large number of

NCC cadets under 48 Bengal Battalion,

• Participation of NCC cadets in Law and Order Management during

festival days,

• Performed several training camp (8), National Integration Camp, All

India Gujrat Trek Camp, and Army Attachment camp in Assam

Regiment II and firing practices at Kote and Kancharapara etc.

• Development of Green environment of campus and local area through

plantations from 2001-till date,

• Guard of Honour to the Guests like Vice-Chancellors and Pro Vice

Chancellors, Ministers, MP, MLA etc.

Centre for Thalaseamia Eradication: In collaboration with Indian Red

Cross Society, Barrackpore subdivision, the college has set up the Centre

for Thalaseamia Eradication in depts. of Microbiology for the detection

and screening of careers for beta thallasaemia. HPLC machine for

analysing the variant form of adult haemoglobin has been installed. The

schools and college students from Belghoria to Kanchrapara of the dist of

24 pgs (North) can avail of this facility at lower cost than any non-

Government diagnostic centre in Kolkata. The doctors and the teachers of

this college will counsel the detected careers for beta thalassaemia.

3.4.2 What are the outreach programmes organized by the institution? How are they integrated with the academic curricula?

3.4.2 The institution organised the following outreach programmes:

1 Programme on Anti-AIDS/HIV awareness with the local Schools of

Barrackpore Municipality.

2 Out reach programme with the help of physician and medical

practitioners catering to the needs of the society.

73

3 Workshop on Plus Two level Mathematics for School Teachers

organised by the Dept. of Mathematics.

4 Workshop on open source software on Computer Learning for the

Teachers of the Schools of Barrackpore Subdivision.

5 Workshop on Commerce on Application of Computer in Business,

6 Survey of the Municipal area on the issues like Municipal service,

Health, Education etc.

3.4.3 How does the institution promote college-neighborhood network in which students acquire attitude for service and training, contributive to community development?

3.4.3 The institution promotes college-neighbourhood network through

organising Outreach Programmes and Extension Activities such as

1 Survey On General Health Education and Municipal Services

2 Donation of books, exercise books, pencils, black boards and

garments to the street children, Imparting Teaching by NSS to the

street children and made campaign for clean campus

3 Adoption of Ward No. 17 at Barrackpore Municipality through

the involvement of college students

4 Organization of Mock Parliament

5 Organization of motivation and training programmes for

Eradication of Thalassaemia

6 Organization of Blood Donation camp

7 Distribution of Micro-Savings Boxes

8 Formation of Voluntary Blood Donors Club

9 Observance of parades on Republic day by NCC cadets

10 Participation of NCC cadets in Law and Order Management

during festival days

11 Survey on identification of dropout of Primary School Children

and Children not going to primary school in a ward of Barrackpore

Municilpality.

74

These programmes are organized by the college involving the students.

These help the students to acquire attitude for service and training,

contribution to community development.

3.4.4 What are the initiatives taken by the institution to have a partnership with University / Research institutions / Industries / NGOs etc. for extension activities?

3.4.4 The initiatives taken by the Institution are

1 Partner Institution (BRSC College) of IGNOU under the convergence

scheme of ODL and conventional system

2 Joint Venture with Red Cross Society an International Organisation

3 MOUs with Institute of Computer Engineers of India (ICEI)

4 MOUs with JETKING

5 MOUs with Institute of Cost & Works Accountants of India (ICWA)

6 MOUs with Indian Association for the Cultivation of Science (IACS)

7 MOUs with Technable Solutions

3.4.5 How has the local community benefited by the institution? (Contribution of the institution through various extension activities, outreach programmes, partnering with NGOs and GOs)

3.4.5 The local community has been benefited through the various extension

activities and outreach programmes arranged by the Institution in the

following area.

1 Software and Hardware Courses for the students;

2 Jobs and Placements in different organisations;

3 Garments and teaching aids for the street children;

4 Facilities of blood in times of emergency;

5 Facility of blood testing of individuals of Barrackpore Subdivision

as a support service for Thalassaemia eradication;

6 Making the society aware of the dangers of AIDS/HIV;

7 New Methodology of Teaching Mathematics at plus two level;

8 Making the neighbouring schoolteachers aware of the use of Open

Source operating system (free software movement) as an

75

alternative to Microsoft.

3.4.6 How has the institution involved the community in its extension activities? (Community participation in institutional development, institution-community networking etc.)

3.4.6 The institution has actively involved the community in its various extension

programmes by arranging a meaningful participatory role and motivating

them with help of socially committed people.

1 Collaboration with the Barrackpore Municipality Personnel to plant

trees;

2 Conducted survey on General Health, Education and Municipal

Services in association with Municipality;

3 Collaboration with Indian Red Cross Society (Barrackpore Branch) to

set up a centre for Thalassaemia Eradication;

4 Organised programmes to spread the awareness of the dangers of

AIDS/HIV among the students of the neighbouring schools

5 Organised awareness programme on Consumer Rights involving

Consumer Protection Forum, Govt. of West Bengal

6 Organised workshop on Staff Improvement programme involving Joint

Director of Public Instruction, Reader, Dept. of Library Science, Asst.

Registrar of Calcutta University

7 Organised “Health Awareness Programme Among The College

Students” involving well-known and distinguished medical

practitioners of the society.

3.4.7 Any awards or recognition received by the faculty / students / Institution for the extension activities?

3.4.8 Awarded Best Organized Trainee and Coordinated Team Effort in the

session 2004-05 by Thoughtshop Foundation, Balmer Lawrie & Co. Ltd.

and State AIDS Prevention Control Society, Govt. of West Bengal for

NSS activities of the students of the college.

76

3.5.1 Give details of the collaborative activities of the institution with the following organizations:

o local bodies/ community o State o National o International o Industry o Service sector o Agriculture sector o Administrative agencies o Any other (specify)

3.5.1 The institution has under taken collaborative activities with the following

organisations

1 Local community, through out reach and extension activities

2 National organisations, through seminars, research, workshop,

conferences, UGC activities

3 International organisations, through seminars, research, workshop,

conferences and linkages with Sherbrooke University, Canada as part of

IACS programme led by Prof. Fernando Ouellet.

4 Industries, like HCL and Jetking

5 Agricultural sector through Participatory Rural Development

Programme through

Biotechnology and other agro-based technology in collaboration with

Prof S. K. Pal, former Dean, Science, Jadavpur University, Prof Dipak

Bagchi, former Vice Chancellor, Bidhan Chandra Krishi Viswavidyalaya

and Dept. of Microbiology, BRSC, funded under MP LADS.

3.5.2 How has the institution benefited from the collaboration? (a) Curriculum development (b) Internship (c) On-the-job training (d) Faculty exchange and development (e) Research (f) Consultancy (g) Extension (h) Publication (i) Student Placement

3.5 Collaborations

77

3.5.2. The institution has benefited from the collaboration in the following areas:

Curriculum Development- During the revision and updating of

curricula expert opinion from the eminent scientist, Professors,

Academicians from reputed Institute are gratefully received. Direct

assistances from some of these experts in taking theoretical and

practical classes have been obtained.

The college has received the benefits from the experts of Institute of

English, Kolkata, in the design and development of the curricula of

Communicative English

On the CSIR Foundation Day our students get invitation to visit the

reputed scientific laboratories of the CSIR institutes like Indian Institute

of Chemical Biology and can avail of the opportunities to see the

running experiments and interact with the scientists, and research

scholars.

As part of curricula our students can get the opportunities to visit

different industries like Metro diary, Mother dairy, East India

Pharmaceuticals etc and different laboratories of different reputed

industries.

Internship – College received the benefits from Bose Institute, Indian

Institute of Chemical Biology, School of Tropical Medicine,

Chittaranjan Cancer Research Hospital, Universities of Calcutta,

Jadavpur, Kalyani and Burdwan, Indian Statistical Institute, Bengal

Engineering and Science University, Saha Institute of Nuclear Physics,

Anandalok Hospital, Sharp Industries, Dept of Post and Telegraph, to

name a few for giving the facility of summer projects and dissertation

works of post graduate students.

On the job training - Job training is done by TATA Johnson

Automotive limited, WEBEL Infovision for medical transcription, Hero

Mind Mine, CTS etc

78

Research-Dr. Madhumita Maitra, Dept. of Microbiology has been

doing the research work on “Isolation and Characterization of a

Microbial Culture to be used as Probiotic” in collaboration with

Prof. Ranjana Choudhury, HOD, Dept of Chemical Engineering,

Jadavpur University and the Dept. is benefited by getting the expert

suggestions, lab trainings, instruments, chemicals and library facilities

through the collaborating research.

Consultancy- Received from Dr Purnendu Roy, eminent Physician,

and a successful entrepreneur of Genesis Hospital, Kolkata, Dr.

Debashis Bhattacharya, Founder of Disha Eye Hospital, Sri Aritra Roy

Choudhury, of CELLA system, Chairman of School Service

Commission, Mr. Dipanjan Saha, Sr. Manager, CTS (22/02/08) on

“New Trends in Career Options & Their Impact on Society”.

Extension - In collaboration with Indian Red Cross Society,

Barrackpore Sub division, the college has set up the Centre for

Thalassaemia Eradication in the Dept. of Microbiology for the

detection and screening of careers for beta thalassaemia. HPLC

machine for analysing the variant form of adult haemoglobin has been

installed. The schools and college students from Barrackpore

Subdivision can avail of this facilities at much less cost than any non-

govt diagnostic centre in Kolkata. The doctors and the teachers of this

college will counsel the detected careers for beta thalassaemia.

Publication - See item no. 3.2.5 (Annexure Enclosed)

Students Placement- students got jobs in CTS, WIPRO, GENPACT,

DABUR, INFOSIS, E.MERCK, Milliipore, Albert David, Electro Steel,

ICICI Prudential, Glaxo Smithclime, Tech Mihindra, ITC, India Foils

etc

3.5.3 Does the institution have any MoU/MoC / mutually beneficial agreements signed with

Other academic institutions

79

Industry Other agencies

3.5.3 The institution has MOUs with:

1 Other Academic Institution – Indian Association for the Cultivation of

Science

2 Industry – HCL, Jetking, Institute of Computer Engineers of India

3.6.1 What are the significant innovations / good practices in Research, Consultancy and Extension activities of the institution?

3.6.1 Best Practices in Research, Consultancy and Extension

1 A sizeable number of teachers are engaged in research work and

publication of papers in reputed journals. Refer name of the journals

2 Provision of seed money in the College Annual Budget.

3 Teachers’ enthusiastic participation in Faculty Improvement Programmes.

4 Participation of faculty members in seminars, workshop, and conferences at

the State, National and International Levels.

5 Extension lecture by outstanding personalities- Rastraguru Surendranath

Bandyopadhyay Memorial Lecture by Sri Sunil Gangopadhyay, eminent

litterateur and president, Sahitya Academy.

6 Project work by UG level students of Sociology & Geography and Post

Graduate students of Microbiology, Computer Science and Commerce.

7 Encouragement of faculty to offer consultancy.

8 Best Organized Trainee and Coordinated Team Effort award received

by the NSS students given by the Thoughtshop Foundation Kolkata,

Balmer Lawrie & Co. Ltd. and State AIDS Prevention and Control Society,

Govt. of W. Bengal.

9 NCC cadets awarded excellent (A) in “B” and “C” certificate examination,

2008.

3.6 Best Practices in Research, Consultancy and Extension

80

Additional information for Re-accreditation

1. What were the evaluative observations made under Research, Consultancy

and Extension in the previous assessment report and how have they been

acted upon?

Though the NAAC peer team in their first assessment report made no

evaluative observations in the recommending part of the report, however they

made some observations on Criterion aspect of Research, Consultancy and

Extension:

Observation: i)“The Research activity in the college is yet to gain momentum.

There is need for the faculties to be involved in research work in greater

numbers.”

ii) “Efforts should also be made to take up consultancy work and resource

generation.”

Response: i) As a follow up action to the above the college has set up Research

Monitoring Cell on 29th April 2004 to boost up research activities and the cell

has taken up the following activities:

1 Motivating the teachers and the students to undertake research work

as a result 43 teachers participated in MRP work with an outlay of Rs.

20.21lakhs during the 5 years;

2 Providing adequate time slots for conducting & pursuing research

activities.

3 Motivating Faculty members for Registration of M.Phil. / Ph.D.

programmes; as a result eight members either completed or joined in

M.Phil programme and twenty-two members either completed or

joined in Ph.D work during this period.

4 Involvement of more teachers in minor research projects in their

areas of specialization;

5 Creation of six (6) Minor Research Project funded by college during

2008-2009.

81

6 Publications of articles / papers in leading journals including web

journals.

7 Undertaking collaborative research programmes with Jadavpur

University, Calcutta University, Annamalai University, Kalyani

University etc.

8 Monitoring, reviewing and encouraging research activities of the

faculty members and the PG students periodically.

9 Initiative for attending International / National / State / Regional level

Workshops / Seminars / Conferences.

10 Organization of Seminar, workshop, Symposiums funded by UGC

/other funding agencies

11 Arrangement of separate laboratory space for research work

12 Subscription of some research journal, e-journal

13 Arrangement of some modern equipments like HPLC, PCR, Gel Doc,

Spectrophotometer, Software, Hardware;

Response ii) Consultancy work by an affiliated college in our country is not

a popular phenomenon. College Governing Body has developed Career

Development Cell, a consultancy organisation for its stakeholders. The cell

is now providing different coaching facilities to the stakeholders in the form

of coaching for School Service Commission (SSC), finishing school module

by means of soft and communication skill development, MAT, and coaching

for other Govt. services etc. By this mechanism college is able to generate

its resource. The cell is extending its activities to students of the locality

also.


undertaken by the institution since the previous Assessment and

Accreditation with regard to Research, Consultancy and Extension?

82

Continuous effort by the Research Monitoring Cell, Active initiative by the

Seminar Sub- committee, initiation of the NSS & NCC cadets made us possible

in quality sustenance and enhancement measure with regard to Research,

Consultancy and Extension.

A good number of faculty members are engaged in active research work

and they are supported by adequate time slots for conducting & pursuing research

activities.

Persuasion to senior teachers to act as Research Guide, motivation for

participation in publication of papers, speakers/resource person in Seminar,

Conferences, Workshops at the Institutional level, State level, National level

and International level. {ref. 3.1.2, 3.2.1,3.3.1 etc.}

Creation of six (6) Minor Research Project funded by college during 2008-

2009 for a period of two years in the model of UGC MRP which is a unique

feature for a college.

Orientation of syllabus and curriculum of the post graduate courses with

project work so that students may engage in projects works as per the syllabi.

Organisation of seminars and workshops by the departments is now

becoming institutionalised. Invitation of the external experts and evaluation by

them on seminar presentation by the students and faculty members are the

steps towards enhancing quality.

Students of each dept. publish wall magazines, which contain articles on

contemporary issues.

The college publishes Annual Magazine with yellow pages in each year {six

volumes in last six years}, where abstract of papers by the faculty, alumni and

students are published.

Provision and utilisation of seed money in the college annual Budget.

To promote the innovative and creative ideas of the faculty members and the

students, Department of Commerce has taken initiatives to publish

Departmental Journal – Journal of Business and Economic Issues.

83

Initiation and continuous monitoring of Consultancy services in form of

‘Career Development Cell’ to in and out campus students are provided in the

form of support services on finishing school model.

Extension and outreach programmes have been organised. The college has

organised an interactive session on “Socio-Economic, Political and Cultural

Aspects of Canada and France vis-à-vis West Bengal as well as India” with

International delegates (Comprising 15 members from Canada and France)

lead by Prof Fernand Ouellet, Department of Philosophy, University of

Sherbrooke, Canada.

To honour institutional responsibility towards society college has designed

and executed the following and made attempts to enhance and sustain them.

a) Thalassaemia Eradication Programme in association with Indian Red

Cross Society, Barrackpore Branch,

b) Voluntary Blood Donors Club with the involvement of all the students,

teachers and non-teachers (inaugurated by Sri Buddhadev Bhattacharjee,

Hon’ble Chief Minister, Govt. of W.B. on 22.09.2007)

c) Adoption of ward no. 17 of Barrackpore Municipality to work on

awareness development and support services towards health, education

and related programmes.

From all the activities under Research, Consultancy and Extension it

appears that the college is heading towards achieving a Centre for

Excellence, the vision of the college.

84

4. Criterion IV: Infrastructure and Learning Resources

4.1.1 What are the infrastructure facilities available for (a) Academic activities? (b) Co-curricular activities? (c) Extra –curricular activities and sports?

4.1.1 The infrastructure facilities available for,

(a) Academic activities are:

1 Campus area 4.955 acres (4.8 Acres + 0.155 acres common) with built

up area of 20052.88 sq. mts.

2 Principal’s Room

3 Staff room for Teachers in both the campuses

4 Office in both the campuses

5 Class rooms with OHP

6 Digital class rooms with Laptop, LCD Projector visualiser, Internet

connection

7 Laboratories with modern equipments, chemicals etc.

8 Libraries with open access facilities like Reading room, Clipping,

Bibliographic compilation, Reference, Reprography, Information

Display etc. and Departmental libraries

9 Central computer facility with 15 terminals

10 Partner institution centre of IGNOU in the scheme on Convergence of

Open & Distance Learning & Conventional System

12 Girls’ hostel

13 Canteen

14 Students’ Union room & Common Room

15 Girls’ Common Room cum rest room

16 Space for drinking water with purifier & cooler

17 Seminar Room and Examination room

4.1 Physical Facilities

85

(b) Co-curricular activities are

1 Auditorium

2 Health Centre

3 Internet facility & connectivity with Broadband

4 Career Development & Placement Cell

5 Language laboratory

6 Thalassaemia Eradication centre

(c) Extra curricular activities & sports are

1 Sports field

2 A 17-unit Multi-Gymnasium

3 Indoor Games

4 Outdoor Games

5 NCC Room

6 NSS Room

7 Guest room

8 Sports Room

9 Photocopy centre in both the campuses

10 Vehicle parking facility

4.1.2 Enclose the Master Plan of the college campus indicating the existing physical infrastructure and the projected future expansions.

4.1.2 The master plan of the college campus indicating the existing physical

infrastructure is enclosed herewith.

The proposal viewed as long-term plans for development have been

accepted by the Governing Body in its meeting dated. 17.12.2008.

The projected future expansions of the college are given below criteria wise:

Curricular Aspects

1 To open PG Courses in Sociology, Journalism & Mass

Communication, Management, Education, Mathematics, Geography,

Bengali, English, Political Science, MCA etc. by phase.

86

2 To open UG courses in Botany and Zoology.

3 To open Certificate & PG Diploma Courses in emerging subjects.

4 To introduce M. Phil, Ph.D. Programmes.

5 To revise the curricula of UG and PG courses.

6 To develop the entrepreneurial ability of the students through inclusion

of information on advanced technology in some fields of study.

Teaching Learning & Evaluation

1 Activation of Evaluation on Teaching and Learning through Tutor-

Ward System.

2 Extension of Remedial teaching for disadvantage students.

3 Evaluation and Reformation of Examination System.

4 Promotion of technology enabled teaching-learning.

5 Formation of more Digital Class Rooms.

6 Flourishing computer aided learning

7 Proposal for introducing INFLIBNET

8 Proposal for introducing EDUSAT

9 Proposal for central computer facilities.

10 Proposal for virtual class room

11 Promoting teaching learning through project work, dramatisation, play

etc.

12 Extension of laboratory space

13 Consideration of different departments by engaging more teachers and

laboratory staff.

Research Consultancy & Extension

1 Continuation of the endeavour to promote research culture among

faculty and students through Institutional Research Projects.

2 Publication of Research Journal by the Departments / News Letter of

the College.

3 Extension of National & International Linkage.

87

4 Organising of National / International Seminar / Conference.

5 Publication of Research Paper through website.

6 Organization of Rastraguru Surendranath Bandyopadhyay Memorial

Lecture by eminent Academicians/Social Worker

Infrastructure & Learning Resources

1 Continuous effort to get residual portion of 6, Riverside Road campus/

Purchase of New Campus. Rs. 1 Crore.

2 Construction of Art & Handicrafts Gallery cum Shop at 85, Middle

Road campus. Rs. 12 Lakhs.

3 Construction of 2nd floor of Blocks A at 85, Middle Road campus. Rs.

50 Lakhs

4 Construction of 2nd floor of Blocks B at 85, Middle Road campus. Rs.

45 Lakhs.

5 Construction of instrumentation workshop.

6 Construction of 1st floor of Block F at 85, Middle Road for Guest

Room/ Principal’s Quarter. Rs. 18 Lakhs

7 Construction of 2nd floor of Blocks B, at 6, Riverside Road campus. Rs.

18 Lakhs.

8 Construction of 2nd floor of Blocks D & E at 6, Riverside Road campus.

Rs. 70 Lakhs

9 Construction of 1st and 2nd floor of Women’s Hostel. Rs. 60 Lakhs

10 Construction of ground and 1st floor of Boys’ Hostel. Rs. 70 Lakhs

11 Repair and renovation of existing building

12 Extension of library space

13 Proposal for inter-library borrowing facility

14 Proposal for access of the online and internet services in the library for

the users

15 Proposal for up gradation of computer systems

16 Extension of Departmental Library

88

Student Support and Progression

1 Facilitating Support services through placement cell in IT, Hardware/

Networking, Financial, Retail and Marketing Management, Cost and

Chartered Accountancy.

2 Provision of training facilities of the students through MOUs between

college and industry such as MAYA Academy, ICA, ICWA and

Apparel designing etc.

3 Creation of fund for the poor and meritorious students

4 Arrangement of lift for the physically challenged students

5 Organisation of Seminars / Workshop for Entrepreneurship

Development of the students.

6 Supporting coaching facilities for different state/national level

examination, e.g. NET/ SET /GATE /TOEFL etc.

7 Extension of coaching & sports facilities - Football, Cricket, Basketball,

Athletics, Gymnasium, Khokho etc.

8 Opening of indoor facilities of sports in a stadium

9 Opening of Media Room in both the campus.

10 Introduction of Medical Aid Fund

11 Extension of Cultural Interaction – Meet & Competition, Exhibitions,

Seminars, Group Discussion, Debates.

Governance & Leadership

1 Extending the office at 6, Riverside Road campus.

2 Planning and developing strategies for resource mobilisation.

3 Budgeting and optimum utilization of finance reflected in up-to-date

Audit.

4 Proposal for faculty development programme of teaching and non-

teaching staff

5 Improvement of Teacher - Student ratio for better academic openings.

6 Development of student friendly computerization mechanism.

89

7 Enhancement of routine fees (Tuition Fee, Lab. Fee) at a interval of 3-5

years

8 Enhancement of Scale and allowances for Management appointed

faculties

9 Attempt to get more substantive posts from government and to fill these

up

10 Attempt to process Govt., M.L.A/M.P. LADS & UGC grants and DST

Innovative Practices

1 Activation of Thalassaemia Eradication Centre

2 Extension of NSS activities in the form of adopting model village

3 Extension of NCC activities for the girls students

4 Proposal for games and sports for girls students

5 Activation of Voluntary Blood Donor’s Club

6 Extension of Earn & Learn Activities

7 Extension of Social Participation and Community Service

90

4.1.3 Has the institution augmented the infrastructure to keep pace with its academic growth? If yes, specify the facilities and the amount spent during the last five years.

4.1.3 Yes, the institution has augmented the infrastructure to keep pace with its academic growth.

The following table shows how the existing infrastructure has been extended to keep pace with academic growth during the last five years.

Year 2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08 F

A

C I

L I

T I

E

a) Laboratory space for Chemistry, Microbiology and Geography has been extended by an area 6,800 sq. ft. (1st floor, C Block)

Additional construction of 4200 sq. ft. in 1st floor A Block at 6, Riverside Rd. campus plus 4,000 sq. ft. in Block E at 85, Middle Rd. campus for class room and students common room, canteen, sports room.

Additional space of 9,800 sq. ft. in 1st floor A Block at 6, Riverside Rd. Campus for class room

The construction of ground floor of D Block at 6, Riverside Rd. campus has been done (area 5,500 sq. ft.) with a cost of Rs. 46 lakhs to accommodate the classroom and lab. of commerce dept. and Bibhuti Bhusan Hall (Auditorium) with modern facilities and with a seating accommodation of 210.

Construction of 1st floors of B Block: Area 5500 sq. ft. with a cost of Rs. 44,19,587 and E Block area 3300 sq. ft. with the cost of Rs.15,36,022 (Estimated amount) at 6, Riverside Road campus for class and laboratory and Boys’ and Girls’ Toilet.

b) New computer lab. with 12 upgraded computers for commerce students at 6, Riverside Rd. campus has been set up to accommodate IT in the syllabus

Additional space (9×7.5 sq. mt.) for computer lab.for commerce students at 85, Middle Rd. campus

PG lab. space of Comp. Sc. have been increased & new equipments have been purchased

Renovation of heritage building of ground floor of B Block (area 5,500 sq. ft.) to extend the library space, NSS and NCC room.

Facilities of students canteen, common room, sports room provided at the ground floor of Block E (3300 sq. ft.) of 6, Riverside Road campus

91

S c) Extension of library space at 85, Middle Rd. campus for the students

Purchase of 6 new computers for Geography Dept. to accommodate GIS and remote sensing in the syllabus.

1 Digital classroom as computer-aided technology has been constructed in the Ground floor of A Block (6×7.5 sq. mt. at 85, Middle Rd. campus) of Comp. Sc. dept. have been constructed

Construction of 1st floor of block C at 6, Riverside Rd. campus area 1,500 sq. ft. as Principal’s room and staff room for commerce dept.

Construction of 1st floor of D Block at 6, Riverside Road with an area of 5500 sq. ft. costing Rs. 31 lakhs

d) Purchase of 2,055 copies of additional books (RS 2,80,509/-) & 20 journals (Rs. 6232) in the central library:

Purchase of 1347 books (UG+PG) in the library worth Rs. 399316/- and Journals worth Rs. 14531/-

LCD, OHP, Laptop & computers with advanced configuration have been purchased

1743 copies of books have been purchased for library at a cost of Rs. 606095 and journal of Rs. 26577/- as learning facilities to the users.

College has purchased 2,079 copies of books in the library, at a cost of Rs. 442777/- and journals of Rs.13483/-

e) Construction of 17 units gymnasium at 85, Middle Rd. campus (2nd floor, D Block) as extra curricular activities.

Extension of internet facility & Broadband connection with 13 nodes

Construction of Girls’ hostel has been made in the Ground floor area 3000 sq. ft. cost Rs. 36.5 lakhs

Online journal IEEE has been subscribed by dept. of Comp. Sc.

College has made necessary arrangement for purchase of 93 rare and valuable books for the benefit of students & teachers.

f) Purchase of land of approx. 8 cottas for construction of Girls’ Hostel Valued at Rs. 16 lakhs as facilities for women

Purchase of 12 cottas of land for Boys’ hostel Cost Rs.15,47,705

Additional Nine (9) journals of national and international standards have been subscribed & kept in the library

Room renovated for Thalaseamia Eradication Centre at Ground floor of B Block at 85, Middle Road campus.

92

F

A

C I

L I

T I

E

S

g) Renovation of canteen at at 85, Middle Rd. campus as common facilities for the students.

Repair & renovation of computer laboratory at 85, Middle Rd. campus

Construction of additional stair cases up to the 1st floor in E Block at 6, Riverside Road campus & B Block at 85, Middle Road campus utilising joist available from old rooms

h) Extension of internet facilities to students through Dias with 6 nodes as computer facility.

Remodelling of lab. of Psychology dept.

i) Renovation of staff room & construction of 8 cubicles for 8 depts. at 85, Middle Rd. campus Valued at Rs. 2.5 lakhs as per recommendation of NAAC peer team during the first visit.

Purchase of 835 copies library books at a cost of Rs. 169695/- and Journal of Rs.16716/-.

93

4.1.4 Does the institution provide facilities like common room, separate rest rooms for women students and staff?

4.1.4 The institution provides the following facilities:

Facilities Area (in sq. mt.)

1. Students common room 7.5×6.5 at 85, Middle Rd. campus & 10×7.5 at 6, Riverside Rd. campus

2. Students Union room 3×6.5 at 85, Middle Rd. campus & 3×7.5 at 6, Riverside Rd. campus

3. Separate Rest room for Women Students

3×5 at 85, Middle Rd. campus 3×7.5 at 6, Riverside Rd. campus

4. Staff room for teachers 15×9 at 85, Middle Rd. campus 7.75×14.15 at 6, Riverside Rd. campus

4.1.5 How does the institution plan and ensure that the available infrastructure is optimally utilized?

4.1.5 The college utilises its campus, available infrastructure and other facilities

for the regular students on weekdays from 10 am to 5 pm

a) Infrastructure is also used through distant education organisation,

value added education beyond college hours (5 pm to 7 pm) and

also used in Sundays by career development cells, ICE & ODL of

IGNOU.

b) Utilisation of infrastructure for conducting different public

examination on Sundays and other holidays

c) Utilisation of college ground by the college students in the

afternoon session from 3.30 pm to 6 pm

d) Utilisation of college ground by NCC cadets on Saturday, Sunday

and other holidays

e) Utilisation of college ground by the Govt. officials in the morning

session (from 7 am to 9 am)

f) Utilisation of Girls’ hostel by accommodating – 18 girls students

g) Computer facilities are utilised beyond college hours by the

students through tie-ups of the college with Jetking and ICE

h) Log books of laboratories of different departments have been

maintained

94

Still we feel that there is scope for utilising the infrastructure. We are

planning for further utilisation of infrastructure.

4.1.6 How does the institution ensure that the infrastructure facilities meet the

requirements of the differently-abled students?

4.1.6 That the infrastructural facilities meet the requirements of the differently-

abled students are assured through Students’ Feedback. Entire planning is

guided by feedback mechanism, departmental meetings and meetings of the

Teachers’ Council.

4.2.1 What is the budget allocation for the maintenance of (last year’s data) a. Land? b. Building? c. Furniture? d. Equipment? e. Computers? f. Vehicles?

4.2.1 The budget allocation for the maintenance of the following is given below:

Table – 1

Budgetary Statement of following items for the period 2003-04 to 2007-08

Sl. No. Period

2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08 1. Land Nil Nil 10 lakhs

(UGC Grants)

.50 lakh 20 lakhs

2. Building 28 lakhs 30 lakhs 45 lakhs 1.1120 cores

96 lakhs

3. Furniture 3 lakhs 3 lakhs 2 lakhs 5 lakhs 10 lakhs 4. Sc. Apparatus

(including UGC & MP LADS)

6 lakhs 5 lakhs 6 lakhs 7 lakhs 5 lakhs

5. Computer 5 lakhs 3 lakhs 4 lakhs 4 lakhs 8 lakhs 6. Library Books

(Including UGC) 2 lakhs 1 lakh 5 lakhs 4 lakhs 11 lakhs

7. Internet Surfing Charges

10,200 .30 lakh .50 lakh .50 lakh 1 lakh

4.2.2 How does the institution ensure optimal utilization of budget allocated for various activities?

4.2.2 Income-Expenditure Statements are given along with the budget.

4.2 Maintenance of Infrastructure

95

Table – 2

Actual Expenditure Statement of following items for the period

2003-04 to 2007-08

Sl.

No

.

Period

2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08

1 Land 15,475 16,27,016 15,47,705 Nil Nil

2 Building 15,35,832 15,43,242 31,95,870 81,62,148 68,67,210

3 Furniture 4,58,542 6,42,619 3,48,775 10,79,300 12,80,162

4 Sc. Apparatus (including

UGC & MP LADS) 2,37,037 9,10,883 10,19,470 6,83,652 12,66,963

5 Computer 6,45,300 5,37,710 5,73,216 6,46,587 7,83,352

6 Library Books

(Including UGC) 2,80,509 3,99,316 1,86,411 6,30,911 3,02,200

7 Internet Surfing Charges 11,461 18,989 19,237 80,753 97,367

Optimal utilisations of budget allocation for various activities are shown in

the above tables (Table 1 & table 2).

4.2.3 Does the institution appoint staff for maintenance and repair? If not, how

are the infrastructure facilities, services and equipment maintained?

4.2.3 The College has not appointed staff for maintenance and repair.

However, Maintenance of building is operated through Building

Subcommittee as constituted by the Governing Body and monitored by

a retired Engineer with the involvement of civil and relevant

contractors/vendors. Two retired Sr. Superintendent engineers assist

the college as Advisors. College is also taking the support of executive

engineer PW (CB), Govt. of W.B.

Maintenance system is operated in decentralised form through

the depts. by utilising the Expertise of Service Engineer and other

service personnel.

96

Computer Hardware are maintained through AMC

Software development for the college purpose is also maintained

through AMC

Water purifier, generator, EPBX, paste control are maintained

through contract by AMC

4.3.1 Does the library have a Library Advisory Committee? What are its major

responsibilities?

4.3.1 Yes, the college library has a Library Advisory Committee consisting of

following members:

Principal as Chairman; Secretary to Teachers’ Council as Convenor,

Librarian, Head Clerk, General Secretary of Students’ Union, Senior

Teachers and Non-teaching staff.

The major responsibilities of Library Advisory Committee are:

1 To identify and adopt good practices & bench marks

2 To build a collection of Books, Journals, CDs, DVDs and to offer

services & facilities to the end users

3 To promote activities relating to working hours, stock verification

of Books, Journals & other learning resources, resource

mobilisation, manpower planning, information resources

development, technical services

4 To supervise digitisation & computerisation of library resources

5 To review the library activities

6 To consider the effective arrangement for celebration of library

year and to make arrangement for library class for the students

7 To review the progress and functioning of the departmental library

8 To conduct the arrangement of Book Fair on a regular interval

4.3.2 How does the library ensure access, use and security of materials?

4.3 Library as a Learning Resource

97

4.3.2 Access, use & security of materials are recorded through the computer. Daily

records of access & use are maintained through soft copies and are verified

by the Principal as & when required.

Vigilance by the library staff and the use of Close Circuit Camera

ensures the security of materials. Stocks taking of Books & non-book

material, journals are maintained year-wise as on 31st March with regular

interaction with internal audit and statutory audit mechanism.

4.3.3 What are the various support facilities available in the library? (computers, internet, band width, reprographic facilities etc.)

4.3.3 The support facilities available in the library are

1 Open access of students since the last peer team visit of NAAC

2 Digitalisation of books and library cards through Bar coding,

3 Internet with Broadband connections (4 set of Broadband

connection),

4 Clipping,

5 Reprography

6 Display of new arrivals

7 Information display

8 Power backup

4.3.4 How does the library ensure purchase and use of current titles, important journals and other reading materials? Specify the amount spent on new books and journals during the last five years.

4.3.4 The library ensures purchase and use of current titles, important journals

and other reading materials through the following:

1 Students are asked to place requisition of books, journals and other

reading materials of their choice of text and reference books in the

register maintained in the library

2 Requisition of books and non-book materials by the heads of the

dept. along with the teachers and the students of the dept.

3 Motivation of teachers and students to purchase and use books

through organisation of Book Fair.

98

4 Forwarding the requisition by the librarian to the Principal for

necessary order

5 Comparison sheets consisting of price lists given by the different

publishers and those by different suppliers are used to purchase

books and other reading materials.

6 After receiving the books accession is done through checking of

books and other reading materials, putting college stamp, entering

in accession register and making accession numbers.

7 Purchases are made after verification of the bills by the concerned

authority

The amounts spent on new books and journals during the last five years are

given below:

Amount Spent Year wise (In Rs.)

Item 2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08 Books 280509 399316/- 169695/- 606095/- 442777/- Journals 6232 14531/- 16716/- 26577/- 13483/-

4.3.5 Give details on the access of the on-line and Internet services in the library to the students and faculty? (hours, frequency of use , subscriptions, licensed software etc.,).

4.3.5 The details on the access of the online and Internet services to the students

and faculty are given in terms of the following parameters:

Hours: 30 minutes given to a students for internet uses and no time limit for

faculty;

Students can avail of these services from 10.00 am to 5.00 pm on

weekdays and Faculty can avail of these services from 10.00 am to 6.00 pm

on weekdays.

Frequency of use: - Number of nodes for students use: 12

- Number of nodes for departmental use by the students: 66

By the faculty: 66

- Number of nodes used by the faculty: 67

99

Subscription: Rs. 60/- per students on annual basis as Internet surfing

charge. License Software: Using both open source (Linux) and licensed

software of Microsoft. Online services are used by the UG student for

downloading their forms from the college website. The college has taken

measures to fill up online forms by the PG students with the help of

Internet. These facilities are particularly helpful for the students of distant

places.

4.3.6 Are the library services computerized? If yes, to what extent?

4.3.6 Yes, the library services are computerized.

The extent of computerization is given below

1 Accession Register of Books giving information Department wise,

Subject wise, Entry date, Accession No., Book No. Title, Author etc.

2 Member Register giving details about membership number,

member name, type, date of joining etc.

3 Daily Book issue Register containing book number, accession

number, title, membership no., and member name.

4 Daily Book Return Register

5 Books statistics giving full list and title (department and subject

wise).

6 Issue return statistics counting books issued/return date wise and

department wise

7 List of books outside library

8 Book movement Register

9 Search of books

10 Catalogue Register

11 Bar-coding

4.3.7 Does the institution make use of INFLIBNET / DELNET/IUC facilities? If yes, give details.

4.3.7 No. However, the college has taken initiative to introduce and make use of

INFLIBNET/EDUSAT facilities as learning resources.

100

4.3.8 What initiatives are taken by the library staff to enrich the faculty and students with its latest acquisitions?

4.3.8 The library staff displays the new arrivals of books & journals for a

fortnight.

4.3.9 Does the library have interlibrary borrowing facility? If yes, give details of

the facility

4.3.9 Though inter-library borrowing facility is yet to take place, we have

institutional linkage with British Council, Kolkata from where we get

different facilities.

4.3.10 What are the special facilities offered by the library to the visually- and physically-challenged persons?

4.3.10 Library staff provides supports services to the physically challenged

students in getting the books and journals through maintaining the library

rules.

Library facilities are extended to the financially weak students having

family income upto Rs. 5000/- as per the following model:

Year Category Family income

Facility

1st & 2nd Year Honours

Up to Rs. 5000/-

i) 3 Copies Honours Book for Hons. Subjects ii) 2 Copies of Book for general subjects

1st & 2nd Year General i) 2 Copies of Book for general subjects 3rd Year Honours i) 3 Copies of Book for Hons. subjects 3rd Year General i) 3 Copies of Book for general subjects 1st & 2nd Year Honours

More than Rs. 5000/-

2 Copies of Book for Hons. subjects 1st & 2nd Year General i) 1 Copies of Book for general subjects 3rd Year Honours i) 3 Copies of Book for Hons. Subjects 3rd Year General i) 2 Copies of Book for general subjects

4.3.11 List the infrastructural development of the library over the last five years

4.3.11 The infrastructural development of the library.

2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08 Extension

of Library Space Addition of

Books (2055) (Rs. 280509/-) and Journals (20) (Rs. 6232/-) as on

Addition of Books (1347) (Rs. 399316/-) and Journals (05) (Rs. 14531/-) as on 31.03.2005

Recording and visualing of library accession Addition

of 835 (Rs. 169695/-) copies library books at a

Library space has been extended by 5500 sq. ft. at 6, Riverside Road campus.

Construction of virtual library at 85, Middle Road campus. and space

101

31.03.2004 Extension of

Internet facilities

Introduction of Departmental Library Introducti

on of Broadband Internet Service with 13 nods and DIAS with 6 nods. New

books purchased for PG dept. of Microbiology worth Rs. 1.5 lakhs

cost of Rs. and journals (02) at a cost of Rs. 16716/-. Purch

ase of books in the departmental library

Addition of Books (1743) (Rs. 606095/-) and Journals (02) (Rs. 26577/-) Purch


for departmental library (1000 sq. ft.) Ad

dition of Books (2079) (Rs. 4,442,777/-) and Journals (02) at a cost of Rs. 13482/- Purch


4.3.12 What other information services are provided by the library to its users?

4.3.12 Other facilities such as online searching and cubicles etc. are provided by

the library to its users like Research Workers, Alumni, Librarian of other

colleges, and students of the Library Sc. Information on total no. of books,

types of books & journals, Internet facilities are provided to the users.

4.4.1 Does the Institution have up-to-date computer facility? If yes, give details on the available hardware and software (Number of computers, computer-students ratio, stand alone facility, LAN facility, configuration, licenced software etc.)

4.4.1 Number of computers: 160 (approx)

Computer & Students Ratio: 1:25

Computer with Stand-alone facilities: 96 (approx), LAN Facility: 64

(approx)

Licensed: Windows 98, NT & XP, Ms-Office, Oracle 9i, Quack Express,

GIS Software.

4.4 ICT as Learning Resources

102

Configuration: IBM compatible PCs with Processor 1.66 GHz to Dual

Core, HDD 40 to 160 GB, at least 256 MB RAM, with windows XP and

Ms-office.

4.4.2 Is there a central computing facility? If yes, how is it utilized for staff to students?

4.4.2 At 85, Middle Road campus each Science Departments has computer

facilities and the college is making arrangement for providing computer

facilities to Arts departments at 6, Riverside Road campus.

Yes, there is a central computing facility at 6, Riverside Road Campus.

Computer facilities with LAN are available for each department in both the

campus.

4.4.3 How are the faculty facilitated to prepare computer-aided teaching/ learning materials? What are the facilities available in the college for such efforts?

4.4.3 The College provides facilities to the faculty to prepare computer aided

teaching-learning materials as a supplement to the conventional method of

teaching & learning.

As a follow up of the two days workshop in 2004 in IIIT (B) at Bangalore

and two days workshop on “Technology enabled teaching and learning” at

Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath College in 4th February 2004 we

undertake some specific programmes as:

1 To use Technology enabled teaching aids in some subjects as

Chemistry, Geography, Microbiology, Physics, Mathematics, and

Computer Sc. etc.

2 To introduce digital class rooms,

3 To introduce the facilities of internet services for all the students

and the faculty

4 To introduce virtual class room

5 To introduce INFLIBNET SYSTEM, EDUSAT etc.

The facilities available in the college for such efforts are:

1 Using Technology enabled teaching aids such as LCD, OHP,

103

Laptop and PowerPoint presentation

2 Using digital class rooms. At present there are 5 well equipped

Digital Class Rooms with setting of laptop, LCD Projector,

Visualizer, Internet connection

3 using internet facilities by the faculty and the students

4.4.4 Does the Institution have a website? How frequently is it updated? Give details.

4.4.4 Yes, Name of the College Web Site: www.brsnc.com

The web site is updated twice in a week. The web site is developing with

assistance of Dream weaver and other relative software. The website

contains:

About Us –College Profile, , History, Nostalgia, Journey Events,

Institution –Infrastructure, Student Activity, Student Support

Courses: Admission, Departments, UG, PG, Value Added Courses,

Distance Courses, Placement Facility etc.

News – Events, Seminars, Special news, Results, Research Activity,

web Journal,

Organisation- Governing Body, IQAC, Staff,

With the help of website the students, teachers and society persons

of the college and other colleges and institutes around the world are getting

all sorts of information about our college. The college is making

arrangement for web publishing of the innovative and research works of the

faculty and the students of the college as per the suggestions of the IQAC.

4.4.5 How often does the institution plan and upgrade its computer systems? What is the provision made in the annual budget for update, deployment and maintenance of the computers in the institution?

4.4.5 The institution makes plan and upgrades its computer system according to

the needs of the stakeholders.

Internet services through DIAS have been replaced by internet services

through Broadband for better connectivity and high speed.

1 10 Old computers of the comp. Sc. Dept. have been replaced by new

104

and latest computers of upgraded configuration

2 The LAN have been upgraded to accommodate new UG and PG

subjects such as Food & Nutrition, Zoology, Geography, Mathematics

and IGNOU office etc.

3 Arrangements for inter and intra-connectivity have been made

The provisions made in the annual budget for update, deployment and

maintenance of the computers are given below:

Budgetary Statement of Computer for the period 2003-04 to 2007-08

(in Rs.)

Items Period 2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08

Computer 5,00,000 3,00,000 4,00,000 4,00,000 8,00,000

4.4.6 How are the computers and their accessories maintained? (AMC etc.)

4.4.6 The computers and their accessories are maintained through AMCs with

different companies given below:

Item AMC with companies Computers Binary Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Printers and UPS Binary Solutions Pvt. Ltd LAN Elite Enterprise

4.5.1 Give details of the following facilities:

d) Capacity of the hostels (to be given separately for boys and Girls) e) Occupancy f) Rooms in the hostel (to be given separately for boys and Girls) g) Recreational facilities h) Sports and Games (Indoor and Outdoor) facilities i) Health and Hygiene (Health Care centre, Ambulance, Nurse, Qualified

Doctor) (full time/ part time etc.)

4.5.1 (a) Capacity of the Girls’ Hostel – 20 girl students

Occupancy – Rented

Rooms in the hostel – 6 rooms at the ground floor

Recreational facilities – i) Cultual functions (Suprova)

ii) Social functions

4.5 Other Facilities

105

iii) Wall Magazine

iv) Exhibition of Handicrafts

v) Departmental Picnic & Tour

Sports and Games – Football, Cricket, Athletics, Gymnasium, Table

Tennis, Badminton, Basket Ball

Health & Hygiene –

i) Health Centre with First Aid Box, qualified Doctor and Beds

ii) Arrangement for water Purifier cum Cooler,

iii) Two well spaced and airy canteens at both campuses for the benefits of

the students and

iv) Two canteens for the faculties and the non-teaching staff at both the

campus

4.5.2 How does the institution ensure participation of women in intra-and inter- institutional sports competitions and cultural activities?

4.5.2 The institution ensures the involvement of girls students in intra and inter-

institutional sports competitions and cultural activities with the

encouragement of the departmental teachers, students union and the

Principal and the coaches of different sports activities.

4.5.3 Give details of the common facilities available with the Institution (Staff room, day care centre, common room for students, rest rooms, health centre, vehicle parking, guest house, Canteen, telephone, internet cafe, transport, drinking water etc.)

4.5.3 The common facilities available with the institution are

Staff room at the both the

campuses

Common room for both

boys and girls students

Health centre

Vehicle parking

Guest Room

Canteen

Telephone

Photocopy centre at both

the campuses

Internet café

Water purifier cum cooler

Play ground

Well maintained Garden

Spots for sitting

106

arrangements at both the

campuses

Airy and wide lawns

4.6.1 What innovations/best practices in ‘Infrastructure and Learning Resources’

are in vogue or adopted/adapted by the institution?

4.6.1 The best practices in ‘Infrastructure and Learning Resources’ in vogue are

1 Lush green ambience of the college campus

2 Clean and well maintained campuses

3 Optimum use of campus facilities

4 Infrastructural growth matching academic growth

5 Well ventilated and well lit class rooms with electrical and

generator facilities

6 Airy and spacious Laboratories with modern equipment,

availability of water, gas, reagents, chemicals.

7 Growing library with more infrastructural and academic facilities

such as Books, National and International journals, Magazines,

Internet connection and Reprographic facilities in both the campus

separately. College has purchased 8600 (approx) copies of text and

reference books and 40 national/international journal (Nature)

including e-journal for the students and the faculty by spending Rs.

21 lakhs (approx).

8 Open access of students in the Library as learning facilities for the

students has been introduced and monitored.

9 Co-curricular and extra curricular facilities- sports & games,

gymnasium and cultural activities.

10 Health care facilities to take care of minor health problems of the

students and staff.

4.6 Best Practices in Infrastructure and Learning Resources

107

11 Girls’ Hostel with modern facilities are available to girls students.

At present the number of boarders is 18. To accommodate more

girls students vertical expansion up to the second floor in under

active consideration of the college.

12 Space for Boys’ Hostel has been generated through purchase of

land. The hostel is meant specially for the students of

disadvantaged community (SC/ST/OBC).

13 Students Canteen in both the campuses have been developed

through providing more space, cleanliness, variety of foods with

improved diets and other facilities as per the recommendation of

the NAAC Peer Team.

14 The college has constructed a Guest Room with two beds and other

facilities at 6, Riverside Road campus. The construction of another

Guest Room at 85, Middle Road campus is going to be started

15 Rain Water Harvesting model has been introduced at 6, Riverside

Road campus as a model for recharging of water and maintaining

ecological balance

16 The NAAC peer team in the first visit focused on Infrastructure

and Learning Resources, saying “maintenance of Infrastructure

like classrooms, Labs., Library and other facilities is noticeably

good and proper emphasis on automation of office, library and labs

has already begun.”


1. What were the evaluative observations made under Infrastructure and Learning Resources in the previous assessment report and how have they been acted upon?

The NAAC peer team in the first visit made the following evaluative

observations under Infrastructure and Learning Resources:

1 “Paucity of space at 85, Middle Road is strongly felt as it is the hub

of all activities of this college. In the absent of land space the college

has to expand vertically”

108

2 “The canteen needs improvement in the area of space, cleanliness

and variety of food.”

3 “There is need for more text books as well as reference books. The

library space should be further increased. Departmental Libraries

may be encouraged. ”

4 “The reference section of the library can be kept open up to 8 pm on

all working days as suggested by the students. ”

5 “ Future plan of the college to have a girls hostel is laudable.

Creating hostel facilities for out side students is very desirable.”

6 “ The need of the teacher in arts faculty to have separate rooms

requires attention. Each department may be provided at least a

separate office place.”

Considering the evaluative observations by NAAC Peer Team the

college prepared long term future plan with the approval of Governing

Body of the college and the following show how they have been acted upon:

1. Laboratory space for Chemistry, Microbiology and Geography have

been extended by an area of 6800 sq. ft. at 85, Middle Road campus

through vertical expansion.

Construction of 17 units Gymnasium (with area 720 sq. ft.) at a cost

of Rs. 3 lakhs from the Ministry of Sports and Youth Welfare, Govt. of India

has been made in the 85, Middle Road campus through vertical expansion

as a support service to the students of physical fitness.

An area of 2000 sq ft. of construction of 1st floor of Block E at 85,

Middle Road campus has been made.

An additional area of 46000 sq. ft. has been created at 6, Riverside

Road campus through renovation and vertical expansion to accommodate

academic flexibility and growth.

New Laboratory space was provided to the dept. of Psychology,

Journalism & Mass Communication, Mathematics, Film Studies,

Commerce, Language lab., Sociology, Food & Nutrition. A new computer

109

laboratory in the commerce dept with 20 computers has been constructed

at 6, Riverside Road campus.

Laboratory spaces of Chemistry, Geography, Physics, Computer

Science, Electronic Science, Microbiology departments have been more

than doubled after first NAAC visit.

2 The college has provided improved canteen facility to the students with

nutritious and tasty of food, pure and cold drinking water through Aqua

guard and clean environment as suggested by NAAC Peer Team.

3 As per the suggestion of the NAAC peer team the college has purchased

8600 (approx) volumes of text and reference books and 40 Titles of

national and international journals (Nature) and periodicals including

e-journal for the benefits of the students and the staff.

4 Open access system has been introduced in the library since March

2003 and the library hours have been extended from 5 pm to 7 pm as

per the suggestion of the NAAC.

5 The college has constructed a Girl’s hostel with a plinth area of 283.75

sq. m. to accommodate 18 girls’ students. An additional covered area of

595.065 sq. m. in the first and second floors is under active

consideration. The necessary plans and documents have been submitted

to PW (CB) DTE for effective implementation. UGC has granted the

proposal and fund will be disbursed shortly.

6 The college has given separate office space for teachers of all the

departments-Science, Arts and Commerce as per the suggestion of the

NAAC peer team. These facilities will be shown at the time of NAAC

Peer Team visit

2. What ate the other quality sustenance and enhancement measures undertaken by the institution since the previous Assessment and Accreditation with regard to Infrastructure and Learning Resources?

• Use of feedbacks from different stakeholders. .

110

• Continuous monitoring and supervision by the management through the

democratic functioning of different committees.

• Implementation of Action Plan of the college in a phased manner.

• Allotments of funds in the budget for repair, renovation, maintenance

and construction of buildings. The college has spent Rs.2.11 crore in

building development and 1.26 crore for equipments of laboratories

and furniture, computer etc. during the last five years.

• Up gradation of instruments and equipments, computer and other

learning resources. The numbers of computers has been increased to

160 (approx.) with latest configuration. In the category of Instruments

and Equipments, modern and highly sophisticated machines like HPLC,

Visualiser, PCR have been installed and used. Details of instruments

and equipments will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit.

• Ensuring access, use and security of materials through AMCs,

Insurances, day and night guards etc.

• Ensuring purchase and use of current titles, national and international

journals and other reading materials. The college has purchased 8600

(approx) number of text and reference books and 40 Titles of National

and International Journals including e-journals and other periodicals.

• Ensuring maintenances of computers and accessories through AMCs

• Increasing the space for classroom and laboratories.

Developed infrastructure and learning resources are the

prerequisites for imparting quality education. The college is well aware of

it. During the last five years the physical infrastructure i.e. building space

has been more than doubled. Growth of library and laboratories are quite

satisfactory for the last five years. Number of computers has increased

enormously during the last five years. But we are not complacent about our

achievement as there is still a lot to be done if the core values of NAAC are

taken into account in its letter and content

111

Criterion V: Student Support and Progression

1.1.1 Give the socio-economic profile (General, SC/ST, OBC etc.,) of the students

of the last five years. The socio-economic profile of the students of the last five years is

given below:

Under Graduate Students Session General SC ST OBC Total 2004-05 3683 (86.6%) 430 (10%) 42 (1%) 95 (2.2%) 4250 2005-06 3605 (87.69%) 377 (9.17%) 46 (1.11%) 83 (2.01%) 4111 2006-07 3639 (88.09%) 370 (8.95%) 42 (1.01%) 80 (1.93%) 4131 2007-08 3720 (87.63%) 392 (10.82%) 62 (1.46%) 71 (1.67%) 4245 2008-09 3755 (86.44%) 457 (10.52%) 71 (1.63%) 61 (1.40%) 4344

Above table shows that the college has been steadily maintaining inclusive

character of the students profile at the Undergraduate level admission.

Relevantly it should be mentioned that the density of population of SC and

ST in the Barrackpore Subdivision stands at: SC – 10.75% and ST - 0.53%

Post Graduate Students

Session General SC ST OBC Total 2003-04 - - - - - 2004-05 14 (82.3%) 0 0 03 (17.6%) 17 2005-06 52 (92.85%) 0 0 04 (7.14%) 56 2006-07 158 (94.61) 05 (2.99%) 0 04 (2.39%) 167 2007-08 187 (92.11%) 09 (4.43%) 0 07 (3.44%) 203 2008-09 166 (89.72%) 11 (5.94%) 01 (0.54%) 07 (3.78%) 185

Comparison of Gen. student

37553720

36393605

3683

3500

3550

3600

3650

3700

3750

3800

2008-09 2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05

Series1

5.1 Student Progression

Comparison of SC student

457

392 370 377430

050

100150200250300350400450500

2008-09 2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05

Series1

112

Comparison of ST student

7162

4246

42

010

2030

4050

6070

80

2008-09 2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05

Series1

Comparison of OBC student

6171

80 8395

0102030405060708090

100

2008-09 2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05

Series1

Economic Status of students in 2008-09

8.90

35.0

22.5

10.9

4.95 4.55 13.0

Below 1501- 5001-

10001- 15001- 20000 & Not

Economic Status of the Students 1st Yr. (04-05)

5%

46%

37%

7%

3%

2%

Below 1500

1501-5000

5001-10000

10001-15000

15001-20000

above 20000


4%

47%

36%

8%

4%

1%

Below 1500

1501-5000

5001-10000

10001-15000

15001-20000

above 20000


2%16%

36%

31%

12%

3%

Below 1000

1001-2000

2001-5000

5001-10000

10001-20000

above 20000


15%

42%

26%

9%5% 3%

Below 1500

1501-5000

5001-10000

10001-15000

15001-20000

above 20000


9%

43%

26%

12%

5%5%

Below 1500

1501-5000

5001-10000

10001-15000

15001-20000

above 20000

113

Economic background of the students shows that the college is aiming to go

towards more inclusive education, since more than 50% of the students belong to

the status of income below Rs. 5,000 per month per family.

5.1.2 What are the efforts made by the Institution to minimize the dropout rate and facilitate the students to complete the course?

2.1.2 The dropout rate is seen to be rather low in recent years. However the fall

from the number of students enrolled to the number of students appeared at

the final examination is caused:

i Shift of students from general education to technology education

ii Shift to other colleges for getting admission in their preferred Hons.

subject

iii Joining as apprentice in the near by Defence Factories/ Air force

Taking all these factors into consideration, the drop out in the real sense of

the term is very low and it never exceeds 5-7%.

Even then, to counter students from dropping out, the institution

provides sufficient financial assistance in the following manner:

1. Freeship and half-freeship to 10-12% students beyond the Govt.

funded scholarship.

2. Financial assistance from the Teachers’ Council fund.

3. Six stipends provided by the alumni association.

4. Financial assistance provided by teachers personally.

5. Financial assistance from the Medical and Means fund.

6. Financial assistance provided by the Government for SC/ST/Hindi

students.

7. Financial assistance by the benevolent organisation such Maatre

Mangal Janakalyan Samati and two memorial funds.

If it is found that for any social reason (marriage / family conflict in

case of girl students) students may discontinue their study, Principal /

Senior teachers of the concerned departments take personal initiative to

114

counsel their parents to ensure so that the students may continue their study

and in most of the cases the intervention has been successful.

Moreover, if teachers find through the exercise of Tutor-ward

system that any student remains absent for a long period, immediately the

student and their parents are called and persuaded so that the

discontinuation does not take place.

5.1.3 On an average, what percentage of the students progress to further studies and for employment? Give details for the last five years. (UG to PG to Ph.D and /or to employment)

5.1.3 Student progression to further studies can be seen in the following figures:

In the Science streams it is seen that around 65-70% go on to pursue

further studies whereas in the Arts stream about 30-35% go in for formal

education, i.e., pursue regular post-graduate courses and about 30-35%

enrolled in the open and distance education. Commerce sees an average of

25-30% pursuing M.Com. and some 30-35% go in for Professional courses.

A list of progression department wise is given in Table 5.1.

115

Table No. 5.1 Students Progression to further studies

Subject 2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08 Passed

out Progression to PG Passed

out Progression

to PG Passed

out Progression

to PG Passed

out Progression

to PG Passed

out Progression

to PG Geography 33 20 30 15 30 09 30 06 34 12 Computer Sc. 26 18 14 08 18 14 18 11 25 09 Physics 15 07 14 07 16 07 15 10 12 08 Mathematics 32 17 27 22 35 23 30 17 23 12 Electronic Sc. 23 20 13 12 21 20 08 06 19 13 Microbiology 22 21 24 24 18 18 21 19 20 15 Economics 27 14 27 17 14 08 21 11 14 10 Chemistry 15 11 13 09 27 22 18 16 11 08 Psychology - - - - - - 10 06 25 13 Bengali 78 64 86 70 86 67 69 58 82 64 English 35 30 58 44 51 35 48 34 45 30 Education 41 30 51 38 52 39 43 32 44 35 Hindi 16 14 19 17 43 37 36 30 34 26 History 45 34 52 40 49 38 34 24 66 50 Philosophy 37 30 48 36 40 30 29 21 41 20 Political Sc. 65 53 65 51 66 50 57 44 70 50 Journalism & Mass Communication

23 15 24 18 25 19 28 21 33 20

Sociology - - - - - - 20 05 26 10 Accountancy 297 120 310 127 209 82 143 54 125 76 Marketing - - - - 85 35 104 45 80 45

116

Passed out graduate students completed Post Graduate study in other institution

now doing Ph.D. (as per information available from departmental data and alumni

record) are as following:

Session Progression to Ph.D.

2004-05 12 2005-06 12 2006-07 08 2007-08 Yet to

register

As far as progression to employment is concerned, it was rather less

in number soon after their graduation; but now there is a noticeable

increase due to the activities of the Placement Cell in the institution which

conducts value added programmes, trains the students, grooms and arranges

a number of campus interviews, specially for students in the final year of

their studies.

5.1.4 How does the institution facilitate the placement of its outgoing students? What proportion of the graduating students has been employed? (average of last five years).

5.1.5 The College has a Career Development and Placement Cell which is

responsible for contacting corporate houses and arranging campus

recruitment programmes. Students are notified through circulars, notices on

the Student Notice Board, and also through display of posters. This works

very well for the students in the final year of their studies since most of the

campus recruitment drives are held during the tenure of the final year for

the current students. For the students who have passed out and left the

college, the placement cell contacts them over telephone if any scope for

placement is anticipated for them.

Session Progression to Employment after Graduation

Percentage (%)

Progression to Ph.D.

2003-04 17 out of 861 1.97 Record not available 2004-05 11 out of 826 1.33 12 2005-06 15 out of 872 1.72 12 2006-07 130 out of 891 14.59 08 2007-08 132 out of 784 16.83 Yet to register

117

5.1.6 How does the institution facilitate and support students for appearing and qualifying in various competitive examinations? Give details on the number of students coached, appeared and qualified in various competitive examinations (Average of last five years) (UGC-CSIR-NET, SLET, GATE, CAT, GRE, TOFEL, GMAT, Civil Services- IAS,IPS,IFS, Central/State services etc.)

5.1.5 The college has set up the Centre for Career Development with the

objective of providing Value-added Education to make the students ready

for the job market. This centre took cognizance of the needs of the industry

and accordingly introduced Communicative English (since 2003) with a

view to improving the communication skills of the students. Coaching

facilities for School Service Commission Examination for college and

outside students began in 2006. The centre has also introduced Coaching

for MAT and other examinations such as Bank, Rail and Government

services in 2007.

In addition to these initiatives taken by the college, arrangements are made

in the campus to provide professional training. The college has tied up with

a few agencies that handle such training programmes. Jetking provides

training in Hardware and Networking, Technable Solutions Pvt. Ltd.

imparts training for BPO services, ICEI provides necessary facilities for the

DOEACC courses up to A level [O-Level, PGDSA]. These organizations

also look after the placements of the students they have trained.

The institution facilitates students for appearing and qualifying

various competitive examinations in the following ways:

2 Teachers guide them in the core subject area.

3 Additional assistance is provided by expertise person in the non-core

subjects, such as General English, Logical Reasoning, Quantitative

Reasoning etc.

4 Result year wise is presented in the following table:

118

Performance of the SSC Students Year No. of students

coached Appeared Qualified Percentage

of success 2006 15 12 03 25 2007 09 07 02 28.57 2008 15 12 Result

yet to be published

-

Performance of the Students appeared at MAT

Year No. of students coached

Appeared Qualified Percentage of success

2008 07 06 04 66.67

5.1.7 Give a comparative analysis of the institutional academic performance with reference to other colleges of the affiliating University and the university average. (Pass percentage, Distinctions, Gold medals and University Ranks, Marks obtained in relation to university average etc. (Last five years)

5.1.6 The college has been maintaining an enviable position in the sphere of

academic performance. The performance of the college vis-à-vis university

in the final examination and the result of a group of near by colleges

mentioning their rank in NAAC are placed from the data received from

university.

PERFORMANCE OF BARRACKPORE RASTRAGURU SURENDRANATH COLLEGE VIS-À-VIS UNIVERSITY B.A./B.SC./B.COM. PART-II (HONOURS) EXAMINATION, 2003-2008

[UNDER 2+1 SYSTEM AND 1+1+1 SYSTEM] Scheme

Year No of students appeared

No of students passed

No of first class

No of second class

% first class college

% first class CU

% passed College

% passed CU

BA(Hons) 2003 365 365 5 336 1.36 1.39 100 98.91 2004 337 337 1 336 0.3 1.35 100 99.17 2005 399 399 8 381 2 1.54 100 99.14 2006 414 411 15 385 3.62 2.27 99.2 99.19 2007 365 365 8 341 2.19 2.11 100 99.41 2008 436 433 9 405 2.07 2.07 99.3

1 99.8

119

PERFORMANCE OF BARRACKPORE RASTRAGURU SURENDRANATH COLLEGE VIS-À-VIS UNIVERSITY B.A./B.SC./B.COM. PART-II (HONOURS) EXAMINATION, 2003-2008

[UNDER 2+1 SYSTEM AND 1+1+1 SYSTEM] Scheme

Year No of students appeared


No of first class

No of second class


% first class CU

% passed College

% passed CU

B.Sc. (Hons)

2003 144 142 35 94 24.3 18.49 98.61

97.9

2004 193 190 45 145 23.3 21.19 98.0 98.37 2005 160 160 30 126 18.75 23.96 100 98.82 2006 183 179 51 118 27.8 23.58 98.4 97.93 2007 170 169 34 126 20 18.15 99.4 97.52 2008 172 171 43 121 25 23.8 99.4

2 98.89

B.Com (Hons)

2003 355 352 12 308 3.38 8.12 99.15

97.21

2004 298 294 32 262 10.73 8.88 99.0 93.90 2005 310 307 62 212 20 15.02 99.0 96.78 2006 293 292 132 158 45 31.07 99.8 99.75 2007 253 252 67 182 26.4 21.59 99.7 99.22 2008 205 205 53 148 25.85 19.36 100 99.62

120

2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05 2003-04 Name of the college

Multi-stream NAAC grade

Location No of students appeared /passed

(%)

No of first class (%)

No of students appeared /passed

(%)



(%)



(%)



(%)


Acharyya Praphullachandra College

B++ Madhyamgram, 24 Pgs (N)

404/397 (98.27)

25 (6.19)

403/397 (98.51)

39 (9.68)

363/359 (98.90)

44 (12.12)

325/323 (99.38)

42 (12.92)

223/215 (96.41)

23 (10.31)

Barasat govt College

Not accredited

Barasat, 24 Pgs (N)

357/353 (98.88)

28 (7.84)

369/367 (99.46)

42 (11.38)

424/422 (99.53)

45 (10.61)

331/330 (99.70)

22 (6.65)

254/253 (99.61)

14 (5.51)

Bidhan Nagar College

B++ Bidhan Nagar, Kolkata

278/275 (98.92)

33 (11.87)

277/271 (98.19)

56 (20.22)

238/238 (100.00)

54 (22.69)

180/180 (100.00)

18 (9.63)

162/160 (98.77)

10 (6.17)

Rishi Bankim Chandra college

B Naihati, 24 Pgs (N)

334/326 (97.7)

13 (3.89)

362/356 (98.28)

13 (3.72)

279/274 (98.21)

19 (6.81)

348/344 (98.85)

6 (1.72)

301/299 (99.34)

7 (2.33)

Mahadevananda Mahavidyalaya

B++ Barrackpore, 24 Pgs (N)

107/105 (98.13)

6 (5.61)

92/88 (95.65)

3 (3.26)

105/105 (100.00)

0 (0.00)

125/124 (99.20)

1 (0.80)

118/115 (97.46)

0 (0.00)

Gobardanga College

A 24 Pgs (N) 335/330 (98.51)

6 (1.79)

340/331 (97.35)

4 (1.18)

400/392 (98.00)

1 (0.25)

191/184 (96.34)

2 (1.05)

314/311 (99.04)

1 (0.32)

Scottish church College

A Kolkata 387/376 (97.03)

71 (15.04)

370/364 (98.38)

69 (18.65)

380/376 (98.95)

76 (20.00)

364/363 (99.73)

41 (11.26)

348/348 (100.00)

27 (7.76)

Bhairab Ganguly College

B 24 Pgs (N) 333/331 (99.4)

24 (7.21)

344/337 (97.97)

35 (10.17)

342/340 (99.42)

34 (9.94)

277/275 (99.28)

10 (3.61)

277/277 (100.00)

16 (5.78)

DumDum Motijheel College

B++ 24 Pgs (N) 203/197 (97.04)

10 (4.93)

222/213 (95.95)

7 (3.15)

250/246 (98.40)

2 (0.80)

263/257 (97.72)

5 (1.90)

210/203 (97.62)

2 (0.95)

Bararckpore R.S. College

B Barrackpore, 24 Pgs (N)

784/784 (100.00)

112 (14.29)

896/891 (99.55)

203 (22.66)

875/872 (99.66)

105 (12.00)

833/826 (99.16)

78 (9.36)

863/861 (99.77)

58 (6.72)

Mrinalinidevi Mahavidyalaya

B++ 24 Pgs (N) 259/259 (100)

4 (1.54)

271/267 (98.89)

6 (2.21)

265/259 (97.74)

3 (1.13)

243/234 (96.30)

1 (0.41)

248/241 (97.18)

0 (0.00)

Sarojini Naidu College for women

B++ 24 Pgs (N) 193/190 (98.45)

4 (2.07)

219/216 (98.63)

10 (4.57)

171/170 (99.42)

6 (3.51)

132/131 (99.24)

6 (4.55)

89/88 (98.88)

1 (1.12)

121

Following is the mention of the University Ranks year wise

Details may be presented at the time of visit.

Evaluation: The above two tables show the relative comparison of the result of

the institution with respect to the average of the university. When compared with

the University, the college performance is better than the University average and

has been steadily maintaining the position.

When compared with the neighbouring colleges affiliated to the same

University, with reference to the number of students appearing for the final

exams, to the number of students passing out, getting first class and percentage

of students passing, the college has occupied 1st except two years i.e., 2nd / 3rd

position in 2003, 2006 among the neighbouring colleges of the district which

are now included in the new university, West Bengal State University. It is

important to mention here that the number of students appeared per year is

almost double or more than the candidates appeared from the neighbouring

colleges.

Results PG 05-06 06-07 07-08

Pass Percentage MCBM 100%

MCBM +CMSM 100%

MCBM +CMSM +COMM

100%

Number of first classes 13 34 70

Steady growth, better quantitative and qualitative status, best performing

amongst the neighbouring as well as in district colleges is noteworthy.

Year 03-04 04-05 05-06 06-07 07-08 Last Five years

(Total)

University Ranks 31 25 35 40 30 161

122

5.2.1 Does the institution publish its updated prospectus, handbook and other

student information material annually? If yes, what is the information disseminated to students through these publications?

5.2.1 Every year, before commencement of academic session, the prospectus is

published which carries important information for the prospective students

regarding admission rules, admission criteria, programmes and courses

offered, fee structure, facilities provided, list of faculty with their

qualifications, college highlights, value-added education, and other general

rules for a students to follow while he/she pursues a course in the college.

Day-to day information is communicated through class notification or

display on the general notice board.

5.2.2 Does the institution provide financial aid to students? If yes, specify the type and number of scholarships/ freeships given to the students during the last academic year by the institution (other than those provided by the social welfare departments of the State or Central Governments).

5.2.2 College has a long-standing tradition in the matter of granting financial aid

to students. Since a substantial number of students come from economically

challenged families, the college is highly concerned about them.

The teaching community of this college has also come forward to shoulder

the responsibility of assisting 6-10 students with a scholarship of not less

than Rs. 2500/- annually. An amount of Rs. 50/- is deducted from the

salaries of teachers every month towards the funding of the above students.

The college has also been granting full freeship or half freeship to

nearly 12% of the total students’ volume. Financial assistance is granted to

students on the basis some criteria, which take into consideration the merit,

the regular attendance and the financial position of the family.

Alumni Association of the college has also taken initiative to

provide financial assistance to the meritorious cum financially poor

students. Presently, the number is six and valuation is Rs. 2500/- each per

annum.

5.2 Student Support

123

College has also been able to arrange for some more scholarship for

the students funded by some benevolent organisations. (Ref. Institutional

Data Criterion V- 2; Page - Vol- I)

From the table mentioned above, it is clear that granting financial

assistance to students can not be considered occasional or an event of a

year. Rather it is a continuous and sustained effort that the college has

made to ensure the completion of studies of the financially challenged

students. The number of recipients shown in the table is not selective, it is

inclusive. No bonafide application is rejected.

5.2.3 Give details of schemes for student welfare? (Insurance, subsidized canteen facilities, special diets, student counseling support, “earn while you learn” scheme etc.)

5.2.3 The college has developed a medical insurance for students in the form

of granting financial assistance to meet their medical expenditure against

any accident caused on the basis of their applications. The maximum

amount paid from this fund is Rs. 22,000/- to a single student in the year

2005-06.

College has 4 subsidized canteens – 2 for students in both campuses

of the college and a similar figure for the teachers. Subsidy is provided in

the form of providing free space, and electricity, water, furniture at zero

cost to all the 4 canteens, thereby facilitating both students and teachers to

have subsidized food in the campus.

Special diets round the year after regular practices are available to

those who undertake coaching in sports and games. Expenditure in this

head crossed more than Rs. 25000/- per annum. The college has appointed

three professional coaches to train the students in football, cricket and

athletics. A gym instructor has been appointed to carefully monitor the

students when they work exercise on the instruments in the multi-gym.

College is practicing the ‘Earn while you Learn’ mechanism as a

support service for the students as one of its best practices since 2003-04.

124

Students are maintaining garden, arranging books in the library etc. within

this scheme. The Institutional Data Criterion V- 2 is indicating the number

of participants and the amount spent in this scheme. (Ref. Page – Vol - I)

5.2.4 What type of support services are available to overseas students?

5.2.4 All Support Services as mentioned above are also available to overseas

students.

5.2.5 Give details of the placement and counseling services for the students? 5.2.5 In a general undergraduate degree college, campus recruitment is not a very

popular phenomenon. Our college can claim distinction in this regard. The

process began before the last assessment, but has gathered momentum since

2006. Students were offered placements in the sectors of IT, ITes, Sales and

Marketing, Healthcare Services, Pharmaceutical companies, Insurance,

Banking, Retail etc. The counselling programmes are conducted in phases.

The first phase consists of apprising the students of the over all trends

prevailing in the job market today. Students are persuaded to realize the

importance of proficiency in communication. Creating awareness is the

first thing that is targeted at the first phase of counselling. The first phase

lasts for almost a month and a half. During this phase students are exposed

to motivational lectures delivered by one of the members of the Career

Development Cell. After the presentation students are allowed to ask

questions and clear their doubts. Thereafter they enrol themselves in the

value added education programmes, which includes, Communicative

English language and Soft Skill Development.

The second phase of counselling begins when a specific

date is fixed for campus recruitment. Students are made aware of the details

of the company, Job profile and the mode of interview that they will be

attending.

125

The third phase takes place four to seven days before every

recruitment programme to assess the students’ progress and remedial

measures are taken, if necessary.

The fourth phase of counselling is held after the recruitment process

is over. A session is arranged to apprise the students who have not

succeeded about the areas where they are required to improve further, on

the basis of feedback we gather from the recruiting team on the day of

interview itself. Our faculty members engaged in the career building

activities of the students start working further to improve the quality of the

unsuccessful candidates.

From 2006-07 we have unleashed a new initiative to

expand and broaden the counselling and career building activities. First

Career Fair 2007 for Education and Counselling was organised by the

Centre for Career Development from 26th November to 2nd December 2007.

1st Career Fair 2007

26.11.2007 Persons and Organizations Participated Counseling Session

I

Outsourcing & Multimedia

Prof. Samar Bhattacharyya, Director, School of Education Technology, JU. Presentation by Hero Mindmine presentation by Techno India Group Sri Santanu Bhattachryya, Director, Technable Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Lecture on Multimedia by Prof. Samar Bhattacharyya Interactive Session

27.11.2007 Counseling Session

II

School Teaching, Law,

Journalism, Career Related to Bio

Science, Career Related to

Commerce Education

Prof. Subrata Paul, Dean of Science, Jadavpur University Dr. Ranajit Basu, Chairman, School Service Commission Dr. Manik Bhattacharyya, Principal, Jogesh Chandra Choudhury Law College Prof. Asok Bhattacharyya, Dept. of Mass Communication, Jadavpur University Prof. Dhruba Ranjan Dandapate, Head, Dept. of Commerce, CU

126

Counseling Session III a

Career Chartered

Accountant, Banking, Insurance & Management

Lecture on Management Course by Prof. Ranjit Chakraborty, Dean, Commerce, Social Welfare and Management, CU. Presentation : Institute of Chartered Accountants of India. Interactive Session

Counseling Session III b

Software & Hardware

Prof. Dwijesh Dutta Majumder, Indian Statistical Institute Sri Sekhar Chakraborty, Asst. General Manager, Jetking. Presentation by HCL. Presentation by Webel Interactive Session


IV Company Secretary¸

Cost & Works Accountant

Prof. Sunil Gandhi, Dept. of Commerce, KU. Presentation by ICSI Presentation by ICWAI Interactive Session

Counseling Session V

Tax, Retail, General and Banking

Sri Ananda Mohan Paul, Dept. of Management, C.U. Sri Sandip Dutta, Director, Bengal Tax Council Sri Ram Kishore Chakraborty, faculty Mamber , W.B. Cooperative Bank Training Institute Sri Chanchal Chakraborti, BRSC

2nd Career Fair 2008 for Education and Counselling was held

from 2nd to 7th December 2008.

2nd Career Fair 2008

02.12.2008 Persons and Organizations Participated Counseling Session

I

Hardware, Networking &

Multimedia

Prof. Samar Bhattacharyya, Director, School of Education Technology, JU. ICA SHINE. GT Group. Interactive Session


II

Economics, Commerce, Hotel Management, Law

Dr. Dhruba Ranjan Dandapate, Head Dept. Commerce, C.U. Dr. Ranjit Chaudhuri, Principal, IHM. Dr. Manik Bhattacharyya, Principal, Jogesh Chandra Choudhury Law College Dr. Amiya Mudi, Regional Chairman, School Service Commission.

127

Counseling Session

III a

Chartered Accountant

&

Cost Accountant

Presentation: Institute of Chartered Accounts of India. Institute of Cost and Works Accountants of India. Sndip Kr. Chakraborty, BRSC Genpact Interactive Session

Counseling Session III b

Hardware & Animation

Presentation Jetking GT Group. RTG Dr. Amarendranath Chatterjee, Faculty, BRSC Interactive Session


IV

Software Developer

Presentation: Aptech Computer Centre Dr. Chandrasekhar Mukherjee, Faculty, BRSC

Counseling Session IV a

Management Study

Presentation: EIILM NSHM Interactive Session

Counseling Session IV b

Media, Hospitality, Retail &

Out Sourcing

Mr. Krishnendu Sarkar, Deputy Director, NSHM. Presentation Technable Solutions. Interactive Session

Counseling Session V a

Animation & NGO Service

Presentation MAAC Prominent NGO Groups Interactive Session

Counseling Session V b

Parallel Education for MCA, M.Tech & Medical

Transcription.

Presentation Institute of Computer Engineers of India, A Techno India Group. Aptech Computer Education. Webel -Infovision Interactive Session

5.2.6 How does the institution encourage and develop entrepreneurial skills among the students?

5.2.6 Entrepreneurial skills among the students are developed by encouraging

them to take initiatives in handling cultural programmes, sports activities,

students’ seminars, students’ etc. The institution taps their leadership skill

by providing scope to organise various events so that they can develop their

entrepreneurial potentialities.

128

Every year the students’ union organises ‘SUPROVA’, a week long annual

cultural competition where students get opportunity to exhibit their talent

in different spheres of cultural activities. Annual Sports and Annual

Social Function are also organised by students’ union. Students can exhibit

their creative activities in Drawing, Painting, Artworks and other

Handicrafts, through an Exhibition held annually.

A few workshops & seminars have been held like Day Long

workshop of I-CREATE an NGO, two seminars addressed by the chairman

of the District Industry Centre (DIC), a government body, where students

learnt about the entrepreneurship. Another seminar was held where two

leading entrepreneurs, Dr. Purnendu Roy and Dr. Debasish Bhattacharya

presented their experiences in developing their own enterprise and

encouraged the students to develop independent initiatives.

5.2.7 Does the faculty participate in academic and personal counseling? If yes, give details on services provided during the last academic year?

5.2.7 The College has a regular system of providing academic counselling

services to the students through the structured routine from the month of

February till the examination is over. Students in general and science and

commerce students in particular have been utilising this opportunity to a

large extent. Experience has proved the wrathfulness of allotting these

classes. (This has been already detailed in Criterion II)

5.2.8 Is there a separate guidance and counseling centre for women students? If yes, enumerate the activities of the centre.

5.2.8 The Career Development Cell pays special attention to the opportunities

where girl students maybe employed. This is evidenced from the cases

cited above in 5.2.7. Health related problems of the female students are

counselled and attended by the members of the Health Committee (mainly

female teachers), grievances of the girl students are addressed by the

Grievance Redressal Cell.

Governing Body of the college has developed a Women

development cell for the support of the girls’ students and women of the

129

society. Only women members of the college are the members of this

cell. The cell is making arrangement for counselling of girls students

required special support mentally and psychologically. The Women

development cell has extended their activity in and outside the college.

The cell is participating in the awareness programme of the women of ward

no.17 of Barrackpore Municipality.

5.2.9 Is there a Cell /Committee constituted for prevention/ action against sexual harassment of women students? If yes, detail its constitution and enumerate its activities (issues addressed during the last two years)

5.2.9 The environment in an around the college did not prompt us to have a

separate cell for prevention of sexual harassment of women students. It

generally does not happen in the college. The institution has not witnessed

a single case during the last five years. More over to prevent the occurrence

of such type of incidents, the college has engaged one local middle-aged

woman to run the students’ canteen in one of the campuses.

5.2.10 Does the institution have a grievance redressal cell? If yes, what are its functions? Detail the major grievances redressed during the last five years.

5.2.10 The College has a Grievance Redressal Cell. Students may ventilate their

grievance either through complaint box or directly presenting

representation to the Principal. During the last five years the following

grievances came to the cell, which were given due consideration and

redressal measures were taken.

Date Nature of Grievance Redressal Measures

05.09.03 A representation to the Principal urging immediate release of Puja advance to the employees and approval of services of the employees appointed on contract basis.

Principal assured the delegation and subsequently ordered to release the puja advance to the employees.

05.11.2003 Complaint of misbehivour against Sri S. B. Thapa, a Lecturer in Hindi by Sri Prabir Kr. De, Library Staff

Principal invited both Sri Thapa and Sri Prabir Kr. De to a discussion and it was amicably resolved.

10.04.2004 Representation to the Principal by the students of Psychology department demanding more books in the library

Principal ordered immediate purchase of books and it was done

130

24.11.2004 A representation to the Principal by the students of the Geography department attracting his attention towards some academic problems

Principal took immediate action, met the teachers and requested them to take corrective measures. After a few weeks he enquired about the matter and was informed that the problem ha been solved.

13.04.2006 Representation from the Students’ Union requesting Principal to order to issue a second I-card in case of loss of it.

Cell met, discussed and resolved that for second time duplicate card with jacket be issued with out any cost.

01.08.2008 Complaint by two guardians that their wards have been beaten by four student (name mentioned)

Cell met and discussed the issue. As per discussion the accused students were called by the Principal. They tendered unconditional apology and assure that it will not recur.

5.2.11 Is there a provision for acquiring computer skills / literacy for all students, in the curriculum? If yes, give details on how it is imparted, and level of proficiency.

5.2.11 In fact, 70-75% students at their entry level are computer literate, because

in most of the schools, now a day, computer literacy programme is carried

out on. Most of the Science subjects taught in the college, there are

provisions in the curriculum for acquiring computer learning and skill.

Among the Arts subjects, Journalism and Mass Communication students

have the scope in their curriculum to acquire basic computer learning. For

the rest the college has its own mechanism.

When students are counselled for enrolment in the value-added

education, we gather information to prepare database so that we can easily

identify the students who are still left with no basic computer knowledge.

We arrange separate classes for them to acquire computer skill. Our

objective is to reach a position where every passed out student of this

college will be computer literate. We can claim that now we are 5% short

of that, which we will definitely achieve in the very near future.

5.2.11 What value-added courses are introduced by the institution to develop life skills; career training; community orientation; good citizenship and personality development of students?

131

5.2.12 In order to hone the skills of our students we have emphasised and

introduced some value added courses like:

1 Communicative English,

2 Personality and Soft Skill Development,

3 Computer Literacy,

4 Training Programme e.g., School Service Commission, MAT,

Combined Examination,

5 BPO Services,

6 Hardware & Networking,

7 ‘O’ Level & PGDSE.

Activities related to community orientation and good citizenship are

carried out through some action programme. (maybe cited at the time of

visit)

5.2.13 How does the institution ensure safety and security of the students, faculty and the institutional assets?

5.2.13 The College is trying to ensure the safety and security of its stakeholders

and institutional assets.

1. Compounding of both the campuses of the college.

2. Issuance of Identity Card for individual student and regular monitoring

by the Principal & the teachers so that non-bonafide persons can enter

in the campus.

3. Arrangement of continuous watching of the entrance of the college by

Guard.

4. Arrangement of accidental insurance benefit for the students.

5. BRSC Staff Co-operative Credit Society for teaching & Non-teaching

staff including management appointed staff.

6. Arrangement of EPF & GPF for the college management staff and the

govt. aided staff respectively.

7. Insurance coverage for college assets

132

8. AMCs for different assets (e.g. Computer Hardware, Database

Management Software, Water Purifier, EPBX) of the college.

9. Maintenance of fire extinguisher at the important places.

5.3.1 Does the institution have an Alumni Association? If yes, i. List its current Office bearers ii. List its activities during the last five years. iii. Give details of the top ten alumni occupying prominent positions. iv. Give details of the contribution of alumni to the growth and development

of the institution.

5.3.1 The College has an Alumni Association, ‘PRAKTANIKA’, which was

established in the year 2001 just before the Golden Jubilee celebrations. It

is now registered under the West Bengal Society registration Act, 1961

(Registration No. S/1L/51372 of 2007-2008).

Its registered office is at 6, Riverside Road campus of the College.

The management and control of the society is effected by an Executive

Committee, elected every two years by the members of ‘Praktanika’. As of

now the First Executive Committee has portfolios like President, Working

President, Secretary, 2 Asst. secretaries, Treasurer and 5 members.

The aims and objectives of the Association are primarily to promote

social welfare through i) adult education ii) eradication of illiteracy iii) raise

social consciousness among the rural people.

i. Following is the list of the office bearers:

President – Professor Barin Kumar Basu Working President – Sri Kishori Mohan Banerjee General Secretary – Galive Iquebal Asst. General Secretary – 1. Sri Sandip Dasgupta 2. Sri Aniruddha Ghosh Treasurer – Sri Subrata Roy

ii. Alumni Activities - As part of student support, some of our alumni, Sri

Kishori Mohan Banerjee an ex-faculty member of our college and also

5.3 Student Activities

133

Alumni, Dr Sandip Dasgupta, Principal, Motijheel Rabindra

Mahavidyalaya and Sri Rabindranath Bhattacharya, Advocate, Barrackpore

Court have been providing stipend to six needy and meritorious students of

an amount of Rs. 2500/- each.

‘Praktanika’ convenes meeting regularly to give advice to the authority

in the development of the College It has plans to take drive for fund

collection in order to help in the development of the college. ‘Praktanika’

assists the College to develop industrial relations; to start P.G. Diploma

courses of one to two years duration; to generate a linkage between the

academics and the industry. Organizes re-union of the ex- and present

students, teachers, non-teaching staff on the first Sunday of the month of

December every year. Students who have secured first class marks in the

final level University exam and University rank holders are felicitated on

the day of Reunion.

iii. Some Top Alumni:

1. Prof. B. K. Basu (Ex-Dean of Commerce and Management, CU)

2. Sri Pallav Roy Choudhury (Ex-Commissioner, Audit Service)

3. Prof. Kishori Mohan Banerjee (Retired Teacher, Commerce, BRSC)

4. Dr. Sandip Dasgupta (Principal, Motijheel Rabindra Mahavidyalaya)

5. Sri Subrata Bhattacharjee (Ex- Footballer, Indian Team & Coach)

6. Sri Srijib Bardhan (Deputy Director, Eastern India Regional Council,

Institute of Charted Accountants)

7. Sri Swastik Chakraborty (Scientist, ISRO)

8. Dr.Chandan Mukherjee, Max Plank Institute, Germany.

9. Sri Anurag Dasgupta, Iwoa University, USA,

10. Sri Anil Mondal (Ex-Olympian, Weight Lifting)

11. Sri Sushil Sinha (Ex-Footballer, Indian Team)

12. Sri Chinmoy Chatterjee (Ex-Footballer, Indian Team)

13. Sri Bidyut Saha (Scientist, Philips Carbon)

134

14. Sri Swapan Sengupta (Ex-Footballer, Indian Team)

5.3.2 How does the institution encourage its students to participate in extra-curricular activities including sports and games? Give details on the achievements of students during the last two years. (Institution level/ inter-collegiate / Inter-University/ Inter-state/ National/ International)

5.3.2 The College encourages a number of extra-curricular activities to go along

simultaneously with academic. Among them sports and games take

precedence with the Annual Sports Meet held regularly under the guidance

of the Sports Advisory Committee and the Students’ Union. Over the past

five years (every year 500 students participated) our students have

participated extensively in the college annual sports and represented the

college elsewhere in various meets successfully. Details of the

achievements of the students in sports are given below:

2003-04:

Urmila Choudhury of B.A. II year represented CU and the State of West

Bengal in the All India inter university Khoko Meet and National Kho-Kho

Championship.

Subhra Debnath of B.A. II year secured 3rd position at State Level Inter-

Collegiate Sports Meet organised by Govt. of West Bengal.

Sujaruta Rao stood first in the Eastern Zonal Rock Climbing Competition.

Debajyoti Mukherjee of B.A. III year represented West Bengal in the XIth

National Wushu Championship.

Subrata Das of B.A. II year secured Champion’s Trophy in the Boys’

Section in the Inter College District Sports Meet organised by Govt. of west

Bengal and secured 3rd position in the 100 mtr Race in the State Sports

Meet organized by the Government of West Bengal.

2004-05:

There was extensive participation in District, University and State

level competition in Football, Cricket and Athletics.

135

District Level Non-Govt. Inter-College Athletic Meet held on

February 2005, the following prizes were bagged by students of our

college:

Event (Female) Position Name

200 mt Run 1st Mousumi Pal

100 mt Run 2nd Mousumi Pal

Long Jump 1st Mousumi Pal

Discuss Throw 1st Deepmala Singh

Shot Put 2nd Deepmala Singh

Event (Male) Position Name

100 mt. Run 1st Subrata Das

200 mt. Run 1st Subrata Das

Long Jump 2nd Biswajeet Bag

Football Match won Runners Cup

Our College won the Champion’s Trophy in both Male and Female Athletic

Competition at the District level. Subrata Das own individual Champion

Trophy.

Calcutta University Inter-College Sports Meet


400 mtr. Run 1st Subrata Das

200mtr. Run 2nd Subrata Das

100 mtr Run 3rd Subrata Das

2005-06

District Level Non-Government Inter-College Athletic Meet

Event (Female) Position Name Shot-put 1st Mousumi Pal Discus Throw 1st Mousumi Pal Javlin 1st Mousumi Pal Long Jump 2nd Laxmi Oraon Long Jump 3rd Julekha Yasmin Shot-put 3rd Deepmala Singh Discus Throw 3rd Deepmala Singh

136

400 mtr. Run 3rd Neelima Roy High Jump 2nd Subhra Dey

Event (Male) Position Name 100 mtr. Run 3rd Sashadhar Das 200mtr. Run 3rd Sashadhar Das Shot-put 2nd Md. Imran Long Jump 3rd Md. Imraj High Jump 2nd Debasish das Bairagya Javlin 3rd Tirtha Bhattachaejee 800mtr. Run 3rd Kaushik Mondal

Mousumi Pal won individual Champion Trophy

State Level Sports Meet at ‘Yuvabharati Krirangan’,


Shot-put 4th Mousumi Pal


4 x 100 mtr Relay Race 3rd Ashim Das

2006-07: University Meet

Event (Female) Position Name Shot Put 2nd Mousumi Pal

State Level Inter-District Sports Meet

Event (Female) Position Name Shot Put 4th Mousumi Pal Event (Male) Position Name 400x100 mt Relay Race 3rd Ashim Das

The Cricket Team of the College qualified up to the 2nd round at the

University Meet.

2007-08: District Level Non-Govt Inter-College Athletic Meet

Event (Female) Position Name Shot Put 1st Urbashi Shaw Discus 1st Urbashi Shaw Javlin 1st Urbashi Shaw Javlin 2nd Subhra Dey 800 mt Run 1st Deepika Pal 400 mt Run 1st Deepika Pal

137

Discus Throw 3rd Subhra Dey 200 mtr. Run 1st Deepika Pal High Jump 2nd Ankita Dasgupta Long Jump 2nd Laxmi Oraon Long Jump 3rd Chimnoyee Bera 800 mt. Run 3rd Ranijita Chahar

Event (Male) Position Name 1500 mt Run 1st Amit Das 100 mt Run 2nd Ashim Das 400x100 mt Relay Race 2nd Ashim Das Santanu Biswas Amit Das High Jump Ayan Kr Mondal Javlin 2nd Ashim Das High Jump 2nd K. Narsingh Discis Throw 3rd Abinash Ujjwal Long Jump 3rd Shymal Mehta

Urbashi Shaw and Deepika Pal won jointly individual Champion Throphy Calcutta University Meet


Shot Put 2nd Mousumi Pal

The College stood Runners Up of the Women’s Group in the Inter-

College Championship organized by the University of Calcutta in the year

2007-08.

Bani Bose of 1st year B.Sc of this college has been selected as a

member of “West Bengal Women’s Cricket Association”.

5.3.3 How does the institution involve and encourage students to publish materials like catalogues, wall magazines, college magazine, and other material? List the major publications/ materials brought out by the students during the previous academic session.

5.3.3 The faculty members take on the responsibility of instilling in the students

the need for publishing. They are encouraged to put down their thoughts on

paper and give expression to thoughts and ideas they would like to share

with others or feel strongly about. Writing helps them to tap their creative

potentialities. They are encouraged to contribute regularly to the Wall

Magazine, which, practically every department has been bringing out. Such

138

contributions are mostly in the form of articles which have social relevance

or up-to-date information on some burning topics.

The College brings out an Annual Magazine which is looked forward to by

every student who has contributed to it. It is another platform to share ones

thoughts with the student fraternity. The Magazine Committee handles this

by announcing and inviting articles and encourages by placing the

magazine box at strategic places in the campus for the students to see and

do the needful.

The Journalism Department brings out its own journal, ‘Batayan’, which is

awaited eagerly by the students of the department.

Post Graduate department of Commerce is in the footstep of publishing a

peer reviewed Journal of Business and Economic Studies. Some other

departments are encouraged to bring out departmental journals, where

along with students the teachers can also find space to exhibit their

writings.

5.3.4 Does the institution have a Student Council or any similar body? Give details on its constitution, major activities and funding.

5.3.4 The institution has a very active Students’ Union which is formed every

year after a full fledged election process. An Election Commission

comprising of five faculty members is constituted to oversee the election

process. Election takes place at two levels, firstly, general students elect

their class representatives. At the second stage, the elected class

representatives elect the office bearers and members of the Executive

Committee. The term of office of the Students’ Union is one year. The

office bearers of the Students’ Union are the President, the Vice-President,

General Secretary, Asst. Secretary, and Treasurer and they are assisted in

their work by several committees like the Cultural, Games, Magazine,

Common-room, Canteen, Library, and Welfare committees. The major

activities of the Students’ Union include:

139

• Organizing cultural activities like Annual Social, ‘Nabin Baran’

(freshers’ welcome), Saraswati Puja etc.

• Celebration of International Mother Language Day ‘Ekushe’, ‘Hindi

Diwas’, ‘Teachers’ Day’ etc.

• Organizing Annual sports and games, Inter Class Football & Cricket

Competition.

• Organizing Annual Cultural Competition, ‘Suprova’.

• Assistance in decision making for granting freeship and half-freeship to

general students.

• Help in the distribution of the Students’ Medical Aid and Means Fund,

Medical Insurance and other Student Welfare programme.

• Participatory role in policymaking and assistance in Admission

process of the students.

• Participatory role in policy making in Library management, Canteen

management etc.

• Participation in College Magazine publication, Wall Magazine

publication.

• Giving donations for different developmental activities of the college

like purchase of library books, fans, sports goods etc.

• Interaction with the College Authorities on the general problems of the

students.

Funding is provided mainly by subscription of general students,

collected every year at the time of admission. The fund is maintained in a

bank account operated jointly by Principal and General Secretary of the

Students’ Union.

5.3.5 Give details of the various academic and administrative bodies and their activities (academic and administrative), which have student representations on them.

5.3.5 Some of the academic and administrative bodies where student

representatives are included:

140

1.Governing Body –: highest policymaking body of the institution.

2. IQAC – highest body entrusted with the responsibility of ensuring

quality teaching learning.

3. Academic Sub-Committee – All academic related matters including

schedule of examination, result etc. are discussed and decided.

4. Admission Committee – Admission rules, procedure of admission,

publication of merit list are some of the issues which are discussed and

resolved in this committee.

5. Magazine Committee – responsible for collecting write ups from the

students and publication of the magazine.

6. Students’ Aid Fund – the committee scrutinises the individual

application of students and decide to grant freeship and half-freeship

according to the merit and needs of a particular student.

7. Sports Committee – oversees coaching activities in the field of football,

cricket, athletics and organises annual sports meet.

8. Grievance Redressal Cell – the cell takes into consideration whenever

any grievance comes to its notice in the form of petition made by students,

staff, guardian and teachers and endeavours to resolve the same.

9. Women development cell: – Two girls students are working as the

member of the committee.

In every committee, students’ representatives always extend

their cooperation and this is noted with great satisfaction that ours is a

college free from any sort of students’ agitation. The college had not

witnessed a single agitation during last five years.

5.3.6 Does the institution have a mechanism to seek and use data and feedback from its graduates and from employers, to improve the growth and development of the institution?

5.3.6 The institution has a very detailed and well-planned mechanism to

seek feedback from students on almost every aspect of the institution. The

objective is to use the feedback for improvement and development of the

141

college. The final year students are requested to give their feedback in a fair

and free manner. They are asked to rate the most important aspects of the

college which begins from location, curriculum aspect, teaching learning,

library, examination, canteen & other services of the college. The

respective departments pore over the feedback and analyse the findings

which are then discussed threadbare in departmental meetings. Suggestions,

advice and recommendations are noted down with a view to implementing

them in whatever way possible.

Although we have been taking feedback inputs from students of

final year since 2003, the process of taking feedback from the graduate

students has stated recently and it is yet to pick up. The feedback is taken

from the graduate students mainly curricular and other aspect of the college

and it is taken on the day of Re-Union, organised by the Alumni

Association.

5.4.1 Give details of institutional best practices towards Student Support and Progression?

Following are the best practices that the institution has been

following with utmost sincerity

Granting of full freeship and half freeship to students on the basis of

merit and need;

Introduction of value –added programmes (ref. 5.2.12) which is a new

addition in the post-accreditation period.

Arrangement of wide spread counseling services (Academic, Career

and Personal)

Organization of Career Fair for education and counseling.

Improvement of teaching learning process which has made students to

improve their results (Ref. 5.1.6) and thereby progression to post

graduate studies;

142

Formations and Activation of Career Development and Placement Cell

which has made possible recruitment of large number of students at the

graduation level; (Ref. 5.1.4)

Facilities provided to the students for promotions of their talent in the

field of Sports and Games (Ref. 5.3.2), which is an achievement in the

post-accreditation period.

Arrangement for taking feedback from students Parents, and other

stakeholders

Formation and activation of Women’s Development Cell

Earn & Learn programme

Establishment of Thalassaemia Detection Centre

Adoptation of Municipality Ward no. 17 of Barrackpore Municipality

for extension activities.

Additional information For Re-accreditation:

1. What were the evaluative observations made under Student Support and Progression in the previous assessment report and how have they been acted upon?

Following are the observations made in the previous assessment Report under Student Support and Progression: a) “Being an undergraduate college, progression of students in terms of

employment is limited” b) “The dropout rate is negligible.” c) “However the department of Microbiology, Computer Science have

exhibited their employment potential.” d) “ the college would be benefited if it can explore the rich potential of its

Alumni.” e) Students “had some reservations about closed access system in the

library and shortage of teaching staff.” f) “Revival of NCC for girl students and more indoor games in the girls’

common room are some of the specific needs identified by the students

Response of the college

i) The college has overcome the limitation to a large extent faced

by an undergraduate college in terms of employment of its students at

143

the graduate level. The college has attached great importance to this

aspect and therefore constituted.

‘Centre For Career Development’ developed in the year 2004-05 and

entrusted responsibility to explore the employment opportunities of our

system. The situation has undergone a thorough change since 2006.

The college has become a favoured destination of some of the high

profile names in the corporate world, which have been regularly

conducting campus interviews.

In the previous assessment report the members of the visiting Peer

Team noted only the names of two industries, which had conducted

campus interviews. But during last five years the following industries

and corporate houses have visited our campus and recruited our

students as their employees.

Infosys

Coginizant Technology

Solution

Wipro BPO

IBM DAKSHA

Genpact

India Foils

Debur

ITC

IDBI Capital

DISHA Eye Hospital

Tata Johanson Automative Ltd.

Placement Records

2003-04 Wipro BPO – 5 Electrosteel – 6 Bengal Chemical Pharmaceuticals – 6

17/861 = 1.97%

144

2004-05 ICICI –Prudential Life Insurance – 3 Pitambar Infovision –8

11/826 = 1.33%

205-06 Electrosteel – 6 Bangal Chemical Pharmaceuticals – 5 I CICI Prudential – 4

15/872 = 1.72%

2006-07 130 130/891=14.59 2007-08 132 132/784=16.83

Others who have invited our students to participate in joint Campus

Recruitment Programme include:

(a) Satyam Cpmuters

(b) Tech Mahindra

Relevantly it should br mentioned that the potentialities of the students of

Microbiology and Computer Science have largely been utilized

Also the college has been trying showly but steadily to explore ‘the

rich potential’ of its Alumni in the following warp:

• Stipends are coming for the present students from the Alumni

• The college has appointed some of its ex-students as faculty members.

• 3Alumni have been taking part in the overall development of the college.

• Most important is the fact that Alumni members inhabited in and around

the locality are always available for rendering their services as and

when required.

• Open access system in the library has come into effect in 2003, the

students have really benefited from the new system.

• Arrangements for more indoor games have been made in the girls’

common room. Only one observation i.e. college has initiated the

process of arrangement for ‘NCC for girls’ students’ and submitted the

application for the same, but is yet to be effected in action.

145

2. What are the other quality sustenance and enhancement measures undertaken by the institution since the previous Assessment and Accreditation with regard to Student Support and Progression?

Other quality sustenance and enhancement measures undertaken by the

institution since the previous Assessment and Accreditation are as follows (a) Introduction of value-added education programme. (b) Formation and Activation of Career Development and Placement

Cell (c) Organization of Career Fair for Education and Counselling (d) Sports and Games facilities provided to the students (e) Special Diet support of the sports participants.

146

Criterion VI: Governance and Leadership

6.1.1 State the Vision and Mission statement of the institution and give details on

how the institution a) ensures that the vision and mission of the institution is in tune with the

objectives of the Higher Education policies of the Nation? b) translates its vision statement into its activities?

6.1.1 Vision & Mission Statements:

The vision, mission and objectives of Barrackpore Rastraguru

Surendranath College are stated below:

VISION:

To make the college a centre of excellence and an institution of national

acclaim.

MISSION:

• To ensure and sustain Quality in education.

• To provide value based and value added education with a view to

instilling self-confidence among the students.

• To inject energy and vigour among our youth and help them to learn,

grow and evolve so that their dreams come true.

• To make our students socially committed and adaptable to global

changes.

OBJECTIVES:

1) Advancement of learning accompanied by modern teaching aids.

2) Provision of need based higher education to cope up with the changing


3) Attainment of excellence through academics.

(a) It is understood that the objective of higher education in any country

is nation building and it ushers in new dimensions in economic

development with social well being & social justice. With the passage of

6.1 Institutional Vision and Leadership

147

time the requirements of the society keep changing due to advancement of

knowledge, technology, reasoning, invention, innovation etc. and the higher

education institutions are required to cope up with this changing scenario.

So the college as a higher education institution has set its vision and

missions to ensure quality in education, which is assumed to be the need

of anytime in general, and particularly at this transitional period of

globalisation and participation of private players in the field of education.

The objectives of higher education policies are to assist in National

development with social justice, to increase global competencies among the

students through skill development, to inculcate values of cooperation and

mutual understanding in this diversified society with pluralistic culture, to

promote the use of technology in higher education and in the quest for

excellence. The vision and mission statements of our institution are

definitely in tune with the objectives of higher education policies as is

evident from our history of educational development. The main thrust of

our vision and mission statements is on enhancement and sustenance of

quality in education with a goal to achieve excellence in all spheres so

that it becomes a centre of excellence at the national level in due course

of time.

(b) One of the main objectives of higher education policies of our

nation is to increase access to higher education. It is estimated that only

8-9% percent of our youth in the age group of 18-24 years can get the

opportunity of higher education whereas in any country of medium

development 20% of their youth of the same age group can have the

opportunity of higher education and in the developed countries this figure is

above 50%. There is a positive correlation between the percentage of

148

population engaged in higher education and economic development. Our

policy framers like to raise this percentage up to 25% without

sacrificing quality and the target is to attend 15% during XI Plan

period. So we have emphasised on the advancement of learning in higher

education institute like ours where more than 4,300 students are getting

quality education in different programmes and can engage themselves in

national development through their services in the society.

We have introduced technology enabled teaching and learning

process as far as practicable right at this moment to hone the skills of our

students so that they are globally competent and can achieve excellence.

The student profile of our college will show that they are coming from

different economic backgrounds. (Ref. Criterion 5.1.1) It is highly notable

that the intake of female candidates in different programmes is

increasing day by day. The library and office works have been fully

computerised. We are providing computer-training facilities to the

teachers and non-teaching staff so that they can operate computer and can

enter into the wonder world of Internet to update their knowledge. The

students without computer background at the previous level are

provided with computer training programme at a cheaper cost with

the assistance of Institute of Computer Engineers, a DOEACC

accredited institution. We have introduced several value added

programmes to enhance the skills of our students so that they can

compete with others nationally or internationally. Disciplines in all

spheres – administrative, academic and financial are maintained

through various measures, as we believe that nothing can be achieved

without discipline. Students, teachers and non-teaching staff are properly

motivated towards it and academic calendar is strictly maintained. The

internal and statutory external audit is up-to-date. The result of the

students at the end level examination of the university is quite

satisfactory. ‘Earn and Learn’ campaign has got momentum and the

149

students coming from the lower strata of the society are gaining

through it and becoming self-reliant and self confident. All the

activities as described above in a nutshell are directed to achieve

excellence-ensuring quality in education. The IQAC in our college is also

working in the right direction.

6.1.2 Enumerate the Management’s commitment, leadership-role and involvement for effective and efficient transaction of the teaching-learning processes.

6.1.2 The management’s commitment is to ensure transparent and equity based

admission, quality teaching learning and students’ career building.

The management’s involvement for effective & efficient transactions of

the teaching-learning processes are reflected as follows:

Since teaching learning process starts primarily with admission process at

the commencement of each academic session Principal as CEO took the

leadership to ensure implementation of transparent and equity based

admission procedures by strict vigilance over day to day admission

activities.

The management has taken a leading role in introducing emerging subjects

such as Microbiology, Computer Science, Electronic Science, Food &

Nutrition, Journalism & Mass Communication, Film Studies, and Business

Administration, Sociology, Psychology, Marketing Management to satisfy

the needs of the society.

Moreover, management has taken special initiative to design and

implement the curriculum programme keeping in view the principle of

academic flexibility. To have a good number of combinations the students

can take for each programme, a wide spread time table is essential and that

can be possible only if infrastructural facilities are improved. The

Governing Body has always chalked out its planning to accommodate the

increasing requirement for development.

150

Academic counselling classes and remedial coaching are planned

and provided for differently abled students.

Management has planned and installed the mechanism to provide

modern Teaching aids by development of Digital Class Room, extended

Internet facility, planning for EDUSAT connectivity and other modern aids.

Management has formed a Cell for Career Development for better

employability of the students.

Enhancement of access to higher education by maintaining good

teacher student ratio is the motto of the management and to achieve this

motto Govt. sanctioned teaching posts are not enough. To overcome this

problem, nowadays there exists a dualistic approach for recruitment of

Teaching and Non-teaching staff.

(a) For recruitment of teachers in all the substantive teaching posts

including the post of Principal approved by the Govt. of W.B., the

recommending authority is the West Bengal College Service

Commission (WBCSC) constituted by West Bengal State Legislation

Act, 1978 and the appointing authority is the Governing Body of the

College.

(b) To improve the Teacher-Students ratio and to impart quality education,

the Governing Body of the College has been creating whole time

teaching posts in different subjects from time to time as per requirement

reflected in students’ feedback and Parent Teacher meetings. We can

mention that till date the college has created 35 and filled up 33 whole

time teaching staff who are paid from the College Fund.

These posts are filled up through the recommendation of the Selection

Committee constituted by the Governing Body of the College. The

Selection Committee is composed of a subject expert from the parent

university, President of the GB, Principal of the College and Head/senior

most teacher of the department. The college invites applications through

advertisement in the leading newspaper (usually The Statesman) from

151

the personas having UGC prescribed qualification. Transparency and the

quality are the guiding forces for appointment in this category of teachers.

We are not shaky to say that inspite of all our best effort the teacher

student ratio in some departments is not satisfactory. Financial crunch at

the Govt. level seems to be the limiting factor for lack of adequate number

of teaching staff. Reservation policy of the Govt. and non-availability of

suitable candidate in this category (for SC and ST candidates) are the other

hindrances. There is also a limitation with respect to the financial capability

of the college itself. Still we believe that we will be able to overcome this

problem.

So far as non-teaching posts are concerned there is also a dual

policy in respect of requirement.

1. The Government sanctioned Non-teaching posts are filled up as per

exiting govt. rules. Applications are invited from the candidates through

open advertisement in the leading newspaper and through local

Employment Exchange. The Selection Committee framed by the college

Governing Body takes the screening test, if required. The Selection

Committee calls short-listed candidates for the interview. A panel of three

(3) candidates is prepared by the Selection Committee and is placed before

the Governing Body for approval. Principal is authorised to give

appointment according to the merit list (1st, 2nd, 3rd) made in the panel.

2. Due to financial crunch of the State Govt. and delay in sanctioning the

non teaching posts for a long period of time, the college is forced to create

whole time non-teaching post on contractual basis for smooth running

of the college and for providing quality support services to the

students. Procedure of appointment in these posts is followed through the

Selection Committee constituted by the Governing Body of the College.

Both the whole time teaching and non-teaching staff appointed

by the college on contractual basis enjoy the scale of pay with usual

benefits like DA, HRA and Medical Allowances from the College Fund.

152

They are also enjoying the benefits of the Employees Provident Fund

(EPF) with employees’ and employer’s contribution.

In addition to the above the college has appointed class basis

contract teachers having the UGC qualification and non-teaching staff

on daily basis. The college has been able to engage a good number of

Guest Teachers in different departments on request with specialized

skill in appropriate branch of study.

The management has allotted UGC funds to purchase Books &

Journals for the central library and the departmental libraries and to

buy Equipments for the laboratories as support services to the students.

With the commitment and involvement the departments of

Microbiology, Computer Science and Commerce got recognition from

UGC and receive separate PG grants for purchasing books, journals

and equipments.

The management also applied to State Govt. for sanctioning funds

for purchase of equipments for PG in Microbiology and the State Govt.

has sanctioned the grants on the basis of performance.

In addition to that the college has allotted funds from its own coffer

to purchase books in the departmental library as a supplement to

central library. Usually each department can purchase books worth

Rs. 5000/-to Rs. 20000/- per annum.

The management of the college has been able to motivate the students

union to donate funds from Students Activity Fund to purchase books in

the central library.

The management has successfully approached to the Hon’ble MP &

MLA for releasing funds for purchase of books and instruments. They

have also responded positively. College has received specific fund from

MP for library computerisation & availed funds for purchase of books

from MLA and MP fund.

153

Principal requested the Heads of the departments to place requisition

for national / international journals and action has been taken to purchase

the same. The library is well equipped with journals also.

Laboratory spaces have been extended in the Departments like

Mathematics, Physics, Electronic Sc., Computer Sc., Zoology, Food &

Nutrition, Microbiology, Sociology, Language Laboratory, Commerce,

Journalism and Mass Communication etc. The total laboratory space has

been more than doubled since 1st NAAC visit.

The management has taken measures to arrange faculty

development programmes for both teaching & non-teaching staff. The

college has arranged Seminars, Workshops, and Symposia for both

teaching & non-teaching staff.

No. of teachers participated in Faculty Programmes such as

Seminar Attended: 47+30+60=137, MRP: 30,

Teachers’ performance in the designing of syllabus both at the

UG & PG level.

The management encourages faculties to participate in Seminars,

Workshops, Refresher and orientation programmes. No. of teachers

participated in RC&OP: 36 (during 2003-04 to 2007-08)

The management of the college has decided to provide the benefits

of Information & Communication technologies such as Digital Class

Room/ Virtual Class Room/Seminar Room with Internet connection

and other devices such as visualiser, sensor, Over Head Projector

(OHP), Laptop, LCD Projectors etc.

6.1.3 How does the management and the Head of the institution ensure that responsibilities are defined and communicated to the staff of the institution?

6.1.3 Principal, on behalf of the GB of the College, defines the duties of the

individual staff through terms and conditions of appointment.

Communications to teaching and non-teaching staff about their

154

responsibilities are made through notices, office orders & circulars and

holding meetings with different Academic and Administrative bodies,

meeting with Principal and thus ensure accountability for accomplishment

of allotted duties.

6.1.4 How does the Management/Head of the institution ensure that adequate information (from feedback and personal contacts etc.) is available for the management, to review the activities of the institution?

6.1.4 To review the activities of the institution, the management /Head of the

institution ensure that adequate information is available from multi

cornered feedbacks – a) Students’ Feedback (b) Feedback from meetings in

the Parent-Teacher Association (c) Performance Appraisal Report of staff,

(d) Employers Feedback Report, (e) Feedback from Alumni (f) Feedback

from Head clerk, (g) Heads/senior teachers of the departments, Reports

from respectable persons of the society like Chairmen of Municipalities,

Physicians, Head of the school and colleges. Feedback from students &

parents are available since 2001 and Performance Appraised Reports

are available from the last three decades. Feedback from students have

been made compulsory from the outgoing students of the 3rd year.

Without filling up the feed back form no students is allowed to fill up

the university form for Part-III examination. Every year parent

teacher interaction are made departmentally and centrally. Teachers

are asked to produce their self appraisal time to time.

6.1.5 How does the management encourage and support involvement of the staff for improvement of the effectiveness and efficiency of the institutional processes?

6.1.5 The management encourages and supports involvement of the staff for the

improvement of the effectiveness & efficiency of the institutional processes

through meetings with the teaching & non-teaching staff time to time

convincing them about their involvement in institutional process in an

effective & efficient way.

The staff are given freedom to exercise their option about

two fields/areas in which he/she can contribute in institutional activities. A

155

questionnaire has been prepared & given to all the staff for giving his/her

options. After carefully considering the options, different subcommittees

have been constituted according to choices exercised by the teachers. In the

formal meetings of the committees & subcommittees, the gesture and the

support services of the staff are gratefully acknowledged through

resolutions taken in the meetings. Effectiveness is ensured through cordial

relationship and cooperation between the inter-departmental teachers.

6.1.6 Describe the leadership role of the Head of the institution, in governance and management of the institution.

6.1.6 The leadership role of the Head of the Institution in governance &

management is guided by the core values in the Higher Educational

Institution such as:

1 Contributing to National Development with social justice

2 Fostering global competencies among students through skill

development

3 Inculcating values of cooperation and mutual understanding among the

different stakeholders

4 Promoting the use of technology

5 Quest for excellence

The Head of the Institution has a key role in framing visions &

missions of the college and in achieving this with the objectives. All these

have bearings in the sustenance and enhancement of quality in education.

For proper governance and management, meetings of the

Governing Body and other Standing Subcommittees such as Finance

Subcommittee, Academic Subcommittee, Admission Committee,

Building Subcommittee, Library Sub Committee etc. are frequently

convened by Head of the Institution and proposals and resolutions are

implemented by the Head of the institution.

The idea of opening up of the emerging subjects in this institution to

cope up with the changing requirements of the society came in the mind of

156

the former Head of the institution and he successfully implemented the idea

into reality and thus took the leadership role in this regard in the district of

North 24 Parganas. The performance report of the teachers on half

yearly basis is hung up on the wall of the teachers’ room for everyone’s

notice, which is an innovative practice of this college. The arrangement

of counselling classes for the students through structured routine is

also an innovative idea.

Leadership is provided by the Principal who is a person with love,

care and concern. He pursues the skills of 3 Es – Envisioning, Energising

and Enabling. Armed with Vision, Mission and Objectives of the

institution and having the skills, the Head of the Institutions believes and

maintains the following:

1 Management based on participation and transparency;

2 Maintaining integrity in the institutions’ academic programmes

through Academic Audit;

3 Fixation of individual responsibilities and their discharge;

4 Effective utilisation of resources;

5 Periodic review of performances of the teachers and non-teaching

staff for improvement through physical verification and discussions

in the meetings;

6 Welfare schemes for all relevant stakeholders (such as Medical &

Means Fund, Students’ Aid Fund, provision of scholarship from

different sources, provision of Cheap Book Store, canteen facility to

students & staff, Provident Fund, Puja Advance facility, Staff

Cooperative Credit Society, Medical check up facility, Study leave

etc.)

7 Evolving mechanism for redressal of grievances of teaching, non-

teaching staff & students.

8 Effective budgeting and resource mobilisation.

9 Effective Auditing on time by internal and statutory Auditors.

157

6.2.1 Give the organizational structure and details of the academic and administrative bodies of the institution. Give details of the

meetings held, and the decisions taken by these bodies, regarding finance, infrastructure, faculty recruitment, performance evaluation of teaching and non-teaching staff, research and extension activities, linkages and examinations held during the last two years.

6.2.1 The organisational structure and details of the Academic & Administrative Bodies of the institution are given in the following Tabular Form.

Governing Body

Principal

Academic wing Administrative wing

Financial wing

Academic Sub committee

Career Development Cell

Departments Examination Subcommittee

Teachers’ Council

Librarian

Autonomous PG Courses

Distance Education PG & UG

UG Courses

PG BOS

Science Dept

Commerce Dept

Arts Science Commerce Management

Library Clerk

Library Attendant

Sub Committees

General Administration

Head Clerk

Establishment Student’s Service

Finance Sub Committee

Bursar

Cashier & Cash Clerk

Accountant

General Accounts

Student Account

Admission

Library

Grievance Redressal

Purchase Building

Sports & Games

Canteen Selection

Election Commission

IQAC

Health

Women Development

NCC NSS

Research Monitoring Cell

6.2 Organizational Arrangements

158

As per the statute of the University of Calcutta, Governing Body of an

affiliated college is constituted by four elected members from the teaching

staff, two elected members from the non-teaching staff, one elected member

from the students’ union (mainly the General Secretary of the Students

Union), two nominated members from the parent university, two nominated

members from the Govt. of West Bengal and one person nominated in the

category of person interested in education.

President of the Governing Body is elected through voting by the

members and the President should not be the teacher member. Principal is

Ex-officio secretary to the Governing Body and Chairman of all other

committees as mention in Table 6.4.

6.2.2 To what extent is the administration decentralized? How does the institution collaborate with different sections/departments and personnel of the institution to improve the quality of its educational provisions?

6.2.2 The Administration of the college is completely decentralized on the

part of General Administration, Routine (time table) Management,

Purchase, Academic Planning including Organisation of Seminars &

Workshops, Financial Planning, Meetings of the Teachers’ Council,

Library, Departmental Meetings where the teachers, students and the

non-teaching staff are involved on democratic basis.

There are collaborations with Heads/Senior teachers of the Dept.

who are in charge of departmental activities. They sit for Academic &

Admission Subcommittees for planning and effective implementation.

Academic matters are monitored by three senior most teachers in Arts,

Science and Commerce.

6.2.3 Does the institution have effective internal coordination and monitoring mechanisms? If yes, specify.

6.2.3 Yes, the college has effective internal coordination and monitoring

mechanisms.

159

The organisational structure of the institution reveals that there are

different subcommittees for proper planning, evaluation and implementation

of the activities of the institutions. These committees function through the

democratic participation of the stakeholders of the institutions.

Further the problems of the stakeholders are considered at the micro

level and then are considered at the institutional level.

The workings of internal coordination & monitoring mechanisms are

given below:

Table No. 6.1 Workings of the Coordinating Agencies in different fields of work

Coordinating Agency Field of Work

1. Governing Body Overall policy formulation, planning, implementation, creation of posts, appointment of staff and overall supervision.

2. Admission Committee Admission of Students 3. Academic Sub-Committee Academic Affairs 4. Finance Sub-Committee Financial Affairs 5. Library Committee Library service development, planning

& policy. 6. Building Committee Infrastructural growth 7. Purchase Committee General purchase 8. Research Monitoring Cell To motivates the faculty members and

the students to pursue research work. 9. Seminar Committee Organising seminars & workshops. 10. Backward Class Committee To look after the welfare of the SC, ST

& OBC students. 11. Health Committee Organising health awareness

programmes among the students and people of the adjoining locality.

12. Election Committee / Commission To conduct Students' Union election. 13. Grievance Redressal Cell To look after the grievances of the male

& female Students, male & female Teaching and Non-teaching staff.

14. Teachers' Council To assist Principal in all academic matters.

15. Examination Committee To monitor college and university examinations.

16. Career Counselling & Placement To coordinate with employment agencies and motivate students for self-employment, entrepreneurship etc.

17. Games & Sports To motivates the students to participate

160

in games and sports activity. 18. Extension and Linkage NSS, NCC and National and

International linkage.

6.2.4 Does the institution have a Grievance Redressal Cell for its employees? If yes, what are its functions? List the number of grievances redressed during the last two years.

6.2.4 Yes, the institution has a Grievance Redressal Cell. The cell has been

formed as per the resolution of the Teachers’ Council dated 04.04.2000.&

since then it has started functioning.

The function of the Grievance Redressal Cell is

a) to consider and record the grievances of teaching, non-teaching staff

and the students;

b) to take measures to redress (or, to minimise) grievances;

c) to create an environment of peace, harmony and coordination

among the stakeholders for the betterment of the institution.

The following is the list of number of grievances redressed year wise:

Table No. 6.2 List of Grievances redressed Year 2003-04 2004-05 2005-

06 2006-07 2007-08

No. of Grievances redressed 08 04 04 02 02

6.2.5 How many times does the management meet the staff in an academic year? What are the major issues discussed during the last meeting?

6.2.5 On behalf of the management, Principal of our college meet frequently in an

academic year.

Table: Year wise no. of meetings of the Principal with Teaching and non-

teaching staff and students

Table No. 6.3 Principal’s Meeting

Year 2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08 No. of

Principal’s Meetings

15 10 14 13 11

Major issues of discussion in the meetings were:

a) Procedure of admission at the graduation and post-graduation level

and the role of teaching, non-teaching staff & students

b) New fee structure & the other charges of students

161

c) Pay structure of teachers of some Depts. (Full time contract)

d) Deductions Income Tax, EPF, CPF etc.

e) Programme for cluster of colleges

f) Reunion of staff, students & alumni

g) Inaugural ceremony of newly constructed buildings and naming of

the buildings

h) Reviewing the works of different subcommittees

i) Teaching module of value based education

j) Appreciation model of teaching & non-teaching staff

k) Thalassaemia Eradiation programme with the involvement of

teaching, non-teaching staff, students, Indian Red Cross Society and

society persons

l) Organisation of the programme ‘Commencement, 2008’

(Convocation Address)

m) Scheme on convergence of Open & Distance Learning (IGNOU) &

Conventional System

n) Professional courses & faculty development programme for

teaching & non-teaching staff.

6.2.6 Is there a Cell to prevent sexual harassment of women staff? How effective is the functioning of the Cell?

6.2.6 Yes, there is a Grievance Redressal Cell which take measures to prevent

sexual harassment of girls’ students and women staff.

The grievances of female members are discussed in the presence of

female faculty members of the cell. The opinions of the female members of

the cell are taken before implementing the decision. The processes of

redressing the grievances are normally completed within one month from

the date of complain.

After receiving the complaints from the female members, a

meeting of the Grievance Redressal Cell is convened where it is

162

discussed. The female faculty members are requested to make thorough

investigation along with the assistance of senior female faculty

members. They place the report in the meeting of the cell. If the

grievances are found to be true, penal measures would be taken against

the accused and warned him so that such incidents do not occur in

future (Ref: Meetings dated 20/05/05, 10/07/05, 09/08/08).

6.3.1 Describe the procedure of developing the perspective institutional plan. How are the Teachers, Students and Administrators involved in the planning process?

6.3.1 Perspective Institutional Plan is required for institutional development. The

plan involves both identification of priorities & creation of resources to

realise them. The procedure of developing the perspective institutional plan

is described below:

1 Internal Quality Assurance Cell comprising of all stakeholders of the

institution prepare a Perspective Institutional Plan (called Future

Development Programme in the college) on Infrastructural growth,

Academic growth, Student Facility, Financial Planning.

2 The proposals are placed in the meeting of Governing Body. After

careful considerations these proposals are accepted.

3 After the approval of Governing Body, the college prepares an Annual

Plan of the institution criterion wise and priority wise and tries to

implement these annually.

4 The teachers, non-teaching staff, students and administrators are

involved in the planning process through their participation in different

6.3 Strategy Developments and Deployment

163

committees such as Governing Body, Finance Committee, IQAC,

Academic Sub Committee, Admission Committee, Building Committee,

Library Committee, Grievance Redrassal Cell, Research & Monitoring

Cell, Sports Committee, Routine Committee, Examination Committee,

Purchase Committee, Career Development & Placement Cell etc and

their working in different committees.

6.3.2 How are the objectives communicated and deployed to all levels, to ensure

individual employee’s contribution for the institutional development?

6.3.2 The objectives are communicated and deployed at all levels through

discussions in the meetings of the Governing Body, IQAC, Academic

Subcommittee, Teachers’ Council, Finance Committee, Building Committee

and Principal’s meeting with teachers, non-teaching staff and students.

Different stakeholders are urged upon to take responsibility in implementing

the institutional plan through their involvement in different committees.

Also, the performances and the progress of the works of different

committees are reviewed through the reports of the convenor of respective

committees. Moreover, performance appraisal reports of the staff show the

employee’s contribution in respect of Teaching-Learning, Curriculum

Design, Research, Consultancy & Extension, Student Support &

Progression, Participation in Infrastructure & Learning Resources, Financial

Support Services etc.

6.3.3 List the different committees constituted for the management of different institutional activities? Give details of the meetings held and the decisions taken, regarding academic management, finance, infrastructure, faculty, research, extension and linkages, and examinations held during the last two years.

6.3.4 The different committees constituted for the management of different

institutional activities are the following:

164

Table No. 6.4

Sl. No.

No. of Meetings held Remarks 2003-

04 2004-

05 2005-

06 2006-

07 2007-

08 General Special

1 Governing Body 04 12 15 12 07

All decision are unanimously taken; Meetings are regularly held

Members’ participate in the meetings are satisfactory. Required Documentation be placed before the NAAC Peer Team

2 Finance Committee 03 04 06 05 06

3 Academic Subcommittee 03 08 07 06 04

4 Teachers’ Council 05 04 03 06 05

5 Building Subcommittee 07 06 10 11 07

6 Library 02 04 03 03 01 7 Admission 19 17 14 21 13

8 Grievance Redressal 08 04 04 02 02

9 Examination 01 03 02 05 06

10 Selection Committee 03 09 04 09 13

11 Principal’s Meeting 15 10 14 13 11

12 Research & Monitoring Cell

01 01 01 01 02

13 Extension & Linkage 04 03 04 04 06

6.3.5 Has the institution an MIS in place, to select, collect, align and integrate

data and information on the academic and administrative aspects of the institution?

6.3.4 The institution has an MIS in the form of Databases containing information

on students, library, admission, academic, Accounts.

Students’ Databases give information on the volume, status,

financial background, caste, blood group, fees structure, results (college &

university) of students.

Library Databases give the stocks of books & journals with

accession no., the issue & return of books by the faculty, employees & the

student day wise, arrival of new titles etc.

165

Admission Databases give information about the position of

admission in different subjects & streams, gender wise, caste wise,

economic background wise course wise (Hons./Gen.) & year wise (1st / 2nd /

3rd year).

Accounts Databases give information on the receipts & expenditure

department wise, year wise, financial position of the college, fund received

from different organisation & the utilisation etc., individual employees

status, salary & other financial benefits, budgetary provisions, the position

of updating Audits etc.

Performance Appraisal Data of staff (Teaching and Non-

Teaching) give information on the contribution by them to the institution.

All these data are available from the MIS in the college and can be

integrated & used for the Academic & Administrative purposes of the

institution.

6.3.6 Does the institution use the various data and information obtained from the feedback, in decision-making and performance improvement? If yes, give details.

6.3.5 To improve all-round development in accordance with the core values

of NAAC our college in its ongoing efforts aims at introducing new

programmes & sustain them with a view to enhancing quality to foster

global competencies amongst the students & to contribute to national

development.

To achieve these goals, the college has developed its own system of

inviting feedbacks from all the stakeholders.

In the formulation & use of feedback system, certain significant contextual

features come up for policy decision and performance improvement. We

have developed a multi-cornered and multi-pointed feedback system

involving all the stakeholders.

166

Multi-cornered Feedback are available from (1) Students, (2)

Academic Peer / Alumni / Society person / Parents, (3) Management, (4)

Employers.

The two-way system of students’ feedback & parents’ feedback have

been taken & used since 2001 & 2002 respectively. The positive &

constructive suggestions made in the feedback are the best guide in

taking decisions in the right perspective.

Evidence of successes are reflected through using feedbacks for

quality assurance & enhancements. A few are stated below:

1 Introduction of Open Access System in the library

2 Introduction of Departmental Library

3 Longer library hours for PG students

4 Extension of laboratory space

5 Construction of Girls’ Hostel

6 Unitisation of teaching plan

7 Working of Career Development & Placement Cell

8 Organisation of seminars

9 Providing facilities of water purifier-cum-cooler and improvement

of canteen facilities.

The feedbacks from Academic Peer/Alumni/Society persons

[Municipal personnel, Medical Representatives, MP, MLA, Head

Master/Mistress etc.] have been introduced since 2006. The suggestions

available from them are used for performance improvement of the

institution.

Management’s Feedback (Performance Appraisal of teachers)

was initiated three decades ago with the objective of making teachers

accountable in discharging their duties to the students, institution & the

society at large. The parameters used are: the no. of classes taken by a

teacher out of classes allotted to him/her on daily basis, the no. of

remedial classes taken, the no. of examination duty performed out of

167

duty allotted. Verification and cross checking of the duty performed by

the teachers and attendance register are done by the Principal at the

end of the day on daily basis. The NAAC Peer Team in its first visit

highlighted that “the unique mechanism for ensuring the performance

of teachers and staff on daily basis is worth appreciating”. This will help

increase in the services to the students and in the completion of syllabus.

Evidence of success in class performances and examination performances of

teachers can be had from the following tables:

Table No .6.5 Class performance of teachers since 2003 – 04 (in percentages)

Performance Percentage\Session 2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08

Above 90% 41.07% 52.54% 54.93% 48.72% 80 – 100% 83.93% 86.44% 76.06% 79.49%

Table No. 6.6 Examination performance of teachers since 2003 – 04 (in

percentages)

Performance Percentage\Session 2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08 100% 23.73% 62.71% 14.08% 20.51%

Above 90% 76.27% 86.44% 59.15% 67.95% 80 – 100% 93.22% 98.31% 94.37% 88.46%

In addition to above, evidence of success are reflected in the following:

1 Timely submission of question paper, and award list

2 Timely publication of results

3 Engagement in research work

4 Maintenance of Academic Diaries by the teachers

College is also taking feedbacks from different sections of society e.g.

Society Members of IQAC, Alumni & Responsible section of the society

and persons interested in education.

6.3.7 What are the institution’s initiatives for promoting co-operation, sharing of knowledge, innovations and empowerment of the faculty? (Skill sharing across departments, creating/providing conducive environment, etc.)

6.3.6 Inter disciplinary subjects such as Microbiology, Computer Sc., Electronic

Sc., Physics, Chemistry, Mathematics, Economics, Sociology, Commerce

168

and Business Administration are taught at the UG and PG level. The

knowledge and skill of the faculties are shared in these subjects.

Further, in the teaching-learning process and seminars & research

activities, both intra and inter departmental teachers exchange their

knowledge on different subjects and make them enriched.

Moreover, in the meetings of Teachers’ Council, Department and

Academic Subcommittee, faculties have the freedom of expression on the

need for and requirements of the institution for quality teaching & learning.

The proposals are made and accepted in the respective committee meetings

and placed to the Governing Body & Statutory bodies created by the

Governing Body for implementation. These have been implemented by the

Principal, Head/Sr. Teacher of the Depts

Thus through the democratisation & involvement of the faculties in

decision making, sharing of knowledge and direction of research &

innovation, the institution provides the opportunities in maintaining

cooperation and empowerment of faculty.

Also, the institution has the mechanism to organise departmental tours,

college tour, Annual General Meetings, Picnics, Get together, Organisation

of cultural activity etc. to grow cooperation among the faculty members.

6.4.1 What are the mechanisms for performance assessment (teaching, research,

service) of faculty and staff? (Self–appraisal method, comprehensive evaluation by students and peers). Does the institution use the evaluations to improve teaching/ research of the faculty and service of the faculty by other staff? If yes, how?

6.4.1 Mechanism for performance assessment (teaching, research, service) of

faculty & staff are:

1 Performance Appraisal of teachers

2 Students’ Feedback System

3 Feedback from Academic Peers, Alumni, Persons of society

6.4 Human Resource Management

169

4 Feedback from Parent-Teacher Association

5 Feedback from Research & Monitoring Cell

6 Daily Attendance Register

The multi-cornered feedback is used to undertake SWOC analysis in

order to improve teaching, research, service of the faculty & staff. Faculties

in the meetings of the Departments discuss about their performances

objectively. The Management’s feedback is used to understand his/her

contribution in the service of the institution and the faculty becomes careful

in the future course of action. Research & Monitoring Cell motivates &

encourages the faculties to undertake research work, reviews the research

activity of the faculty.

6.4.2 What are the welfare measures for the staff and faculty? (mention only those which affect and improve staff well-being, satisfaction and motivation)

6.4.2 The college has taken several welfare measures for the staff & the faculty in

order to achieve work satisfaction and security. The following are the

welfare measures for the staff & faculty:

1 General Provident Fund

2 Employees Provident Fund

3 Puja Relief

4 Festival advance

5 Facilities of loan by BRSNC Staff Cooperative Credit Society at

cheaper rate of interest.

6 Grievance Redressal Cell;

6.4.3 What are the strategies and implementation plans of the institution, to recruit and retain faculty and other staff who have the desired qualifications, knowledge and skills?

6.4.3 Faculty & other staff are important stakeholders as they are facilitators in a

student-centric environment of HEI. The students as learners, being the

focus, are motivated by the teachers to gain knowledge in the expanding

frontier of knowledge. As such the institution has to adopt strategies and to

170

implement plan to recruit and retain faculty and other staff. The strategies

are:

1 The workload of different departments and the no. of teacher-student

ratio are calculated;

2 Students feedback, parents feedback etc. are taken in active

consideration for vacancy requirements;

3 Govt. sanctioned strength of teaching & non-teaching staff and the

present position of the institution are considered;

4 The staff strength of different departments are considered and proposals

for conversion of posts from one department to another without any

financial burden are taken and sent to the Higher Education Department;

5 The matter is discussed in the meetings of Teachers’ Council, Academic

Subcommittee, Finance Committee and the Governing Body;

6 Principal as per the direction of the above Bodies approach the Director

of Public Instruction (DPI), Govt. of West Bengal to sanction the

teaching & non-teaching posts and to issue orders for filling up the

vacant posts;

7 Vacancies are put up in the Roster and Reservations Policies are

followed as per the Govt. rules and the Roster is verified by the BCW

Dept., Govt. of W.B. (A Competent Authority);

8 In spite of sanctioning of the teaching & non-teaching posts and filling

up the vacancies, the teacher-student ratios in some departments appear

to be low. Financial crunch at the government level appears to be a

limiting factor for lack of adequate number of teaching & non-teaching

staff. Even, the vacancies in the approved posts of teachers & non-

teaching staff could not be filled up by the college due to the reservation

policies of the Govt. and non-availability of teachers in the reserved

category;

9 The Governing Body of the college after careful consideration creates

whole time permanent teaching & non-teaching posts. The quality is not

171

compromised. Applications for the post of teaching staff are invited

from the candidates having UGC qualification through advertisement in

the leading newspaper (e.g. The Statesman);

10 Retention measures are taken in our college for dearth of qualified

faculties in the emerging subjects such as Computer Sc., Electronic

Sc., Microbiology & the like. The college offers higher pay in the

form of senior scale or giving one or two additional increments &

special pay to retain the qualified faculty with knowledge & skill;

6.4.4 What are the criteria for employing part-time/adhoc faculty? How are the recruitment conditions of part-time/adhoc faculty different from that of the regular faculty? (Eg. salary structure, workload, specialisations).

6.4.4 The criteria for employing part time/ad hoc faculty are:

i) The faculty must possess UGC qualification;

ii) He/She has to take 10-12 classes in a span of 2-3 days per week;

iii) Payments are made on class basis/module basis;

The recruitment conditions of Part time/adhoc faculty are different from that

of the regular faculty is respect of:

Table No. 6.7 Recruitment Conditions of the Faculty

Sl. No. Faculty

Regular Part time/Ad hoc a) Day basis 6 days in a week 2-3 days in a week

b) Salary structure

Basic as per UGC Scale with admissible allowances, HRA & EPF

Class basis contract;

c) Workload 20-22 classes per week

8-12 classes per week depending upon the workload of the Dept. requirement for the specialisation.

d) Benefits enjoyed

10 days Casual Leave, 10 days Medical Leave & 10 days Study Leave, 240 days earned leave, Summer Recess, Puja Vacation & Winter Recess

Leaves in form of Puja Vacation & Winter Recess are granted with pay. If class falls on a schedule holiday, they are still paid.

e) Specialisation May avail of this condition but not compulsory

Teachers as per his/her specialisation in PG classes & in some UG classes requiring special skill.

172

6.4.5 What are the policies, resources and practices of the institution that support and ensure the professional development of the faculty? (Eg. budget allocation for staff development, sponsoring for advanced study, research, participation in seminars, conferences, workshops, etc. and supporting membership and active involvement in local, state, national and international professional associations).

6.4.5 Our college follows the policies that support and ensure the professional

development of the faculty in terms of Sponsoring of Advanced Study,

Research, and Participation in Seminars, Conferences, and Workshops etc.

(RC & OP)

Our college believes that faculty needs training in advanced skill

related to their work and to enable them to function more effectively.

Exposure to such innovative ideas and training has made the faculty

conversant with the goals and objectives of the institution.

The institution encourages the faculty to avail of these professional

developments. At present, 43 out of 52 faculties in position, representing

82% have undertaken research projects. Almost all the faculty members

have been participating in seminars, conferences & workshops (national &

international). Some of the faculty members are the members of the

professional bodies such as Institute of Cost & Work Accounts, Indian

Economic Association, Indian Chemical Society etc.

To avail of these opportunities, the college approves study

leave, research grants, grants for holding seminars, orientation & refresher

courses. The college in its budget allocates funds for promotion of research

and development as: 2006-07(Rs 50,000/-), 2007-08(Rs. 1 lakh), 2008-

09(Rs. 2.50 lakh).

6.4.6 How do you assess the needs of the faculty development? Has the institution conducted any staff development programmes for skill up-gradation and training of the staff? If yes, give details.

6.4.6 The needs of the faculty development are assessed by

1 Feedback from students

173

2 Feedback from employees

3 Feedback from parents

4 Feedback from Academic Peers/Society Persons

5 Feedback from external agencies

6 Exchange of opinions.

Yes, the institution has conducted Staff Development Programmes

for skill up-gradation and training of the staff.

For faculties, the following programmes were conducted by Barrackpore

Rastraguru Surendranath College.

Table No. 6.9 Details of Workshop Name of the Workshop

Held on Resource Person (s) Participants

Technology Enabled Teaching and Learning

26th & 27th February, 2004

Prof. Marmar Mukhopadhyay, Joint Director, NEIPA, N. Delhi Prof. Kalyan Dutta & Prof. Samar Bhattacharya, JU Professor from Jadavpur University, Calcutta University, DDPI, Govt. of W.B.

all the faculty members of the college

Computer Awareness Among the Existing Teaching Staff

2004-05 Mr. Aritra Roy Chowdhury, M/S Cella Syatems

Almost all the faculty members

Environmental and Industrial Aspects of Microbes in New Millennium (UGC Sponsored State Level Seminar)

24-25, February, 2006

Prof Ashoke Ranjan Thakur, VC WBUT, Prof. Dipak Bagchi, Dean, Faculty of CU Ambika Banerjee, East India Phramceutical Shymal Sanyal , Pro-VC, JU and other distinguished persons from Universities and Institutes

Faculty Members of Different Institute of the State

Use of Library 18/12/07 Dr. P.K. Choudhury, Former DPI & Former Member Secretary, WBSCHE & Dr. Swapna Banerjee,

All the faculty members of the college

174

Reader of Library Science, C.U.

Basic computer, Excel, Linux, Power point presentation & use of Multimedia

23/10/08 Prof. Sunil Gandhi of Kalyani University & Sri Debiprasad Bhattacharyay of Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath College.

Almost all the faculty members

Teaching Learning Process

10/12/2008 Dr. P.K. Choudhury, Former DPI & Former Member Secretary, WBSCHE

All the Faculty Member

For staff, the following programmes were conducted by the college. Name of the Workshop

Held on Resource Person

Participants

Computer Awareness among the existing Non-teaching staff

2004-05 M/s. Cella System

All the existing non-teaching staff

Staff improvement Programme on Office, Accounts & Library

11/04/06 i) Joint DPI, Govt. of West Bengal, ii) Reader of Library Sc., Calcutta University, iii) Assistant Register of Calcutta University


Use of Library 18/12/07 i) Former DPI, Govt. of West Bengal & formerly Member Secretary W.B. State Council of Higher Education ii) Reader of Library Sc., Calcutta University


Basic computer, Office, Tally & Software packages

23/10/08 & 24/10/08

M/s. Cella System, Faculty Members of KU, BRSNC


Further, the college conducted staff development programme

through the involvement of the Research Monitoring Cell and participation

in Refresher Course and Orientation Programme for skill up gradation and

training of the staff.

175

6.4.6 What are the facilities provided to faculty? (Well-maintained and functional office, infrastructure and other space to carry out their work effectively etc.,)

6.4.7 Faculties of our college are provided with the following facilities:

• Well maintained and functional office;

• Spacious and decorated staff room and departmental rooms;

• Spacious libraries with Old & rare books, Books of current editions,

Journals;

• Laboratories with necessary and improved quality of equipments,

chemicals & other instruments

• Access to technology aided teaching tools such as OHP, LCD Projectors,

Laptop

• Digital class rooms

• Research facilities and working office

6.5.1 Does the institution get financial support from the Government? If yes, mention the grants received in the last three years under different heads. If

no, give details of the sources of revenue and income generated during the last three years?

6.5.1 Yes, the institution receives financial support from the government since

2003-04 under the following heads.

Head of Grants: i) Grant-in-Aid (Pay Packet)

ii) Central/State/Local Scholarship

iii) UGC Grant

iv) MP LAD Grant

6.5.2 What is the quantum of resources mobilized through donations? Give information for the last two years.

6.5.2 The quantum of resources mobilised through donations is given below:

A donation of Rs. 30,000/- from an Ex-teacher of the college in memory of

his mother was received during 2005-06.

6.5 Financial Management and Resource Mobilization

176

6.5.3 Is there adequate budget to cover the day-to-day expenses? If no, how is the deficit met?

6.5.3 The institution prepares the budget to cover the day-to-day expenses as far

as practicable. The institution makes an annual budget.

On head-wise Actual amounts spent & earned during the last year

Adjustment done.

Annexure of Budget since 2003-04 are enclosed

6.5.4 What are the budgetary resources to fulfill the institution’s mission and offer quality programmes? (Budget allocations over the past two years (provide income expenditure statements)

6.5.4 The budgetary resources are: Tuition Fees, Laboratory Charges, Sports

Activity, Session Charges, System Development Charges, Electricity &

Maintenance, Internet, Admission, Library, Development Charges, Building

Charges.

These resources are required to realise the institution’s mission and

quality programmes.

Budgetary Allocations over the last 5 years (from 2003-04 to 2007-08) are

enclosed:

The Income & Expenditure Statements and Balance Sheets reflect

the financial health of the institution and help to construct the budget.

The Income & Expenditure Statements of last 5 years (during 2003-04 to

2007-08) are enclosed herewith.

By comparing the Income & Expenditure Statements and Budgetary

allocations for the last 5 years of the college that there is agreement of

Income & Expenditure Statements with the Budget of the college. This

reveals good financial planning and discipline of the college.

6.5.5 Are the accounts audited regularly? If yes, give the details of internal and external audit procedures and the audit reports for last two years.

6.5.5 Yes, the college accounts are regularly audited both internally and externally

and the position of internal and external audit is up-to-date. The audit report

for the financial year 2007-08 has been completed.

177

The Audit report of the college for the last 5 years (2003-04 to 2007-

08) is enclosed herewith for kind perusal.

This audit report of the college gives a complete and detailed picture

of financial performance, propriety and management. It is clear from the

audit report that the college accounts are regularly kept and there are no

cases of misappropriation & defalcation of institutional funds. The Audit

reports are discussed in the meetings of Finance Committee and Governing

Body. The Auditor’s report, (Internal & External), observations &

suggestions are noted and accepted for future improvement of the

institution.

6.5.6 Has the institution computerized its finance management systems? If yes, give details.

6.5.6 Yes, the institution has computerised its Finance Management Systems

through accounting package. The financial management systems work

through different softwares, packages such as Visual Basic & Tally.

6.1.1 What are the significant best practices in Governance and Leadership

carried out by the institution? 6.1.1 The best practices in Governance and Leadership carried out by the

institution are;

1 Management based on democratic participation of stakeholders and

transparency;

2 Leadership and dynamic role of the management and commitment

towards efficient transactions of process.

3 Governance facilitating missions and objectives.

4 Identification and demarcation of responsibilities of stakeholders.

5 Decentralised and delegated structure in administration with

effective internal coordination and monitoring mechanism.

6 Institution initiatives for promoting cooperation, sharing of

knowledge, innovations and empowerment of faculty.

6.6 Best Practices in Governance and Leadership

178

7 Effective utilization of resources

8 Periodic review of performance for improvement

9 Welfare schemes for all stakeholders

10 Effective budgeting and resource mobilization

11 Up to date internal and statutory auditing and computerized Finance

Management System


1 what are the evaluative observation made under the Organisation and Management in the previous assessment report and how have they been acted upon?

1. The NAAC peer team in their assessment and accreditation visit in 2002

made an observation under organisation and management that “The Human

Resource Planning and Recruitment of staff needs improvement. The

teacher taught ratio need to be reduced,

Creating Hostel facilities for outside students is very desirable.”

In response to the observation and suggestions, the college acted upon by

taking the following steps:

Faculty development programme through research, participation in

seminar, conferences and workshops and refreshers and orientation

course.

Organization of workshop, seminars and the training programme.

Provision of different infrastructural facilities like well maintained and

spacious office, departmental room, staff room, laboratories, digital

class room with LCD Projector and Laptop.

Provision of budget allocation for staff development.

Welfare scheme for the staff and the faculty.

To reduce the teacher taught ratio, the college has taken steps to fill up

the vacant posts of teaching and non-teaching staff on substantive basis.

Further the governing body of the college has created and appointed

whole time teachers having UGC qualification unaided basis who are

179

paid from college fund. In addition the college has appointed class basis

contract teachers having UGC qualification and has engaged qualified

guest faculty from different Universities and reputed institutions on

request.

As per the recommendation of the NAAC peer team, the college has set

up Women’s Hostel which can accommodate eighteen (18) girls students

at present. The first and second floors of the girls hostel are yet to

complete. The college has purchased a plot of land for construction of

Boy’s Hostel.

2. What are the other quality sustenance and enhancement measures undertaken by the institution since the previous Assessment and Accreditation with regard to Organisation and Management? 2. Other quality sustenance and enhancement measures with regard to

organization and management are

Management based on democratic participation of stakeholders and

transparency.

Identification and demarcation of responsibilities of stakeholders and

their discharge.

Periodic review of performance through feedbacks from different

stakeholders for improvement.

Effective utilization of resources.

Effective budgeting and resource mobilization

The Governance and Leadership role of the college is being felt in

collegiating all the stakeholders. Activities under Governance and

Leadership have been undertaken by the management of the institution to

achieve the vision, mission and objectives of the college and the core values

of NAAC. All these have bearings in the sustenance and enhancement of

quality in education

180

Criterion VII : Innovative Practices

7.1.1 What mechanisms have been developed by the institution for quality

assurance within the existing academic and administrative systems? 7.1.1 The mechanisms developed by the institutions for quality assurance are

described below:

1 Formation of IQAC

2 Functioning of Different Committees / Monitoring Cell

3 Introduction of Academic Diary

4 Feedback Mechanism – Students, Teachers, Employees, Management,

Parent, Alumni, Society

5 Academic Counselling

6 Organisation of Remedial Teaching and holding of Tutorial classes

7 Introduction of Tutor- Ward mechanism

8 Promotion of Research Culture

9 Introduction of Technology-enabled Teaching

10 Opening of technology-enabled learning & presentation by the students

11 Use of ICT in the form of online, internet services and websites

12 Introduction of Project Work and field work by the curriculum

13 Introduction of value added classes

14 Organisation of seminar & workshop

15 Participation of teachers in Orientation Programme and Refresher course

16 Participation of Teachers in Faculty Development Programme by UGC

17 Unitising the syllabi

18 Earn & Learn programme

19 Open Access in library

20 Introduction of Library class

21 Organisation of Co curricular & Extra-curricular activities

22 Outreach programme

7.1 Internal Quality Assurance System

181

7.1.2 What are the functions carried out by the above mechanisms in the quality enhancement of the institution?

7.1.2 The mechanism in the quality enhancement of the institution is carried out

by the functions of different cells, bodies and committees.

IQAC- Its primary function is dissemination of information received from

different corners and making arrangement for introduction of best practices

and their institutionalisation.

IQAC chalks out Action Plan on Academic growth, Infrastructural growth,

Students’ Facility, Financial Planning to ensure and sustain quality, keeping

in mind the core values of NAAC.

Departmental Committee- Unitisation of the syllabus as per academic

calendar, analysis of progress of syllabus, Tutor-ward interaction,

performance of the students in examinations etc. Departmental teachers take

measures for slow and advance learner for their betterment, consider the

attendance performances of the students and take remedial measures,

arrange for purchase of library books for departmental library and review

the proper functioning of departmental activity.

Academic Subcommittee for UG & PG Board of Studies - Discuss

academic matters such as progress of syllabi, framing examination

schedules and process of evaluation of examination, and framing polices for

purchase of books and journals.

Admission Sub Committee – Frames rules and procedures of admission,

monitors and reviews admission of students, takes care of access and equity

maintained for all section of students.

Research Monitoring Cell - Motivates the teachers and the students to

undertake research work, involves the teachers in minor research projects,

motivates for registration for M.Phil. / Ph.D. programmes, encourages

faculty members and students to attend International / National / State /

Regional level Workshops / Seminars / Conferences, to motivate faculty

182

members to publish articles / papers in leading journals including web

journals and to undertake collaborative research programmes.

Seminar Committee – Organises seminars, workshops and conferences,

encourages students to deliver lecture with computer-enabled technology.

Finance Committee – Analyses financial planning and management. It

considers how the resources are to be mobilised to match the deficit in the

budget and takes effectives steps to make regular audit and prepares the

college annual budget.

Building Committee- Considers the planning and effective implementation

of infrastructural growth to accommodate the academic growth.

Library Committee- Considers planning and development of Library

services for the users

Purchase Committee – Frames the policy of general purchase and approves

bills following the guidelines of purchase policy.

Health Committee – Organises health awareness programmes among the

students and people of the adjoining locality.

Sport & Games –Motivates the students to participate in games and sports

activity and promotes social responsibilities and good citizenship roles

among the students.

Cultural Committee – Consider planning and organising cultural activities

of the college

Grievance Redressal Cell- Considers the grievances of the male & female

Students, male & female Teaching and Non-teaching staff.

NSS & NCC Committees –Motivates the students to organise social work

and to implement them through the involvement of the students

Centre for Career Development–Coordinates with employment agencies

and motivates the students for employment, self-employment,

entrepreneurship etc.

183

Student Union- Organises Annual Sports & Games, Cultural Competitions,

Annual Social, Special Days’ celebration, Participation in different

development programme,

7.1.3 What role is played by students in assuring quality of education imparted by the institution?

7.1.3 Good teachers make good students; similarly good students make good

teachers. Students are encouraged to participate discussion in the classroom,

seminars, research, projects, fieldwork etc. i.e. learner – centric method of

teaching is being emphasised.

Students, being the important stakeholders of Higher Education, can

contribute to assure quality of education through their involvement of the

following:

1 Participation in different Academic and Administrative bodies;

2 Participation in Seminars, Research, Projects, Fieldworks;

3 Making use of Internet & online information and ask teachers about their queries;

4 Participation of students in publishing Wall Magazine and College Annual Magazine;

5 Participation in modernization of Library through process of Bar-coding of the books;

6 Participation in Group Discussion, Debates and Quiz competition;

7 Organisation and Participation in Cultural Activities;

8 Organisation and Participation in Games and Sports and securing ranks in different events at District, State and University level competition;

9 Participation in overall development of the college;

10 Participation in different social & community development programme.

7.1.4 What initiatives have been taken up by the institution to promote best practices in the institution? How does the institution ensure that the Best Practices have been internalized?

7.1.4 The initiatives taken up by the institution to promote best practices are the

following:

184

1 Dissemination and communication of information among the new

entrants (stakeholders) of the college.

2 Discussion between the Governing Body, internal stake holders

[teachers, non-teaching staff, Students] with the Society Persons,

Parents, Employers etc;

3 Consultation of the multi-cornered feedbacks and their

implementation;

4 Continual reviews, exercise and improvement of current practices;

5 Sharing and reviewing best practices of other institutions of repute

through participation of national and international seminars,

conferences and workshops;

6 Initiation for introduction of the best practices of other institutions.

7.1.5 In which way has the institution added value to the quality enhancement of students?

7.1.5 The institution adds value to the quality enhancement of students in the

following way:

1 Encouraging students to participate in value added mechanism

through counselling;

2 Introducing communicative English to hone the skill of

communication in English as English is the link language at the

National and International levels;

3 Making arrangement for computer learning to all so that they are

able to get benefit technology based education;

4 Workshop for Entrepreneurship development;

5 Giving facilities of internet use to have access to the wonder world of

knowledge;

6 Holding departmental seminars and workshops where students are

speakers and they participate using modern teaching aids which

enable them to feel free to ventilate their independent thinking;

185

7 Taking follow up action on students’ feedback;

8 Involving students in undertaking NSS and NCC activities to make

them socially committed and to develop a sense of Team work,

development of cooperation, fellow feeling, discipline, and social

justice;

9 Encouraging students to participate in games and sports and

gymnasium activities to develop their physical skill in co-curricular

and extra curricular activities;

10 Promoting the publication of Wall Magazine and College Annual

Magazine by the students;

11 Promoting the Handicrafts works of the students to encourage

creativity through Earn & Learn Programme.

7.2.1 What practices have been taken up by the institution to provide access to

students from the following sections of the society: a) Socially-backward b) Economically-weaker and c) Differently-abled

7.2.1 What efforts have been made by the institution to recruit 1) Staff from the

disadvantaged communities? Specify? a) teaching b) non-teaching

7.2.1 The institution has taken the following practices for students from

a) Socially backward

b) Economically Weaker

c) Differently –abled

to provide access to students through: a) Effective steps are taken for strict

observance and implementation of reservation policy of government of

W.B. 22% and 6% of the seats are reserved for SC and ST candidates

respectively in the case of admission; It may be mentioned that the

population of the socially backward people in the subdivision is not in

7.2 Inclusive practices

186

accordance with the state reservation.

College is located at an industrial area where the old industries like Jute, Engineering are in struggling mode. As a result, around 40% of the population are around lowest economic zone (income around Rs.5000/- pm).

Table No. 7.1 Population of the Barrackpore Sub Division {North 24

Parganas District} [Census 2001]

Area SC ST Others Total

Barrackpore Sub Division

Male-205283

Female-181535

Male- 10271

Female- 8912

Male-1687275

Female-1502694

Male- 1902829

Female-1693141

Total/ Percentage

386818 (10.75)

19183 (0.53) 3189969(88.72) 3595970 (100)

b) Tuition and other fees are waived for students coming from economically weaker section of the society as a whole.

c) Seats are reserved for differently abled students. Facility of admission is given to them through physical verification of the extent of disability by the Admission Committee subject to the fulfillment of minimum marks in the last qualifying examination.

To sustain the academic growth of the students of these sections of

society, financial facilities are given to the students in the form of SC/ST

scholarship, Students Aid Fund, financial assistance from Teachers’

Council, Students Means Fund, Jayanta Chowdhury Memorial Funds,

Matree Sangha Jana Kalyan Fund, financial assistance from Alumni

and financial assistance from donations by Ex-teachers.

So far as the recruitment of teaching and non-teaching staff from

disadvantaged communities is concerned, the institution follows the

reservation policy. The Roster pattern for recruiting teaching and non-

teaching staff is approved by the BCW Dept., Govt. of West Bengal and the

institution takes effective steps for strict observance of the reservation rule.

187

Teaching staff on whole-time substantive basis from disadvantaged

communities are recruited by the college on the recommendation of West

Bengal College Service Commission and Non-teaching staff on whole-time

substantive basis from disadvantaged communities are recruited on

recommendation of the selection committee from the panel of candidates

sponsored by Employment Exchange and from open advertisement through

Newspaper. The post of teaching staff in the reserved category remains

vacant due to non-availability of the candidate in the said category for a long

period of time. The college accept this in spite of serious dislocation in

teaching & learning. Out of 74 sanctioned posts in teacher category, 09

posts in the reserved category have been filled up and out of 33 existing

posts in the non-teaching category 06 posts in the reserved category have

been filled up.

7.2.2 What special efforts are made to achieve gender balance amongst students and staff?

7.2.2 We need not have to take any special effort to achieve gender balance

among students and staff in this urban area because over the years

increasing percentage of female students has been admitted in different

subjects in our college. This aspects has also been corroborated by the

NAAC peer team in their first visit. The following table will speak for itself

Gender wise distribution of students:

Table No. 7.2: Gender Wise student strength dt. 31.03 of each year.

2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08 Total 4095 4252 4216 4280 4430 Male 1896

(46.30%) 1940 (45.62%)

1824 (43.26%)

1845 (43.11%)

1871 (42.23%)

Female 2199 (53.69%)

2312 (54.37%)

2392 (56.74%)

2435 (56.89%)

2559 (57.77%)

Over the years large no. of female students are getting admitted in

different streams in our college.

In the case of teaching and non-teaching staff gender wise

Distribution is given below.

188

Genderwise Distribution of Teaching and Non-teaching staff

(Fulltime)

0

20

40

60

80

100

Teaching Nonteaching

malefemaletotal percentage

To maintain gender balance amongst students & staff, the institution

encourages female students and staff to involve and to participate in all

bodies. Female students and staff participate in the bodies of Students’

Union, different subcommittees of students’ union, Cultural Committee,

Sports & Games Committee, Grievance Redressal Cell, Women’s

Development Cell, Hostel Committee, Health Committee, Library

Committee, Admission and Academic Committee etc.

7.2.3 Has the institution done a gender audit and/or any gender-related sensitizing courses for the staff/ students? Give details.

7.2.3 Yes, the institution has done a gender audit. The percentage of female

students has been steadily increasing from 50.95% in 2003-04 to 55.5% in

2007-08 and 60% in 2008-09.

The college has not introduced gender related sensitising courses for

the staff and the students. However, to address the problems of the female

students, the college has set up a Grievance Redressal Cell and a Women’s

Development Cell with the female teaching, non-teaching staff and students.

The cells also try to encourage the female participation in all sorts of

activities of the college.

7.2.4 What intervention strategies have been adopted by the institution to promote

the overall development of students from rural/ tribal backgrounds?

189

7.2.4 To promote the overall development of students from Rural/ Tribal

background, the college has taken the following intervention strategies:

1 Remedial teaching

2 Encouraging to participate in games and sports

7.2.5 Does the institution have a mechanism to record the incremental academic growth of the students admitted from the disadvantaged sections?

The table below shows the percentage of SC/ST/OBC students in our college.

Session General SC ST OBC Total 2003-04 3228 208 34 34 3504 2004-05 3683 (86.6%) 430 (10%) 42 (1%) 95 (2.2%) 4250 2005-06 3605 (87.69%) 377 (9.17%) 46 (1.11%) 83 (2.01%) 4111 2006-07 3639 (88.09%) 370 (8.95%) 42 (1.01%) 80 (1.93%) 4131 2007-08 3720 (87.63%) 392 (10.82%) 62 (1.46%) 71 (1.67%) 4245 2008-09 3755 (86.44%) 457 (10.52%) 71 (1.63%) 61 (1.40%) 4344

Yes, the institution has a mechanism to record the incremental

academic growth of the students admitted from the disadvantaged sections.

For their academic growth, the college has taken initiative for remedial

classes.

Percentage of incremental academic growth year wise of last five years General SC ST Total

01-02 67.4 52.22 52 61.38 02-03 69.07 65.38 34.62 63.53 03-04 69.09 65.49 64.29 65.49 04-05 63.37 65.49 30.77 60.73 05-06 64.89 58.04 40 63.95

190

01020304050607080

01-02 02-03 03-04 04-05 05-06

GeneralSCSTTotal

7.2.6 What initiatives have been taken by the institution to promote social-justice

and good citizenship amongst its students and staff? How have such initiatives reached out to the community?

7.2.6 The College has imparted value-based and value-added education through

its curricula to develop cooperation, fellow feelings, fraternity, self respect

which promotes social justice and good citizenship among its students &

staff.

With the participation of the students and the staff the college has

undertaken several outreach and extension activities such as plantation of

trees, Fight against HIV/ AIDS, Thalassaemia Eradication, Voluntary Blood

Donors’ Club, Blood Donation Camp, Survey on General Health, Education,

and Municipal Services, Distribution of garments to the students of slum

dwellers, Students Health Home, in association with Barrackpore

Municipality, NSS and NCC activities, Sports and Games, Participating

Rural Development Programmes by Department of Microbiology, Outreach

Programme by Department of Mathematics for teaching of Mathematics at

the +2 level, Outreach programme by Department of Computer Science for

“Open Source Software” for school teachers.

Such initiatives have been reached out to community through

collaborative activities between the college and the community.

191

7.3.1 How does the institution involve all its stakeholders in planning,

implementation and evaluation of the academic programmes? 7.3.1 The college invites plan from the individual teachers, non-teaching

staff, students, Alumni, parents, Society person at the micro level. After receiving the individual plans, the departmental planning is made. On the basis of these, institutional planning is framed in a joint meeting of IQAC and Governing Body. After the approval of the Governing Body a long term perspective plan is being prepared. To make the plan into reality in a phased manner different committee such as Admission Committee, Academic Sub Committee, Building Committee, PG Board of Studies, Library committee, Research Monitoring Cell, Seminar Committee etc. are constituted with the involvement of all its stakeholders. Principal convene a meeting every year where the conveners of the different committees are requested to place the report about the progress of work and to give suggestions for effective implementation of the plans chalked out.

7.3.2 How does the institution develop new programmes to create an overall climate conducive to learning?

7.3.2 The College develops new programmes considering

1 Infrastructure & Capacity Building;

2 Need based programmes;

3 Fulfilment of Students demands;

4 Setting of good teaching faculty;

5 Technology enabled learning;

6 Extension of Current research work;

7 Importance towards Employment scenario & Global trends;

8 Technology Developments; (Ref. Item no. 1.1.5)

7.3.3 What are the key factors that attract students and stakeholders, to the institution and result in stakeholder satisfaction?

7.3.3 Key factors are the following:

1 Well circulated Student information system – Prospectus, website & other

documents.

2 Alumni’s satisfaction towards institution;

7.3 Stakeholder relationships

192

3 Favourable social Audit;

4 Good Ambience and Infrastructure;

5 Clean, Green, Calm and well maintained campus.

6 Brilliant Performances by the Students reflected in University

Results;

7 Access to wide range of courses available;

8 Academic Flexibility;

9 Promotion of value addition;

10 Good teacher-student relationship;

11 Transparent Admission policy;

12 Qualified and Competent teachers;

13 Well-designed teaching plan and beautiful academic environment;

14 Availability of books & journals through open access & digital

facilities in the library.

15 Academic counseling.

16 Well-ventilated classrooms.

17 Airy & spacious laboratories with modern equipment.

18 Adequate supplies of purified, safe drinking water with cooler

facility.

19 Computer and Internet facilities.

20 Available Hostel facilities for girls;

21 Career counseling;

22 Active Placement Cell for Placement opportunities;

23 Strong Student support system;

24 Good Management.

7.3.3 How does the institution elicit the cooperation from all stakeholders to ensure overall development of the students, considering the curricular and co-curricular activities, research, community orientation and the personal/ spiritual development of the students?

7.3.4 The institution takes the following steps:

1 Preparing long term perspective plan

193

2 Chalking out annual plans with respect to long term perspective

plan

3 Constituting different committees with the involvement and

cooperation of all stakeholders.

4 Convening meetings of different committees through notification

and making personal contact with the persons interested in

education.

5 Seeking advice and cooperation of all stakeholders.

6 Making review of the participation & performances of the

stakeholders.

7 Encouraging the stakeholders for their effective involvement.

7.3.5 How do you anticipate public concerns in your current and future programme offerings and operations?

7.3.5 The institution anticipates public concerns in our current and future

programme offerings and operations soliciting opinions through:

1 National Policies related to Human Resource;

2 International direction of Employability;

3 Job Market- Local, National & International;

4 Interaction with Social policy Makers e.g. MLAs / MPs

5 Educationists of the neighboring area: Headmaster /

Headmistress of the neighboring schools

6 Other society Persons: Sub-Divisional Officer, Physicians,

Medical Practitioners, Parents, Chairmen of different

municipalities,

7 Interaction with Employers & Different Placement agencies;

8 Interaction with Academic Peers & experts from different

institutes of national / international repute: Vice Chancellor, Pro-

Vice Chancellor, and Registrar of Universities, Chairmen of West

Bengal School Service Commission (Central and Regional),

Director of Public Instruction & other officials, Higher Education

194

Department, Govt. of West Bengal;

9 Participation in different Workshop, Seminars etc.

7.3.6 How does the institution promote social responsibilities and citizenship roles among the students? Does it have any exclusive programme for the same?

7.3.6 The College has taken special care to impart value-based education through

its curricular design to develop cooperation, fellow feelings, fraternity, self

respect which promote social responsibilities and citizenship roles among its

students.

The curriculum encourages celebration of different Red Letter

Days, celebration of birth day of Patriots, Nation Leaders, reading of

life history of the great men.

With the participation of students, the college has undertaken several

outreach and extension activities such as plantation of trees, Campaign

against HIV/ AIDS, Thalassaemia eradication, Voluntary Blood Donors’

Club, Local Survey programme on General Health, Education and

Municipal services in Local municipality, Distribution of garments to the

students of slum dwellers, Students Health Home.

Exclusive Programmes:

1 Youth Parliament.

2 NSS Programmes.

3 NCC Programmes.

4 Voluntary Blood Donor’s Club.

5 Community services with the assistance of Barrackpore

Municipality & local bodies.

6 Thallasaemia Eradication Programme.

7 Student Health Home.

8 Care for old persons.

7.3.7 What are the institutional efforts to bring in community-orientation in its activities?

195

7.3.7 The institution takes the following efforts to bring in community orientation

in its activities:

1 Interaction with the society people to understand the necessity ;

2 Plan of programmes according to the needs of the community;

3 Discussion with the community people for its effective action &

implementation,

4 Organizational involvement & support;.

5 Holding meetings according to the suitability of the community

people;

6 Involvement of the community representatives (e.g. secretaries of the

ward committees, Councilors, Chairmen, Members of Chairman-in-

council, local club, philanthropic organizations, local schools, local

M.L.A. and M.P.).

7 Allotment of money for outreach activities / extension activities.

Efforts are taken to motivate and involve the NSS and NCC cadets to organize community oriented activities such as: • Donating bloods for the needy persons, • Distributing garments to the street children, • Generating awareness of Thalassaemia Eradication, • Involving the students to generate funds through micro-saving boxes.

7.3.7 How does your institution actively support and strengthen the neighborhood communities? How do you identify community needs and determine areas of emphasis for organizational involvement and support?

College faculty members, students under the umbrella of NSS

activity interacted with the Chairman of the local municipality and other

officials and society persons, local M.L.A., M.P.,

Headmasters/Headmistress, School Teachers and Alumni. Students of some

departments were participated in survey work and identified a ward to

adopt. After several interface with the people of the locality some problem

were identified and support services were initiated.

7.3.8 How do the faculty and students contribute in these activities?

196

7.3.8 The college has taken up a ward adoption project to care for minority and

disadvantaged section of people. The college has decided to make the school

students computer literate to an extension programme, to organize

awareness of general health of mother and children involving female

faculties and the students and to make a survey on extent of dropouts of

students at the primary level

Faculty and students contribute through active participation in

different community oriented activities. Students can contribute through

donations and collection of money by micro saving boxes. Our institution

actively support and strengthen the neighborhood communities through

participation in such activities as:

1 Organizing blood donation camp;

2 Forming Voluntary Blood Donors Club;

3 Distributing garments and learning aids to the street children;

4 Caring for senior citizens in nearby old age home;

5 Organizing awareness campaign about the danger of

Thalassaemia

6 Distribution of foods to patients of the nearby hospital on

Republic Day as means to promote good citizenship and social

responsibilities to the students.

7 Undertaking survey on general health education and municipal

services by the students of Economics, Sociology and Geography

in association with Barrackpore Municipality on ‘Earn and

Learn Proramme’

Outreach programme by the NSS cadets and different faculty

members in different schools of the sub division in association with

Local Municipalities, Indian Medical Association, Indian Red Cross

Society, Student Health Home, etc.

197

7.3.8 Describe how your institution determines student satisfaction, relative to academic benchmarks? Do you update the approach in view of the current and future educational needs and challenges?

7.3.9 A good industry cares for consumers’ satisfaction; a good institution cares

for students’ satisfactions which are reflected by the following mechanism:

1 A Detailed Feedback mechanism of the Students;

2 Classroom interaction;

3 Discussion in the meetings of the parent teacher association

4 Interaction with the alumni and society person,

5 Performance in a Campus interview for placement

6 Vertical progression of the students

Yes, the approach is updated in view of the current and future

educational needs and challenges. As per the needs of the society and

students, new programmes such as introduction of Hons. in Journalism &

Mass Communication, Microbiology, Computer Science, Bachelor of

Business Administration, Psychology, Film Studies, Food & Nutrition etc

and Post Graduation in Computer Science, Microbiology, Accounts, Finance

and Control, and Marketing Management have been introduced.

We are ready to accept the changes and mould ourselves

accordingly.

7.3.10 How do you build relationships? to attract and retain students to enhance students performance and to meet their expectations of learning

7.3.10 The institution builds relationship with the teachers,

Headmaster/Headmistress of Schools of catchments area through meetings,

by presentation of college profile, and participation in different activities

e.g.; career fair, refresher courses etc. In these meeting, college disseminates

the message of Quality, Modernisation, National Necessity, Course Module,

for the future users. Alumni’s satisfaction towards institution;

Favourable social Audit is also prevailing to attract and retain students.

198

Students are attracted through;

Results, Discipline, Academic flexibility, Initiation of new programmes,

Good teacher – taught relationship, Good management.

1 Students performances are enhanced through;

Teachers participation in the classroom-on average 88% to

90% of the classes allotted are held,

Organisation of tutorial and remedial classes,

Organization of Tutor-Ward interaction,

Continuous evaluation mechanism,

Seminars and projects works conducted by the students,

Special Coaching to the Advanced Students.

2 Students’ expectation of learning are met through;

Good Teachers interaction,

Ensuring technology enabled teaching and learning,

Arrangement for digital classroom,

Arrangement for Internet facility,

Arrangement for purchase of more text and reference books inn

the central and departmental library,

Well equipped Laboratory Facility,

Introduction of value added education

Making arrangement for campus interview for employment

Vertical progression of students

7.3.11 What is your complaint management process? How do you ensure that these complaints are resolved promptly and effectively? How are complaints aggregated and analyzed for use in the improvement of the organization, and for better stakeholder-relationship and satisfaction?

7.3.11 The complain management process of our institution is to collect complaint

through the following mechanism and redress them as much as practicable:

1) Installation of Complaint and Suggestion Box,

2) Grievance Redressal Cell,

199

3) Students Feedback,

4) Parent Teacher Association,

5) Society people interaction and Audit,

6) Performance in University Examination,

After receiving the complaints from the stakeholders the members of

the Grievances Redressal cell discuss about the nature of grievances and try

to minimize the grievances promptly and effectively.

Complains are also received from students’ feedback and from other

sources. The departmental teachers aggregate the different types of

complain and analysis them for improvement of library, laboratories,

canteen, services from office staff and teaching staff, environment of the

college etc.

Addition information for Re-accreditation

1. How are the core values of NAAC reflected in the various function of the institution? The core values of the NAAC are reflected in the various functions of the institution as given below:

Contributing to national development: The college has taken different

measures in capacity building of the institution as per the need of the

students and society. All sorts of infrastructure have been developed as has

been started in different criteria. The admission process is transparent and

democratic without any bias towards any caste, community and religion. If

we scan our students profile we see that 45% of the students are coming

from the weaker section of the community and number of students getting

admission to this college are on the rise. Students from SC and ST

community are getting their due share as per Govt. rule. It is to be noted

here with much elation that girls students constitute 60% of the total intake

of the college. These activities assure equity, social justice and increasing

access to higher education which will boost up human resource

development. These steps and functions are in tune with the contribution to

National Development, one of the core values prescribed by the NAAC.

200

Fostering global competencies among students: In order to face the global

requirements various measures are being taken to grow the core

competencies of our student. We have introduced technology enabled

teaching and learning process by using modern technological aids to make

them acquainted with the modern gadgets used in education. Internet

facilities given to the students have widened the scope to expand their

knowledge base. Syllabi of the newly introduced PG courses on autonomous

basis have been updated and revised to make our students at par with the

students of any national and international institutions of repute. Further,

different value added courses have been introduced to enhance the soft skills

of our student so that they can compete with others in the job market. In

order to generate the core competencies like innovation, creativity and

entrepreneurial ability some specific actions have been taken. Each

department is organizing two seminars in an academic year where students

are encouraged to participate at speaker or present paper. Students are

getting involved in project works where they can prove their innovative

ideas and creativity. Organization of seminars, cultural activities, games

and sports, community service has added focus on their entrepreneurial

abilities. The college has arranged some classes both at the UG and PG

level to be taken by the guest teachers of different universities and institute

of national repute to develop their skill. Besides, collaborative activities

with the Indian Association for the Cultivation of Science, Institute of

Engineers of India, Jetking Infotech Ltd. are taken to foster global

competencies among students.

Inculcating Value System among Students: The Student profile of our

college is showing that students are coming from different states of India as

well as from BenglaDesh, a neighbourhood country, Uttarpradesh Bihar,

Maharastra, Tamil Nadu, Jharkhand, Karnataka, Andhrapradesh etc. so we

can feel the flavour of pluralistic culture and diversity of languages like

Bengali, Hindi, Urdu, Telegu, Tamil etc. We are observing Hindi Divas in

201

the month of September, Bhasa Divas on 21st February and encouraging

cultural activities of other languages so that the students can cooperate and

develop mutual understanding. Strict supervision and friendly relation

among the students usher in a healthy environment as a result of which the

college is free from ragging, agitation and any sorts of harassment.

Promoting the use of Technology: The college has introduced ICT in

teaching and learning process. It has launched its own website

www.brsnc.com and it is being constantly updated. The computer student

ratio at present is 1:35. LCD projectors, Overhead projectors are being

increasingly used. Digital classrooms have been constructed where the

students and faculty members can present their papers, projects through

Power Point presentation. Computer literacy drive has been successfully

launched and we will achieve cent percent computer literacy within a very

short period. Library, office, students profile are fully computerised. Thus

the college is promoting the use of Technology.

Quest for Excellence: Quest for excellence is our vision. All the activities

undertaken by the college are being channelised towards achieving this

vision. Continuous evaluation of the students through Class Test, Periodical

examination, Pre Tests, Test examinations, introduction of Research and

monitoring cell, Activation of teacher in undertaking research achieving

through MRP, Publication of Papers, Recruitment of qualified teachers,

arrangement of Guest Teachers, training and faculty Development

Programmes, Multi-cornered feedback mechanism, Performance appraisal

of the teachers by the administration on daily basis are some benchmarks in

our institution which will enable us to enhance and sustain quality. The

teachers taught ratio still remains a challenge to us. But is not unique in our

case as we believe that it is a notional phenomenon. If we emphasize on

increasing access to higher education and Government’s reservation policy

remains as it is, we will not be able touch the ideal ratio.

http://www.brsnc.com/

202

History of the Department:

The department of chemistry came into existence in the year 1969 at 85

Middle Road campus & it’s now housed in the 1st floor of the C block 85 Middle

Road campus of the new building. Then affiliation of Physics, Chemistry &

Mathematics to the B.Sc pass standard commence with effect from session 1970-71

ie. The permission of the candidates in the above mentioned subjects at the Bsc part I

examination was in the 1972 and Bsc Part II examination in 1973 (vide letter of

Deputy Inspector of college Dr. Samit Kumar Basu letter No. C/450/112-AFFL dt

25th August 1970.

Then the improvement of the college took a long gap. Honours in chemistry was

approved by Calcutta University letter no C/1326/112 dt 15/11/1990 and govt order

no 1358 edn (C.S) dt 19/09/1990 from the session 1990-91. In pursuance of the

recommendation after the inspection dated 28/03/1990.

Aims and Objectives of the Department:

The department was started with the object of giving the practical and concrete shape

of the educational idea. Besides there are following objectives of the department -:

i) The ability to work effectively and safely in a lab environment.

ii) The ability to use the power of computer in the application of chemistry.

iii) The ability to communicate effectively.

iv) Learn how to tackle critically and analize the problems of Chemistry.

v) Ability to work in teams as well as independently.

vi) The ability to initiate higher career after graduation.

1. Faculty Profile: a) Adequacy

Sl. Type of Post Sanctioned Present Status 1. Substantive 05 05 2. Fulltime –Management

Appointee 00 00

3. Class Basis (Part Time) –Management Appointee / Guest

01 01

DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY

203

b) Competency*: List of Teachers with their Details Sl No

Name Designation Highest qualification

Specialization Experience Teachers’ Achievement reflected in Students’ Feedback (%)

1. Dr. Rabindra Kumar Chattopadhyay

Head and Reader in Chemistry

M.Sc., Ph. D Inorganic 26 years 63.88

2. Dr. Anjushree Dhara

Reader in Chemistry

M.Sc., Ph. D Organic 12 years 67.25

3 Dr. Niloy Kar Chaudhury

Senior Lecturer

M.Sc., NET, Ph. D

Organic 6 years 77.45

4 Gunomoni Saha Lecturer M.Sc, NET Analytical 3 years 81.16 5 Rajat Kumar

Shaw Lecturer M.Sc, NET Physical 4 months

6 Ajoy Kumar Mukherjee

Principal M.Sc, Ph. D Organic Chemistry

30 years 75.17

*Competency of faculty is measured by the UGC stipulated criteria and faculty member’s

achievement in the teaching learning process as reflected in Students’ Feedback

2. Student Profile: Social Status: 2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05 2003-04 General 76 76 91 97 98 SC 7 6 2 11 9 ST 0 0 1 0 0 OBC 2 0 4 5 6 Total 85 82 98 113 113

Economic Status:

2007-08 2006-07 Below 1500 4 3 1501-5000 17 18 5001-10000 18 12 10001-15000 16 8 15001-20000 8 6 Above 20000 5 3 Total * 85 82

The difference between the college record and actual strength of the students in

the department is due to (i) Shift of some students from one college to another, (ii)

Shift to technology based institution, (iii) Drop outs. As such it is difficult for us

to give actual figure of drop out students.

204

Language Proficiency: English, Bengali, and Hindi

3. Changes made in the courses or programmes during the past 5 Years & the

contribution of the faculty to those changes: 2003-04 and modified in 2006-07

4. Trends in the success rate & drop out of students during the last 5 years:

Year

No of students appeared

No of students passed*

No of second class

No of first class


% first class CU

% passed College

% passed CU >=40%

<50% >=50% <55%

>=55% <60%

2003 14 14 01 09 02 - - 47.37 100 97.37 2004 15 15 03 06 04 01 6.67 25.07 100 98.53 2005 13 13 04 05 04 - - 27.82 100 99.29 2006 27 27 04 07 07 08 29.63 31.90 100 96.24 2007 18 18 02 04 06 06 33.33 29.49 100 98.98 2008 11 11 1 2 2 6 54.54 40.03 100 99.25

* Remaining students passed in the general category 5. Learning resources of the departments:

a. Departmental infrastructure:

Lab Room No. 233 : 6mX3m( Physical)

Lab Room No. 235 : 6mX12m (Gen)

Balance Room No. 236 : 6mX3m

Lab Room No. 237 : 6mX9m (Hons.)

Lab Room No. 238 :6mX3m (R&D)

Digital Class Room No. 230 : 6mX6m (Hons.)

Class Room No. 232 : 6mX3m (Hons.)

Class Room No. 127 : 15mx10m (Gen)

b. Library

Departmental Central Journal/ periodicals

90

1238 01

c. Computer: Two with uninterrupted internet facility.

d. Laboratory:

i. Laboratory Space/ departmental rooms:

Lab Room No. 233 : 6mX3m( Physical)

Lab Room No. 235 : 6mX12m (Gen)

205

Balance Room No. 236 : 6mX3m

Lab Room No. 237 : 6mX9m (Hons.)

Lab Room No. 238 :6mX3m (R&D)

Digital Class Room No. 230 : 6mX6m (Hons.)

ii. List of Equipments: will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer

Team visit.

e. Other Resources:

6. Teaching methods:

Lecture method √ Interactive method √ Project base learning √ Computer assisted learning ( Including internet) √ Audio visual learning √ Experimental learning √ Seminars √ Others √

7. Participation of teachers in academic & personal counselling [per week]: On an average 4hrs & 1.5 hrs respectively. Counseling classes are allotted

and taken by the teachers during the period February to May i.e. post Test

period. A teacher has to take at least one counseling class per day and at least

six counseling classes per week.

8. Details of faculty development programmes in last five years( Refresher/ Orientation):

Participant Teacher

Refresher & Orientation Date

Sri Nilay Kar Chaudhuri

Refresher Course– Calcutta University 20 Aug to 09 Sep 08

Orientation Programme - Calcutta University

2 July to 28 July 2007

9. Participation & Contribution of teachers in teaching, consultancy & Research:

Total No. of teachers in the dept.

Teaching (Class Room, Examination Duty, Script evaluation) /

Laboratory interaction on av.

Research /project work

Library work / teacher / week

Administrative work / teacher / week

Consultancy work / teacher / week

206

teacher / week

05 (fulltime)

12 hrs. 15hrs 6 hrs 5 hrs. 2 hrs. -

03 (Class basis)

8 hrs. - - 2 hrs. - -

10. Collaboration with other Department/ Institutions (Seminar/ Symposium attended):

Participant Teacher

Conference/seminar/symposium/workshop/refresher & orientation programme

Date

Dr. Anjushree Dhara

Eighteenth National Symposium on organic Chemistry (NASOC-XVIII)

26 March 2004

Nineteenth National Symposium on organic Chemistry (NASOC-XIX)

29 March 05

One day seminar on Chemistry Honours (1+1+1)Curriculum

23 March 06

Dr.Nilay Kar Chaudhuri

Prospects of basic Science vis-à-vis Technical Education India(UGC)

15/03/2003

Fifty Years of Parliamentary Democracy in India(UGC) 18/09/2003 National Symposium on Organic Chemistry-II (NSOC-II) Current Trends and prospects (J.U)

17/02/2003

Vocationalisation of Higher Education (UGC) at Loreto College

19/02/2005

19th National Symposium on Organic Chemistry(NASOC-xix)

29/03/2005

One day Seminar on Chemistry Honours (1+1+1) Curriculum at C.U.

23/03/2006

Symposium on Instrumental Techniques In Chemistry at C.U.

28/03/2006

International Conference on ‘Structure and Dynamics: from Micro to Macro’ at C.U.

15-17 Dec,2006

Dr. Rabindra Kumar

Chattopadhyay

One day Seminar on Chemistry Honours(1+1+1) Curriculum at C.U.

23/03/2006

Sri. Gunomoni

Saha

Trends in Surface Science and related areas (J.U.)

May 2008

Inorganic Qualitative Semi-micro analysis (C.U.)

2008

Convention of Chemists At Karnataka ( Indian Chemical Society)

Nov.2008

207

11. Priority areas for Research & details of the ongoing projects ( Projects & Publications) Ongoing Project: Sri Gunomoni Saha

Research Project Title-: Copper (I/II) Complexes of diimine (-N=C-C=N-) and

azoimine (-N=N-C=N-) functions: Structure, Reactivity and Photophysical

Studies Funding agency: UGC (MRP)

Amount Sanctioned: - Rs. 100000/- only

Name of the teacher

Title Year International/National/College

In Journals Dr.Nilay Karchaudhuri

Microwave- assisted condensation reactions exploiting HMT as catalyst under solvent free conditions

2002 J. Chem. Res.(S),180 ( International)

Deoximation & Dehydrazonation of ketoximes & ketophenyl hydrazones by wet HMT in solid state under microwave conditions

2003 Indian Journal of Chemistry, 42B, 1537 ( International)

Regiospecific conversion of substituted cinnamic acids to cinnamyl alcohols

2003 J. Ind.Chem.Soc., 80, 923 ( National)

Unusual regioselectivity in nucleophillic addition to ŋ3-Π-alkyl palladium complexes.

2003 ARKIVOC, 96 ( International)

An eco-friendly regeneration of aldehydes exploiting ammonium acetate under microwave irradiation

2004 J. Chem. Res.(S),237 ( International)

Cu(II) mediated regeneration of carbonyls from oximes & semicarbazones under solvent free microwave irradiated conditions.


Solvent free knoerenagel condensation reactions under microwave irradiation, exploiting a new reagent: Antimony trichloride.


In Books Microwave synthesis 2002 Brittany L.Hayes ( ed), CEM

Publishing, USA Microwave in organic synthesis

2002 Andre Loupy ( ed.), Wiley-VCH, Federal Republic of Germany

208

Solvent free organic synthesis 2003 K.Tanaka (ed.), Wiley-VCH, Federal Republic of Germany

Others: The work related to Greener Approaches to undergraduate Chemistry experiments have been recognized by American Chemical Society, 2002

Sri Gunomoni Saha

Azoimidazolium Iodocuprate(I) & iodoargentate (I)

Polyhedron (Communicated)

12. a) Placement Record of the past students:

(i)During the last five years 11 students have been appointed in substantive post as

teachers in higher secondary schools through School Service Commission. Details

will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit.

(ii) Five students were appointed as chemists in R&D in Dabur, aleading

pharmaceutical company.

(iii) Four students qualifed NET and doing Ph.D

(iv) Seven students have been placed in CTS, IBM,SBI etc.

b) Contribution of the dept. to aid student placements: Departmental teachers

have provided assistances to the students for SSC examination and core subjects for

the NET examination.

13. Future Plans: i) Purchasing more books for departmental library.

ii) To organize workshop at the department for acquiring good knowledge about the instruments.

iii) To open PG Course in Chemistry. iv) Increase of Laboratory Space. v) Increase in the availability of modern instruments.

14. Any other information:

Students’ Feed back: The department as an integral part of the college receives feed-

back from its stake holders i.e. the students. The students gave their observations

about the department and the college in the form of strengths, weakness and

suggestions. A sample of the last five years is given here. Detail will be shown at the

time of NAAC Peer Team visit.

Strengths Weaknesses Suggestions 1. Teachers are cooperative, regular and sincere. 2. Classes are regularly held.

1. Non-availability of requisite number of teachers 2. Less copies of text & reference books.

1. More teaching staff needed 2. Introduction of PG Course. 3. Increase of Laboratory

space.

209

Feedback from Parent-Teacher meeting: • By enlargement guardians/parents are happy with the performance and

commitment of the teachers.

• Students’ Canteen facility may improve.

• A more personalized monitoring of students’ progress would be welcome.

Details will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit.

Distinguishing Features:

Class Allotted & Class Taken Performance: 85.56%

Graduate students are participating in Project Work.

Department Organizes Seminars

Result of the students is praiseworthy and it is reflected in a good number of

1st classes.

Departmental teaches are involved in publication work.

Dr. Nilay Karchaudhury functions as convenor of the Sports & Games

Committee.

Concluding Remarks: The performance of the department of Chemistry is satisfactory considering

the teacher-student relationship, results, laboratory facilities and cooperation of

laboratory staff. The departmental teachers help the students in and outside the

classroom in different ways. Department organizes tour where the involvement of

teachers, students and laboratory staff is remarkable. The department publishes the

wall magazine ‘Songspondan’ (Resonance). The departmental students take part in

co-curriculur activities.

210

History of the Department: The Department of Compute science was established in the academic year 1995-96 at

Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath College, which was then affiliated to the

University of Calcutta. The subject was introduced as a general subject in

undergraduate degree level from session 1995-96 vides reference no. C/1195/112- dt.

26/10/1995. In the session 1996-97, the department got affiliation from the University

of Calcutta to teach Computer Science at the Honours level vide reference no.

C/773/112-Affln dt. 28.08.1996. The department is among the pioneering

departments in the state to start the Honours course. It was second in the state to start

this course. The first honours course in Computer Science was started in 1995-96 in

APC College, New Barrackpore. In 1996-97 Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath

College and Surendranath College, Kolkata started this course in their respective

departments. The department got affiliation from the University of Calcutta to teach

Computer Science at the Post Graduate level on autonomus basis in the year 2005-

2006 vide reference no. 2129 dt. 22/07/05.


Computer Science is a subject which has immense practical use as well as a

very active research area. The Department of Computer science aims at creating

interest in the subject among the students by imparting the basic working principles

of a computer, making the students aware of current progress of the subject and the

use of computer as an emerging technological tool.

The goal of the department is to activate the potential of the students and

develop their analytical skill to study the subject. The department wants to build

globally competent young dynamic professionals. The department also encourages

the students to understand opportunity to explore and exploit new avenues in the field

of Computer technology.


Sl.

Type of Post Sanctioned Present Position

1. Substantive 04 02

DEPARTMENT OF COMPUTER SCIENCE

211

2. Fulltime Management appointee

06 05

3. Class basis Management appointee

03 03

4. Guest - 05 5. Allied Department - 04 Total 19

b) Competency*: List of Teachers with their Details Sl. Name of the

Teacher Designation and Status Qualification Experience

in years Field of Specialization

Teachers’ Achievement reflected in Students’ Feedback (%)

1. Ishita De(Ghosh)

Sr. Lecturer and Head of the Department(Substantive)

M.Sc, M.Tech

8 and ½ years

Pattern Recognition, Image Processing, Computer Graphics.

81.08

2. Anirban Chakraborty.

Lecturer(Substantive) M.C.A 5 Networking, Compiler Design

3. Debi Prasad Bhattacharya.

Lecturer on Fulltime Contract basis

M.Sc. 1 year VLSI 91.90

4. Indrani Sadhukhan

Lecturer on Fulltime Contract basis.

B.Tech 1 year Mobile Computing

5. Barnali Bhowmick


M.Sc. 6 Months Artificial Intelligence

6. Tumpa Chakraborty


M.Sc. 3 Months Image Processing, Compiler Design

7. Karanji Tanti Lecturer on Fulltime Contract basis

M.Sc. 3 Months VLSI, Compiler Design

8. Debasish Bera

Lecturer (Class basis contract)

M.Sc. 3 Months IP & CD

9. Atanu Duttakhan

Lecturer (Class basis contract)

M.Sc. 2 years

10. Arnab Chakraborty

Lecturer(Guest) B.Tech., M.Tech

10 years

11. Koutav Sarengi

Lecturer(Guest) B.Tech., M.Tech

12. Siddhartha Banerjee

Lecturer(Guest) M.Sc, M.Tech

4 years

13. Susobhan Ghosh

Lecturer(Guest) M.Sc, M.Tech

7 years



212

2. Student Profile: Social Status:

2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05 2003-04 General 84 84 70 54 54 SC 6 5 4 6 8 ST 1 0 1 1 1 OBC 6 5 3 1 4 Total 97 94 78 62 67

Economic Status:

2007-08 2006-07 Below 1500 2 2 1501-5000 15 7 5001-10000 20 11 10001-15000 25 21 15001-20000 15 6 Above 20000 8 5 Total* 85 52

* The difference between the college record and actual strength of the students in




Language Proficiency: English, Bengali, and Hindi.


contribution of the faculty to those changes: 2007-08 by the University of Calcutta.


Year



No of second class

No of first class


% first class CU

% passed College

% passed CU >=40%

<50% >=50% <55%

>=55% <60%

2003 10 10 - 02 02 06 60.00 47.34 100 97.37 2004 26 26 04 04 12 06 23.08 21.24 100 97.93 2005 14 14 1 5 6 2 14.29 35.09 100 97.81 2006 19 18 03 04 05 07 36.84 32.09 95 98.51 2007 18 18 02 04 06 06 33.33 29.49 100 98.98 2008 25 25 - 05 06 14 56.00 35.38 100 99.18

* Remaining students passed in the general category

5. Learning resources of the departments:

a. Departmental Infrastructure:

213

Software Lab. Room No. 107 : 9mX7.5m

Software Lab. Room No.115 : 6mX7.5m


Software Lab. Room No. 117: 3mX7.5m

Hardware Lab. Room No. 118: 6mX7.5m

Seminar/ Digital Class Room No. 106 : 6mx7.5m (P.G.)

Class Room No. 207 : 6mx7.5m (P.G.)

b. Library

Books Journal/ periodicals

441 (PG) + 642 (UG) Two

c. Computer: 63 with uninterrupted Internet connection

d. Laboratory:

i) Laboratory Space/ departmental rooms:


Software Lab. Room No.115 : 6mX7.5m


Software Lab. Room No. 117: 3mX7.5m

Hardware Lab. Room No. 118: 6mX7.5m

Seminar/ Digital Class Room No. 106 : 6mx7.5m (P.G.)

ii) List of Equipments: will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer

Team visit.

e. Other Resources:


Lecture method √ Interactive method √ Project base learning √ Computer assisted learning ( Including internet)

√

Audio visual learning √ Experimental learning √ Seminars √ Others √

7. Participation of teachers in academic & personal counselling [per week]:

214

On an average 4hrs & 1.5 hrs respectively. Counseling classes are allotted and

taken by the teachers during the period February to May i.e. post Test period. A

teacher has to take at least one counseling class per day and at least six counseling

classes per week.

8. Details of faculty development programmes in last five years( Refresher/ Orientation)

Participant Teacher


Ishita De Refresher 2007-08 Nirnal Bhumia Orientation 2006-07



Teaching (Class Room, Examination Duty, Script evaluation) / teacher / week


Research/ Project work




07 (fulltime)

12.5 hrs. 6 hrs. - 6 hrs. 6 hrs. -

08 (Class basis)

6 hrs. 2 hrs. - 2 hrs. - -


Participant Teacher


Date

Smt. Ishita De As a participant in State level Seminar on Prospects of Basic Science vis-à-vis technical education in India at BRSN College

15th March, 2003

As a participant in State level Workshop on Technology enabled teaching & learning at BRSN College

26th- 27th Feb,

As a speaker in National level workshop on computer vision, graphics & image processing WCVGIP at IIT Hyderadad

12th -13th Jan

As a participant in International Level Asian conference on computer vision ACCV at IIT, Hyderabad

Jan 13th -16th

215

As a participant in State level Seminar on Prospects of autonomous colleges in West Bengal at BRSN College

Feb 19th ,2006

As a participant in International Conference on Advances in Pattern Recognition ICAPR at ISI Kolkata

2nd -4th Jan 2007

As a participant in National Seminar on Recent trends in Computing at Dept. of Computer Science & Engineering, C.U

9th March, 2007

As a speaker on IEEE WIE National Symposium on Emerging technologies at WBUT

June 29th -

th

As a resource person on Inter institution workshop on open source at Dept of Computer Science, BRSN college

Nov 18th 2008

Anirban Chakraborty

As a Participant on Inter institution workshop on open source at Dept of Computer Science, BRSN college

Nov 18, 2008

Karanji Tanti As a Participant on Inter institution workshop on open source at Dept of Computer Science, BRSN college

Nov 18, 2008

As a Participant in National Level Seminar on Computer Applications for the 21st Century – Synergies & Vistas at Vidyasagar College,

Dec 11-12, 2008

Smt. Indrani Sadhukhan

As a participant in Seminar on 5th Asian International mobile computing conference 2007

3rd -6th Jan

As a Participant in Inter institution workshop on open source at Dept of Computer Science, BRSN college

Nov 18, 2008

Debiprasad Bhattacharjee

As a Speaker in Inter institution workshop on open source at Dept of Computer Science, BRSN college

Nov 18, 2008

Tumpa Chakraborty

As a Speaker in Inter institution workshop on open source at Dept of Computer Science, BRSN college

Nov 18, 2008


Dec 11-12, 2008

216

Barnali Bhowmick

As a Participant on Inter institution workshop on open source at Dept of Computer Science, BRSN college

Nov 18, 2008


Dec 11-12, 2008

11. Priority areas for Research & details of the ongoing projects ( Projects & Publications)

Publications by faculty (last 5 years)

Name of the

teacher


In Journals

A simple & efficient algorithm for multifocus image fusion using morphological wavelets.

2006 Signal Processing, 86,924-936 (International)

Enhancing effective depth-of –field by image fusion using mathematical morphology

2006 Image & Vision Computing, 24, 1278-1287 (International)

In Seminar/ Workshop/Symposium/ Conference Multifocus image fusion using morphological wavelets

2006 National workshop on computer vision, graphics & image processing (WCVGIP), Jan 12-13, Hyderadad, India

A simple & efficient method for multifocus image fusion

2007 IEEE WIE National Symposium on emerging technologies (WIENSET 2007) June 29-30 Kolkata, India

12. a) Placement Record of the past students: During the session 2005-06 five

students, 2006-07 twelve students and 2007-08 four students have joined in

reputed IT compaines like Cognizzant Technology Solutions. Apart from this a

good number of students are places in different companies and are shown in the

following table. Details will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit.

Students’ Progression (Graduation)

Year 2008 2007 2006 2005 2004 2003 Admitted to M.Sc.& B.Tech.

07 08 07

217

Admitted to M.C.A 02 02 05 Admitted to M.B.A 00 01 02 Entry into Job Market 08 06 02 Preparing for Competitive Exams

10 01 02

Students’ Progression (About M.Sc. passed outs)

Year Number of students passed M.Sc.

Entry into Job Market

Pursuing Higher Education

2007 20 18 05 (M.Tech.) 01(MBA)

2008 23 21

03 (M.Tech.) (1 candidate is doing

job, along with pursuing M.tech.)


have assisted in the form of motivating them to develop their language proficiency

so that they may easily find placement in the booming IT industries and in fact a

large number of students shown above have been placed in IT sector through

campus recruitment programme.

13. Future Plans:

1. The Department arranged a Workshop on Open Source Software, where mainly the

school teachers took part and the workshop was appreciated. In very near future, the

Department wants to organize such workshops.

2. The Department wants to organize some Seminars/Symposiums/Workshops on

some emergent fields of Computer Science, on which various Research activities are

being carried out, world-wide.

3. The faculties are getting ready to take part in research work more actively by

submitting major/minor research projects.

4. The faculties are preparing for presenting at least one paper per academic year.

5. The Department will also organize student seminars, like every year.


1. Students’ Feedback: the department of Computer science maintains Students’

Feedback in structured format. It analyses the suggestions, strengths and weaknesses

about the department in the departmental meeting. The recommendations of the

218

departmental meeting are sent to the principal and are analyzed in the meeting of the

Academic Sub Committee.

2. Parents Feedback: The department organizes a parent teacher meeting during the

month of February of every year. The meeting was held on 16.02.2008 where the

guardians gave the following suggestions:

a. Classes of Communicative English & Computer Course be started from the 1st

year.

b. Poor but meritorious students be given financial assistance.

c. Parent-teacher meeting be organized regularly.

d. Syllabus should be completed in advance.

e. More books be needed in the departmental library.

f. Moral education be given to the students.

In this meeting the parents feel free to ventilate their opinions, the problems

encountered by their wards and give suggestions for the improvement. The parents

express their satisfaction in the departmental meeting.

3. Feedback from Peer Members: The department has a mechanism to organize

departmental seminars, workshops where the external experts from the University of

Calcutta, Indian Statistical Institute, Kolkata and other institutions of repute interact

with the teachers, expresses opinions about the performance of the students who are

the speakers in the departmental seminars and give their suggestions about the

inclusion of some topics in the syllabus etc.

4. Feedback from Ex-students of the department: The Department has a

mechanism to record the opinion of the ex-students in the meeting of Re-Union of

students, teachers and non-teaching staff usually held on 1st Sunday of December of

Every year where the ex-students acquaint the departmental teachers and students

about the global changes in teaching and learning, give direction to opening of job

opportunities in the employment market and redesigning of new topics in compute

science as desired by the financial institutions and other corporate sectors.

5. Tutor-Ward System: the Department maintains Tutor-Ward systems for the last

three years. The students in small groups are distributed to a teacher who undertakes

both academic and personal counseling. Each teacher interacts with his or her group

219

students individually, and gets the feedback from the students regarding their

problems and give suggestions for further improvement. All the information about

their month-wise class attendance, performance in the class test, College

Examinations, University Examinations, their behavior in the class room,

attentiveness are submitted to the principal in a prescribed performa. Through theses

mechanism the departmental teachers can understand the strength & deficiencies of

the students as reflected in their class tests, periodicals and test examinations and give

more weightage for remedial and counseling classes. It is possible to improve their

results in the final year examination. Similarly, considering the percentage of

attendance in the different months of the year the respective students are encouraged

and warned so that attendance can be improved and reflected in their results. It has

been observed that the students even if academically good performed not upto the

mark due to the low attendance at the 3rd year classes.

Distinguishing features:


The department makes use of modern equipments like LCD, OHP and digital

classroom to make the teacher more articulate and students more inteactive. The

department subscribed an online journal IEEE.

Concluding Remarks

The department thiks aout placement of the students and organises placement

meetings in association with the Centre for Career Develoment and Placement Cell of

the college where reputed IT industries are invited to conduct placement interview

and offer letters are given to sucessful students. The department is rich with brilliant

of UG and PG.

220

History of the Department: The Department of Economics was established in the academic year 1957-58

at Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath College affiliated to the University of

Calcutta. Economics as the general subject at the Undergraduate Degree level was

introduced from the period 1957-58 vide letter no. C/2836/42 dt 24.06.1957. In the

session 1995-96, the department got affiliation from the University of Calcutta to

teach Economics at the Honours level vide reference no. C/1195/112-Affl. dt.

26.10.1995. The Department of Economics also functions as an interdisciplinary

subject to teach Managerial Economics of the Post Graduate students of Commerce

Department and Managerial Economics of the students of Bachelor of Business

Administration and Business Economics and Business Environment of the students of

B.Com (Hons.) & B.Com. (Gen.).


The basic objective of the Department of Economics is to inculcate among the

students the “ Economic Ways of Thinking”, i.e, a technique of thinking which helps

its possessors to draw correct conclusion. As a result of this the students will not only

be satisfied with explaining economic events such as food crises, hike in petroleum

prices, high rate of inflation, problem of huge unemployment etc, but also they will

judge whether the policies undertaken are suitable or not for the benefit of the society

and if not, what should be the proper policies. For designing such policies, different

tools and techniques are taught to the students.


Sl.

Type of Post Sanctioned Present Status

1. Substantive 04 03 2. Fulltime –Management

Appointee 01 01


02 02

DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS

221


Teacher Designation

Qualification

Experience in years

Field of Specialization


1. Sri Tarun Kr. Sanyal

S.G. Lecturer (Rtd.)

M.A. 33 Money & Banking

77.8

2. Dr. Chandrasekhar Mukherjee

Reader M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D.

27 Statistics & Econometrics

85.88

3. Dr. Anjan Majumdar

Reader & HOD

M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D.

26 Agricultural Economics & Econometrics

90.75

4. Sri Debaprasad Sarkar

Lecturer M.Sc. 04 International Economics & Operation Research

80.54

5. Sri Rupam Mukherjee

Lecturer M.Sc. 05 International Economics & Environment Economics

92.33

6. Smt. Smritikana Ghosh

Lecturer M.Sc., M.Phil.

04 International Economics

77.66

7. Sri Kushal Banik Chowdhury

Lecturer M.Sc. 01 Statistics & Econometrics

-

8. Smt. Sangeeta Roy

Lecturer M.Sc. 3 months Advanced Mathematical Methods in Applied Economics

Joined recently

9. Smt. Moumita Das

Lecturer M.Sc. 3 months Advanced Mathematical Methods in Applied Economics

Joined recently



222

2. Student Profile: Entry Level Competency: Eligibility Criteria

Honors in Best Four

Minimum in Subject / Related Subject

Highest marks

admitted

Lowest marks

admitted Economics 55% in

Aggregate For taught Students 45% in Economics + 40% in Mathematics For non taught 45% in Mathematics

Ref. Criterion II (Input) item no.2

Social Status:

2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05 2003-04 General 94 94 78 102 134 SC 2 2 2 4 7 ST 0 1 0 0 0 OBC 0 0 0 0 1 Total 96* 97 80 106 142

Economic Status:


* The difference between the college record and actual strength of the students in the

department is due to (i) Shift of some students from one college to another, (ii) Shift

to technology based institution, (iii) Drop outs. As such it is difficult for us to give

actual figure of drop out students.


3. Changes made in the courses or programmes during the past 5 Years &

the contribution of the faculty to those changes:

The University of Calcutta has revised the syllabus for three year B.A./B.Sc

(Hons. and General) course of studies in Economics on 17.12.2002 and it came into

effect from the academic session 2003-04. Again the University of Calcutta

reorganized the syllabus for three year B.A./ B.Sc. (Hons.) course in Economics

223

under 1+1+1 Examination system and came into effect from the academic session

2006-07. As an affiliated college of the University of Calcutta we have to

accommodate these changes. The syllabus of Economics is framed and revised in

consideration with the needs of the society, learner centric way and current

trends in research on Economics and market potential. In the revised syllabus

topics such as Game Theory and Competitive Strategy, Risk and Uncertainty

theory, Analysis of Pricing by Firms with Market Power and Strategic Trade

Theory have been included. More over the syllabus is framed and revised in such a

way that the subject can be used as a tool for decision making. For this Econometrics

and Statistical Analysis have been introduced at the undergraduate level as a tool for

improving economics reasoning and aptitude of the students of Economics.

During the revision of syllabus the departmental teachers contributed in the

workshop on Revision of syllabus on Macroeconomics, Microeconomics, Statistics

and Econometrics and Development Economics and expressed their opinions

regarding the change of syllabus, conducted by Dept. of Economics, University of

Calcutta.

4. Trends in the success rate & drop out of students during the last 5 years: Year No of

students appeared


No of second class No of first class


% first class CU

% passed College

% passed CU

>=40% <50%

>=50% <55%

>=55% <60%

2003 11 10 04 - 01 - - 3.26 91 99.78 2004 28 27 16 04 02 - - 9.49 96 99.17 2005 27 27 15 07 02 - - 15.33 100 99.28 2006 14 14 07 - 04 - - 20.86 100 99.48 2007 21 21 15 01 02 - - 17.16 100 98.96 2008 14 14 9 2 2 1 7.1 23.69 100 100


5. Learning resources of the departments: a) Departmental Infrastructure: No. of Departmental Rooms with Area: 1 (area 3x3.5 sq m)

No. of Class Room with Area: 2 (area 6x7.5 sq.m)

No. of Seminar Room with Area: 1(area 6x7.5 sq.m) sharing with other

departments

No. of Laboratories with Area: N.A

224

b) Library Departmental Central Journal/ periodicals

109 (29 as Gifted and 80 as

purchased by the college)

1962 Three

c) Computer: One with uninterrupted Internet connection.

d) Laboratory:

i) Laboratory Space/ departmental rooms: N.A ii) List of Equipments: N.A

a. Other Resources: N.A e) Teaching methods:

Lecture method √ Interactive method √ Project base learning Computer assisted learning (Including internet)

√

Audio visual learning Experimental learning Seminars √ Others √

7. Participation of teachers in academic & personal counseling [per week]:

Academic and Personal Counseling classes are arranged in the structured

timetable. Five to six counseling classes of 45 minutes each per day allotted to each

department and a teacher has to take at least one counseling class per day and at least

six counseling classes per week. The teachers of the Department of Economics on

average spend 4 hours on academic counseling and 1.5 hours in personal counseling

per week.

8. Details of faculty development programmes in last five years (Refresher/ Orientation)

Participant Teacher


Sri. Debaprasad Sarkar

Attended orientation programme on “ Food price hike & India’s Present situation” at Academic Staff College, C.U

07.09.2008

225



Academic Activities including teaching on av.


Research/project work

06 29 hrs/ week - 4 hrs/week


Participant Teacher


Date

Dr. Chandrasekhar Mukherjee

a) Participated in NAAC Sponsored national Seminar on: “The role of Internal Quality Assurance Cell in Quality Enhancement” organized by Yeshwant Mahavidyalaya, Nanded, Maharashtra

28 to 30 December 2005.

b) Attended seminar through paper presentation on “Microcredit, Self Help Group & Women empowerment” : in the UGC sponsored seminar organized by Hiralal Majumdar Memorial College for Women College (accredited by NAAC), Dakshineswar, Kolkata

15-16 December 2005.

c) Attended seminar on “Energy Generation, Strategies & Policies in India: Environmental Impact”, organized by Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath College

07.03.2001.

d) Attended and successfully completed a workshop on “Undergraduate Syllabus of Microeconomics, Macroeconomics, Statistics & Econometrics, Development Economics” conducted by Department of Economics, University of Calcutta

05.05.2003-07.05.2003.

Attended seminar on “ Awakening Giants, feet of clay: a comparative assessment of China & India

20 July 2007

Attended seminar on “Technology Enabled Teaching and Learning” organized by Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath College

26th and 27th February, 2004

226

Attended seminar on “Prospects of Autonomous Colleges in West Bengal” organized by Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath College

19.02.2006

Dr. Chandrasekhar Mukherjee

Attended NAAC sponsored National seminar on “ Improvement of quality of higher education in colleges through management of curricula, innovations in teaching learning process & the role of IAQC” through paper presentation (Jointly) organized by Suri Vidyasagar College

23rd -24th Nov 2008

Sri Rupam Mukherjee

a) Participated in UGC sponsored seminar on “Changing Scenario of Insurance Business in India” organized by New Alipore College

18.02.2006.

b) Participated in a one day workshop on “Macroeconomic theory and policy – A contemporary perspective” organized by Centre for Studies in Social Science, Kolkata

5th February 2008.

Attended Workshop on Undergraduate Syllabus in Economics for college teachers organized by the Dept. of Economics, Calcutta University.

05.05.2003 To 07.05.2003

Attended Workshop on “Teaching of Macroeconomics” organized by the Dept. of Economics, C.U

07.07.2004

Attended Workshop on “Teaching of Economic History” organized by the Dept. of History, C.U.

22.07.2004 To 24.07.2004

Attended Seminar on “Macroeconomics and Political Economy” organized by the Dept. of Economics, C.U.

07.01.2005 And 08.01.2005

Attended Seminar on “ Globalisation, Economic Growth and Exclusion: The Indian Experience” organized by K.K.Das College, Kolkata

19.09.2008

Attended Seminar on “India Unbound: The changing Contours” organized by the Dept. of Economics, St.Xavier’s College, Kolkata.

20.09.2008

Dr. Anjan Majumdar

Attended seminar on “ Awakening Giants, feet of clay: a comparative assessment of China & India

20 July 2007

227

Attended seminar on “Technology Enabled Teaching and Learning” organized by Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath College

26th and 27th February, 2004

Attended seminar on “Prospects of Autonomous Colleges in West Bengal” organized by Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath College

19.02.2006

Participated in a one day workshop on “Macroeconomic theory and policy – A contemporary perspective” organized by Centre for Studies in Social Science, Kolkata

5th February 2008.

Attended Workshop on Undergraduate Syllabus in Economics for college teachers organized by the Dept. of Economics, Calcutta University.

05.05.2003 To 07.05.2003

Attended Workshop on “Teaching of Macroeconomics” organized by the Dept. of Economics, C.U

07.07.2004

Attended Seminar on “Macroeconomics and Political Economy” organized by the Dept. of Economics, C.U.

07.01.2005 And 08.01.2005

Sri. Debaprasad Sarkar

Attended state level seminar on “Changing Scenario of Insurance Business in India” at Dept. of Economics , New Alipore College

18th Feb,2006

Attended state level annual conference on “Contemporary Issues in Development Economics” at Dept. of Economics JU

16TH-17th Dec.,2006

Attended seminar on “ Higher education and participation of Backward Class” at Bankura Sammellani College

Dec, 2006

Attended seminar and presented paper on “Contemporary issues in Development Economics” at Dept. of Economics, RBU.

8TH-9th Mar,2007

Attended workshop on “Data Assimilation” conducted by NSS.

13th-14th

Mar, 2008 Attended seminar on “Structural

changes in the Indian Economy” at Dept. of Economics, RBU.

Attended State level conference on “ Higher Education & Employability” at Malda College

15.11.2008-16.11.2008

228

Priority areas for Research & details of the ongoing projects (Projects & Publications)

Name of the teacher

Areas for Research Year Publication of the Faculties (Last Five

Years) Dr. Chandrasekhar Mukherjee

Factors determining farmers access to formal credit market. Regional Growth & Disparity – A district level study of West Bengal (2007)

2001, Completed

2007 Completed

1. Arthabeekshan, Vol 12, No.2 ( National) 2003

Dr. Anjan Majumdar

Tourism & its impact on employment generation

2001 Completed

Good Governance, high agricultural investment & rural employment, Indian Economic Journal, Conference Vol. 2007 Sustainable Development of Tourism Indian Economic Journal, Conference Volume 2008 (Paper Accepted)

Sri Debaprasad Sarkar

Health, Income & Health Expenditure: A search for bi-variate causal explanation; an analysis for the Indian states. 2008 (Paper Accepted - EPW)

11. a) Placement Record of the past students: During the last five years 10-15

students on an average have progression to employment, for example, entry into

job market and competitive Exams. In the session 2005-06 two students have

joined in reputed software companies such as Cognizant Technology Solutions

and are worikg there sucessfully. In the session 2006-07 one students was offered

job in Cognizant Technology Solutions but he opted for M.Sc. in Ecnomiics at

Delhi School of Economics, Delhi. Details will be shown at the time of NAAC

Peer Team visit.


provide assistances to the graduate students in the form of computer learning,

preparation of competitive examination like WBCS, research programme and

vertical progression of study and providing information for different types of jobs.

229

13. Future Plans:

i) Enrichment of the departmental library

ii) Organization of field visits to consolidate the knowledge of the students and

make them conversant with the Research methodology, which may help them in

future jobs.

iii) To help the students to learn and apply different statistical packages which are

helpful for economic data analysis.

iv) To motivate the students to participate and organize seminars.

v) To interact with the Economics Department of the other colleges to inculcate

some ‘Best Practices’.

vi) To publish at least one paper in a year by the departmental teachers.

vii) To undertake outreach programme such as organising seminars regarding

teaching-learning process at the +2 level in which teachers of Economics of the

neighbouring schools will participate.

viii) To undertake a survey on ‘Dropout Rate of Primary School children and

Children not going to Primary School’ in ward no. 17 in Barrackpore

Municipality.


Departmental Activities:

Students of the Department of Economics also conduct creative activities such as:

1. Celebration of Teachers’ Day through their innovative presentation.

2. Presentation of papers in the seminars in the presence of departmental teachers

and academic experts from universities and reputed Institute like ISI, Kolkata the

other institutes.

3. Helping in the organization and arrangement of library books in the departmental

library through putting bar code stickers.

4. Publication of wall magazine – “Ankur”.

5. Undertaking outreach programme to make a survey on General Health, Education

and Municipal Services of three wards in association with Barrackpore

Municipality.

230

Students’ Feedback

The department as an integral part of the college receives feed-back

from its stake holders i.e. the students. The students gave their observations about the

department and the college in the form of strengths, weakness and suggestions. A

sample of the last five years is given here. Detail will be shown at the time of NAAC

Peer Team visit.

Strengths Weaknesses Suggestions Steps Taken a. Departmental

teacher are helpful and cooperative.

b. Classes are regularly held.

1. Inadequate number of text and reference books in the library.

2. Computer facilities are lacking.

3. No separate room for the department.

1. Purchase of more text and reference books in the library.

2. Introduction of fieldwork and case studies.

3. Improvement of canteen and sanitary system.

1. Department has purchase more text and reference books for the both departmental and central library.

2. College has provided computer for the department with internet facilities

3. Canteen facilities and sanitary system has been thoroughly changed and improved.

1. Parent’s Feedback

The college and the department usually organize meeting of the

Parent-Teachers’ Association in the month of February-March in order to enrich the

parent about the functioning of the college and the department and seek suggestions

from them for further improvement of the institution and department. Accordingly

parent-teacher meeting was held on 18.03.2006, 06.01.2007 and 16.02.2008 where

the parent gave the following suggestion & observations:

Classes of Communicative English and Computer learning be started from the 1st

year

Poor but meritorious students be given financial assistances

Parent –Teacher Meeting is encouraging and it should be continued.

More books are needed in the departmental library

231

Moral education and personal counseling be imparted to the students by the

departmental teachers.

Parents express their satisfaction in the departmental meeting.

Tutor Ward System The department has been maintaining Tutor-Ward System for the last three

years. Each teacher has 5 to 8 students under his charge. This enables the teachers to

closely monitor the progress of each student and to redress their problems.



i. Departmental teachers contribute at least one book in every year to the

departmental library.

ii. Departmental teachers felicitate the students scoring the highest marks in

Economics Honours from the college in the meeting of Re-Union in every year.

iii. Financial assistances are provided by the departmental teachers to poor students

when required.

iv. Dr. Chandrasekhar Mukherjee besides his academic assignment, functions as the

coordinator of the body IQAC.

v. Dr. Anjan Majumder functions as a convenor of the Examination Committee,

which conducts the whole range of college and university examinations.

Concluding Remarks

The department humbly claims that the teachers to the best of their capacity

always take care of the interest of the students in teaching –learning process,

academic growth, vertical progression, preparation for competitive examination,

employment of the students, faculty development and research. The motivation and

dedication of the teachers are praise worthy and highly appreciable. Particularly the

teachers of the department of Economics devote much of their time to the

advancement of the institution that is rarely found in case of other colleges.

232

History of the Department: Honours in Electronic Science at the undergraduate level under C.U was

introduced in 1997 in the BRS College vide letter no. C/138/113 dt 20.01.1998. At the

outset the Dept was run by the contract teachers and teachers of the Dept of Physics.

In February 2001 a permanent teacher on substantive basis joined through WBCSC.

Through years of efforts the Dept gained its independent existence and is now a Dept

with a solid standing in almost all the important related spheres of activities. At

present the Dept has one full time teacher-on-substantive basis, one full-time teacher

on contract-basis and two contract-teachers- on-class basis. One technical assistant on

substantive basis is also there.

Aims and Objectives of the Department: A promising Dept and Electronics is an extremely valuable subject in the present

techno-savy world. But, there are some teaching problems, which, we hope, can be

overcome in near future with closer coordination and cooperation between the Dept

and the administration.


Sl. No. of Post Sanctioned Present Status

1. Substantive 3 1

2. Fulltime –Management Appointee

1 1


2 2

b) Competency*: List of Teachers with their Details

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONIC SCIENCE

233

Sl No



1. Sri. Gautam Chowdhury

Selection grade Lecturer

M.Sc. Radiophysics and electronics

8yrs 87.01

2. Sri. Sandip Dey

Lecturer M.Sc. Electronics 2yrs 80.00

3 Sri Nishant Kr. Giri

Lecturer M.Sc. Electronics 1yrs

4 Smt. Priyanka Ghosh Nath

Lecturer M.Sc. Electronics 1 months



2. Student Profile: Entry Level Competency: Eligibility Criteria

Honors in

Best Four

Minimum in Subject / Related Subject

Highest marks

admitted

Lowest marks

admitted 60% in

aggregate 60% in Physics & 50% in Maths.

Social Status:


Economic Status:


234





Language Proficiency: English, Bengali, and Hindi. 3. Changes made in the courses or programmes during the past 5 Years & the contribution of the faculty to those changes:

The curriculum was revised in 2003-04 and modified in 2006-07.Sri. Gautam

Chaudhuri as a member of the Board of Studies of CU has actively participated in the

syllabus revision process.

4. Trends in the success rate & drop out of students during the last 5 years: Year



No of second class

No of first class


% first class CU

% passed College

% passed CU >=40%

<50% >=50% <55%

>=55% <60%

2003 17 17 - - 04 13 76.47 52.63 100 100 2004 24 23 04 05 07 08 33.33 36.59 96 98.78 2005 13 13 01 04 02 06 46.15 34.78 100 97.10 2006 21 21 01 01 07 12 57.14 33.33 100 97.44 2007 08 08 02 02 01 03 37.50 30.43 100 98.91 2008 19 19 05 02 07 04 21.05 23.30 100 100



a. Departmental infrastructure: Department room: 8 ft by 9 ft Cubicle

Class room: 223 & 224 (6, Riverside road Campus)

Seminar room: Jointly shared.

b. Library


50 2226 2 c. Computer: Three with uninterrupted internet connection.

d. Laboratory:


Lab: Room No. 211 : 6mX7.5m

Lab: Room No : 212 : 6mX7.5m

Seminar/Class Room No. 213 : 6mx7.5m (Hons.)

235


Team visit.

e. Other Resources:


Lecture method √ Interactive method √ Project base learning Computer assisted learning (Including internet) √ Audio visual learning Experimental learning Seminars √ Others √

7. Participation of teachers in academic & personal counselling [per week]: 4 hours and 1.5 hours per week respectively. Counseling classes are allotted

and taken by the teachers during the period February to May i.e. post Test period. A


classes per week.

8. Details of faculty development programmes in last five years( Refresher/ Orientation) N.A.









02 (fulltime)

11.5 hrs. 5 hrs. - 5 hrs. 6 hrs. -

02 (Class basis)

7 hrs. 3.5 hrs. - 2 hrs. - -

10. Collaboration with other Department/ Institutions ( Seminar/ Symposium attended):

236

Participant Teacher


Date

Sri. Gautam Chaudhuri

Attended refresher course in “Mathematical techniques in biological science”

Attended post centenary golden jubilee celebration at C.U on “International seminar on science, culture & social change.

Jan 18th -20th 2007

Attended seminar conducted by Dept. of Mathematics of BRSN College

Sri. Sandip Dey Attended seminar organized by Saha Institute of Nuclear Physics on “ Semiconductor materials & application in Science City auditorium

Attended a workshop on “ VHDL language” jointly organized by J.U & C.U


ongoing projects: Nil.

12. a) Placement Record of the past students: Since 2006 twelve (12) students from

the department have been recruited from the campus by the Cognizant

Technology Solutions. Details will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team

visit.


were always available for any sort of assistance to students in need.

13. Future Plans:

• Needed more permanent teachers,

• More books in the D.L,

• At least one more dedicated class room with modern teaching-Aids,

• More good quality instruments, A.M.C for the Clean Power System,

improvement of the laboratory.







237

Strengths Weaknesses Suggestions 1. A consistently good academic

results in C.U. 2. Serious and good teaching

from the teachers.

1. Severely lacking sufficient number of permanent teachers.

2. Lack of extra-curricular activities.

1. Easy access to Internet facility.

2. Installation of more computers.

Feedback from Parent-Teacher meeting: 1. Parents are in general happy with the ambience prevalent in the Dept.

2. They asked for more weekly/monthly tests.

3. Parents wanted a close vigil on their respective wards.

4. Some parents placed the requirement of some specific instruments which they

came to know from their respective wards.

Only problem with these meetings is an abnormally low percentage of attendance of

the parents each year.

Tutor-Ward: Since number of students in the Dept is limited, a close Tutor-Ward relationship can

be maintained automatically, without further subdividing them into more classes.



1. Outstanding examination results almost every year, increasing no. of first class and

rank-holders in C.U is the topmost achievement of the Dept.

2. Placement of the students in the high-profile courses of C.U and other Universities

and in different Blue-chip Corporate Companies are another important flagship of the

Dept.

3. Desciplined and academically motivated students are the assets of the Dept.

4. Sofar as the students and parent’s feedback are concerned, the teachers and the

technical staff of the Dept use to learn some of the plugholes to be looped in.

5. The Dept can boast of a well-organized and almost furnished laboratory, which is

adjudged as one of the finest laboratories in C.U.

6. Teachers are academically and socially active. The H.O.D himself is the member

of the prestigious Board Of Studies of Electronic Science C.U for a consecutive

second-term, a Newscaster (Bengali) in Door Darshan, Kolkata, and also leading

238

Science and Civic organizations of The state other teachers are also engaged in

different Departmental activities, science exhibitions etc.

Concluding Remarks: A promising Dept and Electronics is an extremely valuable subject in the present

techno-savy world. But, there are some teething problems, which, we hope, can be

overcome in near future with closer coordination and cooperation between the Dept

and the administration.

239

History of the Department: Department of food & nutrition, the youngest child of

this institution came in to existence in 2006-2007 academic sessions vide letter no. C

/831/112-Affl. dt. 17.05.06 with 30 students in food & nutrition honours. After

subsequent three years of growth and expansion and high demand ratio, the

Department applied for the introduction of M.Sc course for the subject. The same

suggestion came from the parents during their interaction and from different

academic peers during their interactions. West Bengal State University, the newly

formed University also approved the opening of the Post-Graduation course with

effect from 2009-2010 academic session, in the year 2006.

Aims and Objectives of the Department: The department has established itself to

teach and encourage students in both recent advances and classical field of food and

nutrition, food technology, food processing etc.

Apart from learning textbook lessons, cordial guidance of teachers, field visit,

proper counseling and interactive venture, lead the students to find their confidence to

step out at various fields. Expansion of the new domain like conversion of

agricultural product to finished product, increasing demand of food processing

industries, requirement of nutritionist in the health sector etc are creating new fields

of career building for the students. This is also another basic objective for opening of

Under-Graduate and Post- Graduate courses.


Sl. Type of Post Sanctioned Present Status 1. Substantive 01 - 2. Fulltime –Management Appointee 02 02 3. Class Basis (Part Time) –Management

Appointee / Guest 01 01

4. Allied teachers from other department - 3

b) Competency: List of Teachers with their Details Sl. Name of the

Teacher Designation Qualification Experience



1. Smt. Susmita Lecturer M.Sc 03 Nutritional

DEPARTMENT OF FOOD & NUTRITION

240

Roy Neurotoxicology

2. Smt. Ina Mukherjee

Lecturer B.Tech, M.Tech

1 month Food Technology

3. Dr. Amol Roy Chowdhury

Guest Lecturer

M.Sc, Ph.D 1 month Nutritional toxicology & reproductive toxicology

4. Smt. Shaswati Nandi

Lecturer, Allied Dept.

M.Sc 4 -

5. Dr. Debaratna Mukherjee


M.Sc, Ph.D 3 yrs 6 months

Parasitology & fish Protozoology

6 Smt. Sujata De Chaudhuri


M.Sc 6 months Human Genetics & Toxicogenomics

2. Student Profile:

Social Status:

2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05 2003-04 General 59 30 - - - SC 5 1 - - - ST 0 0 - - - OBC 3 1 - - - Total 67 32 Economic Status:






Language Proficiency: English, Bengali, and Hindi. 3. Changes made in the courses or programmes during the past 5 Years & the

contribution of the faculty to those changes: In 2006-07session, syllabus was

241

changed and revised and was splitted in to three year course, due to change in

examination system from 2+1 to 1+1+1 system.


The result (part I 2007, 2008 & partII 2008) of the department are as following:-

EXAM

NO OF STUDENTS TAUGHT

NO. OF STUDENTS APPEARED

NO. OF STUDENTS

PASSED

% OF PASS

NO OF 1ST

CLASS

NO OF 2ND

CLASS

B.Sc PART-I EXAM

2007

32

32

32

100 24 8

B.Sc PART-I EXAM

2008

34 34 34 100 22

12

B.Sc PART-II EXAM

2008

29 29 29 100 21 8

Since the subject was introduced in 2006 academic session the first batch will pass

out in 2009.



Lab Room No. 223: 9mX7.5m


Class Room No. 222: 6mX7.5m

b. Library


22 -

c. Computer: One with uninterrupted internet service

d. Laboratory:


Lab Room No. 223 : 9mX7.5m


ii. List of Equipments: will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer

team visit.

242

e. Other Resources:


Lecture method √ Interactive method √ Project base learning √ Computer assisted learning (Including internet) √ Audio visual learning √ Experimental learning √ Seminars √ Others √

7. Participation of teachers in academic & personal counselling [per week]: On an average 4hrs & 1.5 hrs respectively. Counseling classes are allotted and



classes per week.

8. Details of faculty development programmes in last five years( Refresher/

Orientation)

N.A.

9. Participation & Contribution of teachers in teaching, consultancy &

Research: Total No. of teachers in the dept.



Research/ project work




02 (fulltime)

10 hrs. 7 hrs. - 8 hrs. 5 hrs. -

01 (Class basis)

6 hrs. 2 hrs. - 2 hrs. - -


Participant Teacher


Date

Smt. Susmita Roy

As a participant in Seminar on “ HIV & AIDS” at CINI 2003 As a participant in Seminar on “ World consumer Right Day” at V.L College, C.U

15th March,2004

243

Participant in Workshop at IBRO, ISN, CSIR Dec, 2006 Participate in the 3rd International symposium on “ Neurodegeneration & Neuroprotection” at International Brain Research Organization, International society for Neurochemistry

8th -9th Jan, 2007

11. Priority areas for Research & details of the ongoing projects (Projects &

Publications)

Ongoing projects:

Name of the teacher


In Journals Smt. Susmita Roy

Nutritional Status of arsenic effective people from different income group.

2006 Environment & Ecology (National)

In Symposium Arsenic induced neurotoxicity: effect of dietary protein & micronutrient

2007 3rd International Symposium on “ Neurodegeneration & neuroprotection” from Jan 8-9

12. a) Placement Record of the past students: Not applicable

Contribution of the dept. to aid student placements:

13. Future Plans:

a) Establishment of laboratories for M.Sc course

b) Application for more Minor Research Projects on related field.

c) Establishment of necessary infrastructure required for improved research

programme.

d) Purchase of more books in the departmental library.

e) Purchase of more equipments.



Students of the department conduct creative activities as

i) Celebration of teacher’s day

ii) Helping in organization and arrangement of library books in the central

library putting bar-code stickers.

iii) Publication of wall magazine.

244

iv) Arrangement of blood donation and blood grouping camp.

Suggestions from Parents, Peer members: Sl.No. 2006 2007 2008

Proposals Implementation Proposals Implementation Proposals Implementation 1. Scarcity of

classroom implemented Scarcity of

classroom No separate class room is provided but lab space has been increased

Demand for the increase in the no. of copies of book at central library

Books are purchased regularly.

2. Laboratory assistants required.

Administration informed

More assistance from teachers needed outside classroom

Beside regular class teachers are taking counseling class and interaction class as per student’s demand

Overlapping practical classes of other departments should be avoided in the lab

Routine is restructured

3. No. of Xerox machines should be increased.


Shortage of computer & Xerox facility

Informed to the authority

Number of specimens should be increased

Implemented

4. The non collegiate students should be restricted for their entry into the college.

Administration was informed and adequate measures have taken to restrict unwanted entry to the college

More books needed in library

No of books increased

Increase in lab space & laboratory equipments

Implemented.

5. Departmental library should be introduced

On process Computers & internet facilities should be introduced

implemented

6. Canteen and food quality should be improved

Informed Canteen & its food quality should be improved


7. No. of instruments should be increased

On process Allotment of tutorial classes & discussion of questions from the previous years question papers of

Done in the counseling class.

245

C.U 8. Canteen

should be modernized


Number of cash counter should be increased in the office.


9. More assistance from teachers required for competitive exams , jobs

Special classes are organized on career development, communicative English and others

Honours course should be introduced

Application has been submitted to the University

Considering the feed back from students, parents, peer-members, the department will try its best to implement the following in future:

a) Application for extension for Honours course in Zoology subject.

b) Application for Minor Research Projects on related field.

c) Establishment of laboratory, equipped with necessary infrastructure required for

improved research program.

d) Introduction of departmental library.

e) Accessibility to the Central library should be increased.

f) More books should be introduced in both departmental and central library.

g) Museum specimens should be increased.

h) Dissection specimens should be readily available.

Class Allotted & Class Taken Performance: 93.56%%

246


The Department of Geography was established in the year 1999 with Honours vide

Letter No. C/148/112 dt 02.02.1999 and G.O. No. 755-Edn (CS) dt.20.06.2002 and

affiliated to the University of Calcutta.


The Department of Geography aims at creating an interest in the physical and human

geography and the application of different geographical techinques such as GIS and

Remote Sensing, surveing quantative analysis etc.of the students. The goal of the

department is to activate the potential of the students and develop their analytical skill

to study the subject.


Sl. Type of Post Sanctioned Present Status 1. Substantive 03+01* 01+01* 2. Fulltime –Management

Appointee 02 02


- -

b) Competency*: List of Teachers with their Details Name of Teacher

Designation Highest Qualification

Specialization Experience Years

Teachers’ Achievement reflected in Students’

Feedback (%) Dr.Ajit Kr. Bera*

Reader M.A., Ph.D. Pedology & Hydrology

20Yrs. 47.66

Smt.Indira Samajdar Gangopadhyay

Lecturer M.A. B.Ed, Cartography 6Yrs. 52

Dr.Sumana Bhattacharjee

Lecturer M.Sc., Ph.D. Cartography &

Environment

6Yrs. 78.33

Smt. Nabati Ray

Lecturer M.Sc. Regional Planning

2 yrs 80.75 (left on May,08)

Smt.Shatarupa Dey Niyogi

Lecturer M.Sc. Population Studies &

Social Welfare

4 months

DEPARTMENT OF GEOGRAPHY

247





Economic Status: 2007-08 2006-07 Below 1500 3 2 1501-5000 35 26 5001-10000 36 27 10001-15000 15 8 15001-20000 12 10 Above 20000 5 4 Total* 106* 77






3 Changes made in the courses or programmes during the past 5 Years & the

contribution of the faculty to those changes: Last modified in 2005-2006.Dr. Ajit

Bera as member of the Board of studies contributed in the syllabus modification.




No of second class

No of first class


% first class CU

% passed College

% passed CU >=40%

<50% >=50% <55%

>=55% <60%

2003 19 19 03 06 10 - - 23.16 100 100 2004 33 33 01 12 13 07 21.21 16.22 100 100 2005 30 30 04 11 13 02 6.67 8.38 100 99.60 2006 30 30 07 14 09 - - 2.22 100 99.77 2007 30 30 13 10 04 02 6.67 1.66 100 99.79 2008 34 34 12 20 02 - - 2.77 100 99.89

* Remaining students passed in the general category 5. Learning resources of the departments:

248

a) Departmental Infrastructure :

Lab Room No. 132 : 6mX3m (GIS)

Lab Room No. 134A : 5mX6m

Lab Room No. 135 : 6mX9m



b) Library Departmental Central Journal/

Periodicals Purchased/Gifted 96 877 04

i. c) Computer: 08 with uninterrupted Internet connection.

ii. d) Laboratory:

i) Laboratory Space/ departmental rooms: Lab Room No. 132 : 6mX3m (GIS)

Lab Room No. 134A : 5mX6m



ii) List of Equipments: will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit.

e) Other Resources:


Lecture method √ Interactive method √ Project base learning Computer assisted learning ( Including internet)

√

Audio visual learning √ Experimental learning Seminars √ Others √




classes per week.

249

8. Details of faculty development programmes in last five years ( Refresher/ Orientation)

Participant Teacher


Smt. Indira Samajdar Refresher on Geography, CU Sep 2007 Orientation Course, CU July 2006









04 (fulltime)

28 hrs 4 hrs 6 hrs 6hrs. 5 hrs. -

- - - - - - -


Participant Teacher


Date

Dr. Ajit Kr. Bera Participated and paper presented in the R’07 World Congress in the National and International Conference at Davos, Switzerland

3-5 th Sep, 2007

Participated and paper presented in the National Seminar on “ Geomorphology in disaster mitigation and management” at Department of Geography , BHU

15-17 th Feb,2008

Smt. Indira Samajdar

Participated and paper presented in the UGC sponsored seminar on “Natural hazards and their management” at Vivekananda College for Women, Department of Geography

11-12 th March,2004

Participated in International symposium by Association of Geomorphologists(IAG) at Department of Geography CU

27 th -29th Feb, 2004

Participated and paper presented (Joint forest management of West Bengal ) in the National Seminar on “Research m ethods and techniques for sustainable development in India”, organized by Institute of Landscape, Ecology and Ekistics at Department of Geography, CU

25-26th March,2006

Participated in International seminar on “Poverty and development in South East Asia” ) at Department of Geography CU

11th & 13th Jan,2007

Participated in one day National Seminar and Workshop on “Geo-spatial technology and research in Geography” at Department of Geography, BU

29 th March,2008

Dr. Sumana Bhattacharya

Participated and presented paper on “Manifold effect of Arsenic in West Bengal” in I nternational association of Geomorphologists symposium on Geography and Environment at Department of Geography, CU

27 - 29TH Feb, 2004

Participated in international workshop on Lanslides in Darjeeling and Sikkim Himalayas organized by international association of geomorphologists at Darjeeling, West Bengal and Sikkim

1st & 6th March, 2004

250

Participated and paper presented on Multifarious issue associated with earthquake hazards and their reduction in the UGC sponsored National Seminar on “Disaster and its management: perspectives and future approaches” at Krishnanagar Govt. College.

16-17 th April, 2004

Participated and paper presented on the problems associated with Arsenic pollution in ground water in the National seminar on “Applied geography and application of remote sensing and GIS” at Department of Geography, CU

4-6TH Feb,2005

Participated and paper presented on “Socio economic impacts of Arsenic pollution in North 24 Parganas District, West Bengal in the National seminar “ Catchment management and sustainable development”, organized by Institute of Landscape, Ecology and Ekistics at Department of Geography, CU

27-28TH March,2005

Participated and paper presented on Impact of Arsenic pollution in a rural Westy Bengal with special reference to some affected villages in North and South 24 Parganas in National seminar on “ Geomorphology in disaster mitigation and management”, organized by Indian Institute of Geomorphologist in BHU

15 -17 th Feb, 2008

11. Priority areas for Research & details of the ongoing projects (Projects & Publications)

Ongoing projects: 03 & total out lay Rs. 1. 85 lakhs

Principal Investigator Project Sponsored By

Title

Smt. Indira Samajdar M.R.P U.G.C Problems of wetland Ecology, Northern Nadia, W.B.

Smt. Sumana Bhattacharyya M.R.P U.G.C Arsenic Crisis today, Strategy for tomorrow- a case study of some arsenic affected villages of North 24 Parganas, W.B.

Smt. Indira Samajdar Ph.D. Research Project

- Wetland Resource Management of Nadia, W.B. under University of Calcutta.


Name of the teacher


In Journals Dr. Sumana Bhattacharya

A quantitative analysis of causes and consequences of Flood 2000,West Bengal and some proposed remedial measures

2003, December

Indian Journal of Landscape system and Ecological Studies

2. Impacts of Arsenic Pollution in West Bengal

2004, December

Do

251

3. Socieo economic problems of arsenic pollution in West Bengal

2005, June

Do

5. Arsenic Crisis-Superstition and its related problems: A case study of some arsenic affected villages in N & S 24 Pgs ,W.B,India

2008 (In Press)

Geographical Re-view

6. Arsenic in Natural Environment and its variation with Geomorphological situation: A case study of some arsenic affected areas in rural West Bengal, India

2008 (In Press)

Indian journal of landuse system and ecological studies

7. Geohydrological situation and its relation with arsenic concentration-A case study of of some arsenic affected villages in N & S 24 Pgs ,W.B,India

2008 (In Press)

Issues in Environment and Geomorphology Edited by Basu & De (ISBN)

8. Paschimbange Bhouma Jal Dushan O tar Pratikar

2007 Bhougolik Biparjay O unnayankami Manus (Bengali text book of Geography)

9. Bhumir Srenibibhag (Land Classification)

2007 Bengali Journal-‘Bhugol Ei Samay Vol-3

10. Paschimbange Arsenic Dushan

2007 Bengali Journal-‘Bhugol Ei Samay Vol-5

11. Adhakhepan O tar Srenibibhag (Precipitation and its type)

2008 Bhugol O Swadesh Charcha Vol-9

12. Gustav O Ekie-Krantio Jhar (Tropical Cyclone-Gustav & Ekie)

2008 Bhugol O Swadesh Charcha Vol-10

252

Smt. Indira Samajdar

Natural hazards & their management in Indian subcontinent.

2005 UGC Seminar Vol-Dept of Geography, Vivekananda College for women, Barisha, Kolkata 8 ( College)

Joint forest management in India with special reference to West Bengal

2006 Indian Journal of Landscape System & Ecological Studies. Vol 29, No.2 (National)

Problems of Wetland ecology of Krishnanagar Block I, Nadia, West Bengal. (Paper Accepted)

2008 Indian Journal of Landscape System & Ecological Studies.Dec 2008 (National)

12. a) Placement Record of the past students: During the last five years 10 to 12

students on average are placed in the post of School Teachers on subsantive basis

through West Bengal School Service Commission. Details will be shown at the time

of NAAC Peer Team visit.



preparation of competitive examination like SSC and in GIS & Remote Sensing,

research programme. Guidance for vertical progression of study and information on

different types of jobs and opportinutes are also provided by the department as a

support service to the students.

13. Future Plans: i. Upgradation of G.I.S and Remote Sensing Laboratory.

ii. Increase of number of laboratory instruments and field instruments.

iii) Increase of number of books & journals in Departmental Library as well as central

library.

iv) Introduction of Post Graduation in Geography



i. The students of the department have participated in different co-curricular

activities like, quiz in Geography, Recitation etc. and are awarded.

ii. The department arranges Field Tour with the students every year.

253

iii. Regular organization of Seminar through power point presentation where

students are the speakers.

iv. Publication of Wall Magazine ‘Geo Quest’ by the students.

v. Participation of the students in Exhibitions with help of models, charts etc.






Strengths Weaknesses Suggestions 1. Lecture through e-content. 2. Instrument are good & available. 3. Good GIS & Remote Sensing Lab.

1. Lack of fulltime teachers.

2. Lack of text books.

1. Infrastructural development in the GIS Lab.

2. More Teaching faculty is needed.

Feedback from Parent-Teacher meeting:

1. They are highly satisfied about the teaching learning methods.

2. They have appreciated the regularity of practical classes and practical guidance by

the teachers.

3. Further they have highly appreciated about the class tests examination system in

the department.

4. They want to meet with the teachers in future if any difficulty arises.

5. They want suggestions regarding writing of good answers properly.

6. They appreciated about the library class and teacher-guardians meeting concept.

Tutor Ward System

The department has been maintaining Tutor-Ward System for the last two

years. Each teacher has 10 students under his/her charge. This enables the teachers to

closely monitor the progress of each student and to redress their problems.



ii. Well maintained GIS & remote Sensing lab. with necessary

equipments.

254

ii. Well-maintained departmental library.

iii. Guest faculties from reputed institutes for seminar classes at the

Honours level.

Concluding Remarks:

The teachers of the department try to achieve the goal to inculcate the inner

potentialities from the students to achieve success in future. The departmental

teachers arrange field tour with the students to develop the students’ interest in the

subject and to help them to know the relationship between natural and man made

phenomena, which is the basic objective of the subject.

255

History of the Department: The Department was started with General Stream in the

Year 1970 vide letter no. C/450/112 dt. 25.08.1970 and Honours Stream vide letter

no. C/580/112 dt 15.03.1973.

Aims and Objectives of the Department: With all the limitation of academic

freedom, we are trying to guide the students according to the global demand as far as

possible.



Appointee - -


01 01


Sl. Name Designation Highest qualification

Specialization Teachers’ Achievement reflected in Students’ Feedback (%)

1. Dr.Srimanta Sinha Roy

Reader in Mathematics

M.Sc., M.Phil,

B.Ed,Ph. D

Pure Mathematics

87.83

2. Dr. Bimal Kumar Ghosh


M.Sc., Ph. D Applied Mathematics

89.42

3 Dr. Sarbari Ghosh (Das)


M.Sc., M.Phil,

B.Ed,Ph. D

Applied Mathematics

89.98

4 Sri. Dibyendu Ghosh

Lecturer M.Sc, M.Tech

( Comp.Sc.)

Applied Mathematics

77.02

5 Sri. Chandan Das

Lecturer (on contract)

M.Sc, M/Phil, M.C.A

-



DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS

256

2. Student Profile: Social Status: 2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05 2003-04 General 144 158 151 163 173 SC 8 12 11 11 12 ST 2 0 0 0 0 OBC 2 4 3 3 4 Total 156* 174 165 177 189

Economic Status:

2007-08 2006-07 Below 1500 12 10 1501-5000 52 36 5001-10000 44 35 10001-15000 12 3 15001-20000 6 6 Above 20000 8 1 Total * 134 91







contribution of the faculty to those changes: Modified in 2005-2006. Dr. Srimanta

Singha Ray and Dr. Sarbari Ghosh particioated and contributed in syllabus revision.




No of second class

No of first class


% first class CU

% passed College

% passed CU >=40%

<50% >=50% <55%

>=55% <60%

2003 36 35 15 05 02 06 16.67 9.46 97 94.07 2004 33 32 14 02 02 06 18.18 9.96 97 92.15 2005 27 27 08 07 07 04 14.81 13.32 100 95.93 2006 36 35 17 07 01 07 19.44 10.14 97 95.69 2007 30 30 16 06 - 03 10.00 7.49 100 89.39 2008 23 23 20 01 - 01 4.34 13.92 100 95.30



Departmental Infrastructure :

257

Lab. - Room 134B : 6mX3m

Seminar/Class Room No. 134C : 6mx6m (Hons.)

Class Room No. 219 : 12mx7.5m (Gen)

a. Library

Departmental Central Journal/ Periodicals Purchased/Gifted

87 15 2291 02

b. Computer: 07 with uninterrupted Internet connection.

c. Laboratory:

Lab. - Room 134B : 6mX3m

d. List of Equipments: will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team

visit.

a. Other Resources: N.A.



√





classes per week.


Participant Teacher


Dr. Srimanta Sinha Roy

Refresher in Mathematics, B,U, Refresher in Mathematics, C.U. (Dept. of Pure Math)

17.02.07-09.03.07 07.09.07– 27.09.07

258

Dr. Sarbari Ghosh (Das)

Refresher in NLP, J,U, (Dept. of Comp. Sc. & Engineering) Refresher in Mathematics, C.U. (Dept. of Appl. Maths.)

25.11.03-16.12.03 06.11.06-25.11.06









04 (fulltime)

33 hrs. 3 hrs. - 20 hrs. 1 hrs. -

02 (Class basis)

17 hrs. - - 5 hrs. - -


Participant Teacher


Date

Dr.Srimanta Sinha Roy

1. Attended Institutional seminar on “ Prospects of basic science vis a vis technical education in India”.

15th March 2003

2. National seminar on Mathematics & its application.Organised by pure Mathematics, C.U

26th-27th March,2004

3 Retraining of college teacher programmed, how to write academic projects, organized by J.U

25th Nov,2005

4 . National symposium on topology & functional analysis & their application organized by Pure Mathematics, C.U

29th -30th March,20062006

5. National seminar on perspective in Mathematics organized by R.K.Mission, Belur

2006

6.Attended International seminar on “ Foundation of Mathematics analysis & geometry”.

12th -14th Dec 2007

7. International seminar on Science culture & social changes: organized by C.U

18th-20th Jan,2007

8. Attended Institutional workshop on “+2 level Mathematics”.

14th -15th Feb,2007

Dr.Sarbari Ghosh As speaker: 1. National seminar on Mathematics & its application, “Application of the box-jenkins”autoregressive model (modified) in the atmospheric data recovery at Dept. of Pure Mathematics ,C.U

26th -27th March, 2004

2. 14th West Bengal State Science Congress ,J.U: Prediction of pre monsoon weather in Kolkata: An application of fuzzy partition techniques

28th Feb-1 March

3.UGC sponsored workshop on plus two level Mathematics( BRSN College), “ Vector in plus two level: a brief discussion”.

14th Feb, 2007

As a participant:

259

1. UGC sponsored National level seminar ( Rammohan College)

18th Jan, 2005

2. One day symposium( Dept. of Applied Mathematics, C.U) on Mathematical Biology in the perspective of Modern trends

16th Feb, 2005

3. UGC sponsored regional level seminar, Bethune college on interface of Mathematics & computer Science.

30th Sept. 2005

4. 3rd National Workshop (Dept. of Applied Mathematics, C.U) on techniques in applied Mathematics

10th -18th Oct, 2006

Sri. Dibyendu Ghosh 1. ICVGIP-2004, organized by ISI Kolkata 2005 2. National Seminar on perspective in Mathematics, organized by R.K.Mission, Belur

2006

Dr.Bimal Kr Ghosh 1. Attended UGC sponsored State level workshop on +2 level

14th Feb 2007

2.Attended Institutional seminar on “ Fermat’s Hart theorem

3rd Oct 2008

Sri. Chandan Das 1. Attended State level seminar on “ Fundamentals of different equations & some open problems”.

18th Aug 2006

2. Attended State level seminar on “ Emerging trends in Accounts & finance”.

13th Oct 2007

3. Attended National level seminar on “Different equations & its application”.

30th March 2007

4. Attended National level seminar as a speaker on “ Mathematics education & research”.

7th Sept.2008


Ogoing projects: One

Principal Investigator Project Sponsored By Title

Sri Dibyendu Ghosh M.R.P U.G.C Demosaicing Problem

Publications by faculty (last 5 years):

Name of the teacher


In Journals Dr. Sarbari Ghosh

Classification of thunderstorm & non thunderstorm days in Calcutta (India) on the basis of LDA

2004 Atmosphera (International)

Prediction of pre monsoon weather in Kolkata: an application of Fuzzy partition technique.

2007 Proceedings of the 14th West Bengal State Science Congress (National)

260

13. a) Placement Record of the past students: (i) During the last five years 12

students have joined in substantive teaching post in Higher Secondary Schools

through School Service Examination and two (2) students joined in Kendriya

Vidyalaya.(ii) Eight(08) students have joined in IT Sector , College Teaching,

Banks.(iii) Some others have joined in different other sectors. Details will be

shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit.


have provided assistance in preparation for SSC examination.

14. Future Plans:

Besides the traditional chalk-talk method, we have planned to take help of electronics

devises (Digital Class Room) in classroom teaching.

The students will be specially guided and groomed for competitive exams and

interviews.

The students will be inspired to simple projects and survey works.







Strengths Weaknesses Suggestions Steps Taken 1. Classes are held

regularly. 2. The students are

satisfied with the mode of teaching of the departmental teachers and their helpful nature.

1. Insufficient number of teachers.

2. No separate departmental library.

3. Insufficient number of computers and printers.

1. More part-time teachers are to be appointed.

2. More computers, printer and scientific calculators are to be purchased.

3. More books to be purchased for the departmental library.

1. Provision of Part-time teaches.

2. A separate laboratory has been set up in the year, 2008.

3. A sufficient number of books has been purchased for the library.

Parents' Feedback:

1. Satisfied with the teaching.

2. Poor students should be specially attended.

261

3. The authority of the college as well as the departmental teachers should be more

careful about the regular attendence of the students.

4. If possible, the class-routine should be made more compact, otherwise the students

do not attend all the classes.

Tutor-Ward System:

1. The department has been maintaining Tutor-Ward System since 2005.

2. Every year the students of each class (1st, 2nd and 3rd year) are divided into 4

groups, each consisting of 10 students.

3. Each group is guided by a full-time teacher.

4. Information regarding the students' attendance, their performance in the class-test,

pre test, test and university examination, their behaviour.

In the class and interest in the co-curricular activities are regularly recorded.

5. Besides the normal academic counselling, the students are also given advice to

solve their personal problems, if needed.



1. Steady growth in result of the department.

2. Students are regularly participated in all India level summer schools.

3. Students participated in different institutions throughout India.

Concluding Remarks:

According to academic performance of the students in the last five years it may be

claimed that many of our pass out students are associated with different institution

throughout India. Some of them are working abroad also. Department will try to keep

up this trend of the department.

262


The Department of Microbiology was established in the year 1998 vide letter

No.C/148/112–affl. dated 02.02.1999 affiliated to University of Calcutta. The

Department took its birth with basic infrastructure and within a very short period, in

the year 2004, the department was established as the course specific autonomous post

graduate course in Microbiology vide letter No. 2968 dated 12/10/2004 affiliated to

University of Calcutta. This is the first Autonomous Post Graduate course of the

college. University of Calcutta extended its policy for opening of Autonomous Post

Graduate course in its affiliated colleges first time from 2004. The Post Graduate

course of the department added an extra feather after receiving UGC- PG

Development Grant in the year 2005 vide Memo No. W2-104/05-06(A) (ERO)

Dated: 12.12.2005.

The Department is proud to have the students who are pursuing their research

carrier in different fields of research in reputed Scientific Institutes like Bose

Institute, Indian Institute of Chemical Biology, Indian Association of Cultivation of

Science as well as in the Department of Biochemistry, Calcutta University. Many of

the students are engaged in research oriented jobs in Chem Biotech, Dr. Reddy’s Lab,

Wockhardt, Merck, Millipore, Water purification plant etc. Till now three batch of

M.Sc. students have passed out and are continuing their career further.

The Department experienced a memorable day on 17th May 2008 when the

first Award ceremony called Commencement 2008 was organized to confer the

M.Sc. Degree certificates to the Post Graduate students. Prof. Asish Banerjee, former

Honorable Vice Chancellor of Calcutta University awarded the Degrees.


The objectives of the Department is not only to teach but also

a] To culminate the research aptitude within the students.

b] To prepare the students for various R&D and QC departments in the Industry.

c] To prepare students for All India Examinations like NET, GATE.

d] To motivate our students for some social activities.

DEPARTMENT OF MICROBIOLOGY

263


Sl. Type of Post Sanctioned Present Status

1. Substantive 06 05 2. Fulltime –Management Appointee 04 04 3. Class Basis (Part Time) –Management

Appointee / Guest 11 11

b) Competency: List of Teachers with their Details Sl No


Specialization Experience Teachers’ Competency reflected in Students’ Feedback (%)

1. Swati Roy Gangopadhyay

Head and Chair person, PG Board of studies

Ph. D Biophysics& Molecular Biology

6 years 78.78

2. Madhumita Maitra

Senior Lecturer & convener, PG Board of studies

Ph. D Microbiology 4 years 86.86

3 Tanusree Dutta Lecturer Ph. D Biochemistry 4 years 78.6 4 Dipankar

Mazumder Lecturer M.Sc Microbiology 3.5 years 74.7

5 Sabiha Khan Lecturer M.Sc Biochemistry 3 Years 70.75 6 Arijit

Chaudhuri Lecturer M.Sc Botany/spl

Microbiology 3 years 83.66

7 Poulami Mukhopadhyay

Lecturer M.Sc Microbiology 1.5 years 84.4

8 Shaswati Nandi Lecturer M.Sc Microbiology 4 years 73.62 9. Dr Malini Basu Lecturer Ph. D Microbiology 4 years 10 Ajoy Kumar

Mukherjee Principal, Allied Dept

Ph. D Synthetic chemistry

30 years 87.35

11 Niloy Kar Chaudhury

Lecturer, Allied Dept

Ph. D Organic Chemistry

6 years 88.86

12 Sarbari Ghosh Reader, Allied Dept

Ph. D Applied mathematics

11 years

13 Amarendranath Chattopadhyay

Reader, Allied Dept

Ph. D Physics 30 years 85

14 Debaratna Mukherjee

Lecturer Allied Dept

Ph. D Parasitology 3 years

15 Prof. Amiyanshu Chatterjee

Rtd. Professor, CU, Guest

Ph. D Cytogenetics 35 years

16 Jyoti Prasad Sarkar

Guest Ph. D. Soil Microbiology

10 years 60.40

17 Subhas Kumar Guest Ph.D. Industrial 35 years 65.23

264

Bhattacharya Microbiology 18 Raja Banerjee Reader,

WBUT, Guest

Ph.D.

Biophysics 16 years

19 Joydeep Chakraborty

Guest M.Sc. Bioinformatics 5 years

20 Prof. Subrata Mazumder

Prof, Bose Institute, Guest

Ph. D. Immunology and cell signaling

25 years

21 Sujoy Kumar Dasgupta

Reader, BI Guest

Ph. D. Molecular virology

15 years

22 Niloy Kumar Maitra

Guest Ph.D. Cytogenetics 8 years

23 Debashis Bandopadhyay

Deputy registrar, IACS, Guest

Ph.D. Biophysics& Molecular Biology

15 years

24 Prof. Arup Mukherjee

Prof., Dept. of Applied Chemistry, CU

Ph.D. Pharmaceutical Chemistry

25 years

25 Dr. Malabika Das

Research Associate, Bose Institute

Ph.D. virology Guest

Competency of faculty is measured by the UGC stipulated criteria and faculty

member’s achievement in the teaching learning process as reflected in Students’

Feedback



Economic Status: 2007-08 2006-07 Below 1500 0 0 1501-5000 11 9 5001-10000 33 23 10001-15000 21 17 15001-20000 13 11 Above 20000 12 7 Others 10 26 Total 100* 93

265

* The difference between the college record and actual strength of the students in the

department is due to (i) Shift of some students from one college to another, (ii) Shift

to technology based institution, (iii) Drop outs. As such it is difficult for us to give

actual figure of drop out students.


3. Changes made in the courses or programmes during the past 5 Years & the contribution of the faculty to those changes:

UG: Teachers have actively contributed in the process of syllabus revision in a

meeting held on 16.05.2006 and specifically contributed in the areas such as –

General And Environmental Microbiology, Biochemistry, Genetics and Recombinant

DNA Technology by the faculty members Dr. Madhumita Maitra, Dr. Tanusree Dutta

and Sri. Sandip Bandopadhyay.

PG: The post graduate syllabus for the introduction of semester course was revised

and accepted in the autonomous PG Board of studies in June, 2008. The semester will

be introduced from the session 2009-10.


UG Year



No of second class

No of first class


% first class CU

% passed College

% passed CU >=40%

<50% >=50% <55%

>=55% <60%

2003 26 26 03 04 09 09 34.62 28.91 100 100 2004 22 22 01 03 04 14 63.64 56.17 100 100 2005 24 24 01 03 07 14 58.33 47.87 100 99.53 2006 18 18 01 03 02 13 72.22 49.01 100 99.67 2007 21 21 02 05 05 09 42.86 36.63 100 99.27 2008 20 20 5 2 5 8 40 29.43 100 100

PG YEAR Total Appeared Passed % Passed Class/Division I II F M Total F M Total 2006 04 10 14 04 10 14 100 100 100 04 09 13 - 01 01 2007 10 08 18 10 08 18 100 100 100 08 07 15 02 01 03 2008 07 13 20 07 13 20 100 100 100 07 12 19 - 01 01

266



Lab: Room No. 128 : 8.5mX7.5m (UG)

Lab: Room No. 125 : 6mX7.5m(PG)

Lab: Room No. 129 : 6mX7.5m (UG)

Lab : Room No. 124 : 6mX7.5m (R&D)

Lab : Room No. 130 : 6mX7.5m (PG)

Lab : Room No. 131 : 6mX7.5m (Instrumental)

Seminar/ Digital Class

Room No. 123 : 6mx7.5m (P.G.)

Class Room No. 126 : 6mx7.5m (P.G.)

Class Room No. 209 : 6mx7.5m (Hons.)


b. Library


76

PG – 226 UG - 229

01 International & 03 National

c. Computer: 3 computers and one laptop and uninterrupted internet facility is available on two terminals

d. Laboratory:


Lab: Room No. 128 : 8.5mX7.5m (UG)

Lab: Room No. 125 : 6mX7.5m(PG)

Lab: Room No. 129 : 6mX7.5m (UG)

Lab : Room No. 124 : 6mX7.5m (R&D)

Lab : Room No. 130 : 6mX7.5m (PG)

Lab : Room No. 131 : 6mX7.5m (Instrumental)

ii) List of Equipments: Instrument lists will be shown at the time of peer team visit.

e. Other Resources: 7. Teaching methods:

267


8. Participation of teachers in academic & personal counseling [per week]: On an average 4 hrs. & 1.5 hrs. respectively. Counseling classes are allotted



classes per week.


Dr. Swati Roy Gangopadhyay – Attended Orientation Programme organized by

Academic Staff College, Jadavpur University held on July – Aug – 2006.

Dipankar Mazumder - Attended orientation Programme organized by Academic

Staff College, Jadavpur University held on 18th aug-13th Sept, 2008.

Sabiha Khan - Attended orientation Programme organized by Academic Staff

College, Calcutta University held on 26th Nov-24th Dec, 2008

Poulami Mukhopadhyay – Attended Refreshers’ Course on (Enzyme Technology,

The Technology of the 21st Century jointly conducted by Academic Staff College and

FTBE Department, J.U., from 09.06.08 to 28.06.08.

10. Participation & Contribution of teachers in teaching, consultancy & Research: *

26626 Teaching (Class Room, Examination Duty, Script evaluation) / teacher / week






10 (fulltime)

15 hrs. 5 hrs. 6 hrs. 5 hrs. 2 hrs. -

11 (Class basis)

1.5 hrs. - - - - -

268


Collaboration has been made with Indian Association for the Cultivation of

Science to organize seminars, workshops etc to popularize science, technology

and social sciences in the society.

The project entitled “Participatory rural development through biotechnology

and other agro based technology funded by MP-LAD done by Dr. Swati Roy

Gangopadhyay, Dept of Microbiology in collaboration with Prof. Dipak Bagchi,

former VC, Bidhan Chandra Krishi Viswavidyalaya, and Prof. Subrata Pal former

Dean (science) Jadavpur University and present Vice Chancellor, Burdwan

University.

Dr. Madhumita Maitra in collaboration with Dr. Ranjana Chaudhury,

Dept of Biochemical Engineering , Jadavpur university is undergoing a research

project on the “Development of probiotic strains.”

Miss Shaswati Nandi doing Ph.D under Dr. Prasanta Kr. Bag, Senior

Lecturer, Department of Biochemistry, University of Calcutta and Dr. Tanusree

Dutta, Lecturer, Dept. of Microbiology BRSN college on “Growth optimization

and characterization of different hydrocarbon degrading bacteria at molecular

level”.

Seminars attended by the teachers:

Participant Teacher


Date

Dr. Swati Roy Gangopadhyay

Attended international conference on “chromosomes to neurons” organized by Dept. of Biophysics, Molecular Biology and Genetics and Saha Institute of Nuclear Physics

12-14 Jan, 2007

Participated as invited speaker in UGC sponsored workshop on “Syllabus of B.Sc. Microbiology” organized by Dept. of Microbiology, Scottish Church College.

4 th April, 2007

Organised a UGC sponsored symposium on “Environmental & Industrial aspects of microbes in the new Millenium” on behalf of Dept. of Microbiology, Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath College

24-25 th Feb, 2006

269

Attended “Frontiers of Applied Biology & Biotechnology” organized by Sammilani Mahavidyalaya

20 th Dec, 2005

Attended orientation programme organized by Academic Staff College, JU Attended UGC sponsored National level seminar on Recent trends in Biological Research: contribution from alumni organized by dept of Biophysics, Molecular Biology and Genetics , University of Calcutta

July-Aug, 2006 January 22, 2008

Dr. Madhumita Maitra

Attended international conference on “chromosomes to neurons” organized by Dept of Biophysics, Molecular Biology and genetics and Saha Institute of Nuclear Physics

12-14 Jan, 2007

Organised a UGC sponsored state level symposium on “Environmental & Industrial aspects of microbes in the new Millenium” on behalf of Dept. of Microbiology, Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath College

24-25th Feb, 2006

Attended UGC sponsored State level seminar on “Frontiers of Applied Biology & Biotechnology” organized by Sammilani Mahavidyalaya

20 th Dec, 2005

Dr. Tanusree Dutta


24-25 th Feb, 2006

Attended National Workshop on “Application of Bioinformatics in Molecular Modeling, Data Analysis and System Biology”

28-30 Mar, 2007

270

Sri. Dipankar Majumdar

1. Organised a UGC sponsored state level symposium on “Environmental & Industrial aspects of microbes in the new Millenium” on behalf of Dept. of Microbiology, Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath College 2. Attended 16th Biennial International Conference of Zoological Society of Bangladesh at Dept. of Zoology, Rajshahi University, Bangladesh on 27th -29th February, 2008 and presented a paper ( Oral Presentation) entitled “ Genomic DNA library Preparation & DNA sequencing of NICED-4 Cholera Bacteriophage. 3. Attended an International workshop on “Molecular Basis of Thalassaemia: Genotype-Phenotype Correlation, Diagnosis, Management & Prevention”, organized by Institute of Genetic Engineering & Thalassaemia Foundation on 4th March, 2008. 4. Attended CME 2007- “Scientific Meet on Haemato-Oncology”, organized by Netaji Subhash Chandra Bose Cancer Research Institute, Kolkata during September 8th to 9th , 2007. 5. Attended an International Symposium on “Microbial Diversity: Opportunities, Challenges & Relevance in New Millennium” and presented a poster entitled: “Mycoherbicides: Mass Production & Evaluation” at Department of Post Graduate Studies & Research in Biological Sciences, Rani Durgavati University, Jabalpur-482001, M.P. during November 19th – 21st , 2004. 6. Attended a Workshop on “Electron Microscopes, X-ray Diffractometer and their Applications in Material Science & Biological Science” at University Science Instrumentation Centre (USIC), Jadavpur University, Kolkata-700032 from January 14th – 16th , 2004 7. Attended 21st Orientation Programme of UGC at Academic Staff College, Jadavpur University, Salt Lake Campus, Kolkata during 18th August to 13th September, 2008. 24-25 th Feb, 2006 8. Attended National Workshop on “Application of Bioinformatics in Molecular Modeling, Data Analysis and System Biology” 28-30 Mar, 2007

Smt. Shaswati Nandi


24-25 th Feb, 2006

271

Sri. Arijit Chaudhuri

Participated in UGC sponsored workshop on “syllabus of B.Sc. Microbiology” organized by Dept. of Microbiology, Scottish Church College.

4th April, 2007


24-25 th Feb, 2006

Participated in a UGC sponsored national seminar on “Recent development on disaster management- an Indian perspective” organized by Suri Vidyasagar College, Birbhum

24-25 th Nov, 2006

Smt. Poulami Mukhopadhyay

Participated in a UGC sponsored national seminar on “Recent development on disaster management- an Indian perspective” organized by Suri Vidyasagar College, Birbhum Participated in a national seminar on “Future of food biotechnology organized by NIT, Durgapur, jointly with FTBE, Jadavpur University.

24-25 th Nov, 2006 8-9 February, 2008

12. Priority areas for research & details of the ongoing projects ( Projects & Publications)

Ongoing Project:

The Post Graduate Course in Microbiology was started in the academic year

2004. Since that time it was decided that the research activities should be performed

actively, so that the P.G students can develop a research oriented mind and could be

trained for their future research work. Since the Faculties are also very keen to

commence with the research, few project proposals are undertaken, within the

infrastructural facilities of the Department, which are as follows:

i. UGC minor research project entitled ‘ Isolation and characterization of better

yielding strain of free living nitrogen fixing bacteria by induced mutation

and it’s application in plant growth promotion’ currently on progress by Sri

Sandip bandopadhyay, former lecturer of BRSNC and present lecturer Bidhan

nagar College.

ii. College funded minor research project entitled “Extraction & Purification of

pigments from bacteria isolated petroleum contaminated site and their role as

antimicrobial agents” by Dr. Tanusree Dutta.

272

iii. College funded minor research project entitled “Microbial production of amino

acids especially L-Lysine: fermentation & recovery from the broth” by Dr.

Madhumita Maitra.

iv. “Phylogenetic analysis of human acute phase protein & their role as marker

in different diseases”-Dr. Swati Roy Gangopadhyay, in collaboration with Dr.

Debashis Bandopadhyay, Deputy Registrar, Indian Association for the

Cultivation of Science.

v. “Enumeration of hydrocarbon-degrading microorganisms from soil/water

from nearby areas of Barrackpore” -Sri Arijit Chaudhuri

vi. Exploitation of Microbes for the production of an essential amino acid

Lysine and its mass production through fermentative process. - Dr.

Madhumita Maitra.

vii. Growth optimization and characterization of different hydrocarbon

degrading bacteria at molecular level - Miss Shaswati Nandi.

Publications by faculties in last 5 years – 1) Acharya S., Dutta Tanusree and Das M.K.2003. Effect of handling and crowding

on some physiological parameters of juvenile Rita rita (Hamilton). Environment

and Ecology .21(3):515-520

2) Das M.K., Dutta Tanusree and Acharya S.. 2003.Measurements of some stress

sensitive physiological parameters of young Rita rita (Hamilton). Geobios. 30(2-

3): 153-158

3) Mukhopadyay M.K., Mitra K., Samanta S., Dutta Tanusree, Biswas D.K. and Saha

K. 2003. Optimum pH for fish-a laboratory study with Indian major carp Labeo

rohita (Ham.). Geobios.30 (2-3):125-128

4) Acharya S., Dutta Tanusree and Das M.K. 2003. Physiological and histological

alterations in Labeo rohita(Hamilton-Buchanan) fingerlings exposed to sublethal

levels of ammonia. Journal of Freshwater Biology. 15(1-4):91-98

5) Dutta Tanusree, Acharya S. and Das M.K.2004.Physiological response of Labeo

rohita(Hamilton-Buchanan)fingerlings exposed to sublethal acidic and alkaline

pH. Pollution Research. 23(4): 711-716

273

6) Acharya S., Das M.K., Haldar D. P. and Dutta Tanusree. 2004.On a new

myxosporean parasite, Phlogospora gulio sp. n. from the catfish Mystus gulio

(Hamilton- Buchanan) in West Bengal. Geobios. 31(4):261-264.

7) Acharya S., Dutta Tanusree, Das M.K. and Haldar D. P. 2004. Description of one

new species of Myxobolus Buttschli, 1882 from the carp Cirrhinus mrigala

Hamilton– Buchanan). Environment and Ecology. 22(3):500-503.

8) Acharya S., Dutta Tanusree , Das M.K. and Haldar D. P. 2004. Observation on a

new species of Myxobolus Buttschli, 1882 from the fresh water fish Cirrhinus

mrigala (Hamilton– Buchanan). Journal of Inland Fisheries Society India.

36(1): 45-48.

9) Acharya S. and Dutta Tanusree. 2004. Impact of abiotic stress on prevalence of

protozoan infection of Indian major carp Catla catla (Hamilton– Buchanan) in

fresh water ponds of West Bengal. Environment and Ecology. 22(4 ):954-958

10) Dutta Tanusree, Acharya S. and Das M.K. 2004. Physiological response of Labeo

rohita(Hamilton-Buchanan) fingerlings exposed to sublethal acidic and alkaline

pH. Pollution Research, 23(4):711-716.

11) Acharya S., Dutta Tanusree and Das M.K. 2005. Effect of sublethal levels of

nitrite on some blood parameters of juvenile Labeo rohita(Hamilton-Buchanan).

Indian journal of Experimental Biology, 43:450-454.

12) Dutta Tanusree, Acharya S. and Das M.K.2005. Impact of water quality on the

stress physiology of cultured Labeo rohita (Hamilton-Buchanan). Journal of

Environmental Biology. 26(3): 585-592

13) Acharya S., Dutta Tanusree and Das M.K.2005. Influence of sublethal ammonia

toxicity on some physiological parameters of Labeo rohita(Hamilton-Buchanan)

fingerlings. Journal of Environmental Biology. 26(4): 615-626

14) Acharya S. and Dutta Tanusree .2005. Tissue level reactions in the Indian major

carp, Catla catla(Hamilton-Buchanan), due to trichodinid ciliophoran,

Tripartiella sp. infections. Indian Journal of Fisheries, 52.

15) Acharya S., Dutta Tanusree and Das M.K.2006. Physiological and ultrastructural

changes in Labeo rohita (Hamilton-Buchanan) fingerlings exposed to sublethal

acidic and alkaline pH for long duration. Asian Fisheries Science. 18(4)

274

16) Acharya S. and Dutta Tanusree.2007. Thelohanellus habibpuri sp. n. (Myxozoa:

Bivalvulida) from the tropical freshwater fish rohu, Labeo rohita (Hamilton-

Buchanan, 1882) in West Bengal, India: Light and electron microscope

observations Animal Biology, 57( 3) (2007):293-300.

17) N. Majumdar, R. Dey, R. K Mathur, S. Dutta, M. Maitra ans S. and

Majumdar.2006. An unusual pro inflammatory role of IL10 induced by AraLAM

in murine peritoneal macrophages.Glycocangugate journal.23(9):675-686


(i) UG: 1. Sixteen students are employed in CTS, Pharmaceutical industries, Govt.

office etc. 2. Twentytwo students are engaged in Ph.D work.3. Some others are

preparing for competitive examinations.

(ii) PG: PG programme introduced in 2004.

1. Fifteen students(15) are engaged in Ph.D work in different reputed institutes such

as Indian Institute of Chemical Biology(IICB), Bose Institute, Indian Association

for Cultivation of Science(IACS),Calcutta University etc.

2. Nine (09) students are employed in different organizations such as in Dr. Reddey’s

laboratory, Hyderabad and others. More details will be shown at the time of peer

team visit

b) Contribution of the Dept. to aid student placements: Departmental teachers


preparation of competitive examination like SSC, WBCS, research programme and


13 Future Plans: i. Syllabus up gradation and introduction of semester system of PG

curriculum from the session 2009-10

ii. Providing training for revenue earning.

iii. Research work for the benefit of society.

iv. Collaboration with Food & Nutrition Dept. for establishing a unit for food

production & preservation.

v. Entrepreneurship development.

vi. Introduction of regular Ph.D. Programme.

275

vii. Applying grants to different funding agencies for promoting research activity

in the dept.

viii. Application of bio-fertilizers for better crop production on field trial

basis.


Other Departmental activities:

• With or without the part of curriculum the Dept is organizing seminars for both

post graduate and undergraduate students. Students are also participating in

seminars and workshops organized by different universities or institutes.

• Our students are getting the opportunities to visit different research laboratories of

various research institutes like Indian Institute of Chemical Biology, Bose

Institute etc in Kolkata.

• As a part of the curriculum our students are regularly visiting different industries

like dairy industries, waste water treatment plants etc.

• The Department experienced a memorable day on 17th May 2008 when the first

Award ceremony called Commencement 2008 was organized to confer the

M.Sc. Degree certificates to the Post Graduate students. Prof. Asish Banerjee,

former Honorable Vice Chancellor of Calcutta University awarded the Degrees.

• Departmental teachers are actively participating in campaigning and in the routine

screening of blood samples for thalassaemia eradication programme.

The Dept. of Microbiology has gradually developed proper infrastructure and

created an excellent academic environment till its birth. Students after completing

their graduation or post graduation degree from this Dept. are well placed in different

companies or in research institute for Ph.D. programme.

Considering the suggestions from the students, alumni, teachers, peer

members and guardians the department has planned to implement the

following:

ii. Raise the number of computers and internet connections

iii. Elaborate SLET/NET training

276

iv. Applying for funds to different funding agencies for extending research

activity

v. Emphasis will be given on research publication

vi. Organize educational tour

vii. Generate more lab space for research

viii. More modern equipments as per need

ix. More books/journals in dept. library to be purchased.


277


The Department of Physics was established in the academic year 1969-70 at

Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath College affiliated to the University of Calcutta

as general subject at the Undergraduate Degree level. In the session 1994-95, the

department got affiliation from the University of Calcutta to teach Physics at the

Honours level vide reference no. C/1417/112 dt 12.09.1994.


The department was started with the object of giving the practical and concrete shape

of the educational idea. Besides there are following objectives of the department -:

i. Learn how to tackle critically and analyze the problems of Physics

ii. The ability to initiate higher career after graduation

iii. To culminate the research aptitude within the students.

iv. To prepare students for All India Examinations like NET, GATE.

v. To motivate our students for some social activities.


Sl.


1. Substantive 05 03 2. Fulltime –Management

Appointee 00 00


03 03

b) Competency*: List of Teachers with their Details Name of Teacher Designation Highest

Qualification Specialization Experience

Years Teachers’

Achievement reflected in Students’ Feedback

(%) Dr. Amarendranath Chatterjee

Reader M.Sc., Ph.D. Nuclear Physics

27 98

Sri. Amitava Bhadhuri

Senior Lecturer

M.Sc. Electronics 2 73.8

Sri. Swayambhoo Mitra

Lecturer M.Sc. Solid State Physics

03 91

Smt. Jayashree Guest M.Sc., Solid State 33

DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS

278

Ghosh Lecturer M.Tech. Physics Sri Ranajit Ghosh Guest

Lecturer M.Sc. Nuclear

Physics 34 Left on July

07 Dr. Asit Chakraborty

Guest Lecturer

M.Sc., Ph.D. Electronics 34 Left on July 07

Sri Kaustav Kundu Lecturer M.Sc. Electronics 3 Left on 26.08.07.

Sri Dhurjoti Saha Lecturer M.Sc. Electronics 2 Left on 21.03.06.

Sri Prosenjit Ghosh Lecturer M.Sc. Electronics 1 Left on 18.08.2008

Smt. Ipsita chakraborty

Lecturer M.Sc. Nuclear Physics

1 Left on 22.07.08

Smt. Sujata Chowdhury

Lectuer M.Sc. Electronics Joined on 04.12.2008

Sri Subhas Sinha Lecturer M.Sc. Nuclear Physics

Joined on 10.12.2008

Sri Subhodeep Das Lecturer M.Sc. Condensed Matter Physics

Consented to Join





Economic Status:






279



contribution of the faculty to those changes: The department has modularized the

existing B.Sc. General Course Syllabus. This helps to maintain a uniform standard of

teaching in different sections of the general mathematics class.




No of second class

No of first class


% first class CU

% passed College

% passed CU >=40%

<50% >=50% <55%

>=55% <60%

2003 11 11 01 05 03 01 9.09 41.41 100 100 2004 15 15 03 05 04 03 20.00 25.03 100 99.63 2005 14 14 02 05 05 02 14.29 42.00 100 100 2006 16 16 04 04 02 05 31.25 31.54 100 97.54 2007 15 15 - 05 02 08 53.33 28.48 100 98.80 2008 12 12 02 02 02 06 50.0 36.69 100 98.84


5. Learning resources of the departments: a. Departmental infrastructure:

Lab: Room No. 201 : 12mX6m




Dark Room No. 203 : 6mx7.5m

b. Library

Departmental Central Journal/ Periodicals

93 986 2 c. Computer: Three , one with uninterrupted Internet Connection

d. Laboratory:


Lab: Room No. 201 : 12mX6m


Dark Room No. 203 : 6mx7.5m

ii) List of Equipments: will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit.

280

e. Other Resources: A small research laboratory for the teacher’s

work and students’ project work



√



On an average 4.5 hrs & 1.5 hrs respectively. Counseling classes are

allotted and taken by the teachers during the period February to May i.e. post

Test period. A teacher has to take at least one counseling class per day and at

least six counseling classes per week.

8. Details of faculty development programmes in last five years( Refresher/ Orientation) :

Participant Teacher


Amitava Bhadhuri Refresher Course

2004-05

Orientation Programme 2005-06





Research /project work




03 (fulltime)

20.5 hrs. 8 hrs. - 10 hrs. 8 hrs. SSC KU

WBBSE 03 (Class

basis) 8 hrs. - - 2 hrs. - -


281

Participant Teacher


Date

Dr. Amarendranath Chatterjee

Attended a National Seminar on Technology enabled Teaching and Learning and acted as one of the Coordinators.

2004

Attended a workshop arranged by DAE UGC consortium and Burdwan University held at Burdwan University

10/11/2008 to 12/11/2008.

Sri Swayambhoo Mitra

Attended a workshop arranged by DAE UGC consortium and Burdwan University held at Burdwan University

10/11/2008 to 12/11/2008

11. Priority areas for Research & details of the ongoing projects ( Projects & Publications) Ongoing Project: Work on two projects have been carried out and report of the

projects has been submitted to U.G.C.

Sanction.Outlay: 2 Lakhs 12. a) Placement Record of the past students: During the last five years 10 to 12

students on average are going to vertical progression (like PG, Entry into job

market and competitive Exams). During 2005-06 sessions one student, 2006-07

session three students and 2007-08 session three students was offered jobs in

Cognizant Technology Solutions as Junior Engineer/Programmer. Details will be

shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit.



preparation of competitive examination like SSC, WBCS, research programme and


13. Future Plans: i) Purchasing more books for departmental library. ii) To organize workshop at the department for repair of the

instruments. This will help the students to acquire good knowledge

about the instruments.





282



Strengths Weaknesses Suggestions 1.Teachers are cooperative,

regular and sincere. 2.Counselling classes, mode

of teaching, examination system are praiseworthy

1. Lack of more text books in the departmental library.

2. Insufficient Drinking Water.

2. More text books and computers in the department.

3. Appointment of more teachers.


• Guardians/parents of the students are happy with the performance and

commitment of the teachers of the department.

• More remedial classes must be taken for the academically poor students. Details will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit.


Class Allotted & Class Taken Performance: 91.27% Departmental teachers besides taking their normal duties of taking classes,

discharge different administrative duties. For example:

The senior most teacher of the department acted as Bursar of the college

during the period 2000-2006. One of the teachers participate in placement activities

of the students of the college and other career advancement activities.

The senior most teacher of the department is actively engaged in research and

is guiding two students for their Ph.D. project.

The senior most teacher of the department provided honorary consultancy

services in various institutions like West Bengal School Service Commission, West

Bengal Board of Secondary Education, Kalyani University Experimental High School

(computer literacy programme) and Kalyani University etc. for the design of their

syllabi and for other academic activities during last four years.

Remedial classes and Counseling classes are taken regularly to improve the standard of the students. A tutor-ward activity has been initiated from the last year.

Measures have been taken to improve the facilities of the department in the

light of the opinions of the parents regarding the problems of their wards and the

suggestions of improvements.

283

Concluding Remarks:

The teachers of the department are fully competent in instructing the students

in theoretical and practical classes. Besides, all the three full time teachers are

engaged in active research and are publishing regularly in Nalional and International

journals. The teachers always take care of the interest of the students in teaching–

learning process, academic growth, faculty development and research to the best of

their capacity. The motivation and dedication of the teachers are, therefore, praise-

worthy and highly appreciating.

284

History of the Department: The department was established in 2004 under the University of Calcutta vide letter

no. C/6314/112-Affl. dt 23.08.04 and PG: Affiliation granted in EC Meeting of

WBSU dated 13.08.08. . The department started functioning with two teachers and

ten students. The intake capacity was twenty. At present there are five teachers and

numbers of students comprising three years are One Hundred Nine and the intake

capacity for each year is forty. The department has a well equipped laboratories with

instuments and psychological tests.


The main objectives of the department are:

i) To make the students confident and self-motivated to study.

ii) To acquaint the students with scope and funcations of Psychology.

iii) To sensitize the students to the application of Psychology and to

popularise the subject.

iv) To make them get updated with ongoing national and international

research and information regarding the subject.

v) To impart skill trainig in methods and techique of psychology.

vi) Helping students to understand others’ better and to be empathetic and

reciprocate in a positive way.

vii) Above all to help to flourish their core human qualities to make them a

better social being.



1. Substantive 01 - 2. Fulltime –Management

Appointee 02 02


03 03


DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY

285

Sl No



1. Smt Debatree Mukherjee

Lecturer M.Sc. Medical Psychology

3 Years 76.3

2. Smt Shirin Banerjee

Lecturer M.A Clinical Psychology

1.5 Years 65.6

3 Smt Aditi Bhattacharjee

Lecturer

M.A Abnormal Psychology

4 Years 60.6

4 Smt. Sharmistha Dutta

Lecturer

M.Sc Stress Management & Community Psychology

4 Years 39.4

5 Smt. Arpita Ray Naskar

Lecturer

M.Sc Industrial Psychology

1 month

*Competency of faculty is measured by the UGC stipulated criteria and faculty member’s achievement in the teaching learning process as reflected in Students’ Feedback

2. Student Profile: Social Status: 2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05 2003-04 General 87 71 41 25 - SC 6 6 6 4 - ST 0 0 0 0 - OBC 4 2 2 0 - Total 97 79 49 29

Economic Status:







286


contribution of the faculty to those changes: 2003.




No of second class

No of first class


% first class CU

% passed College

% passed CU >=40%

<50% >=50% <55%

>=55% <60%

2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 10 10 05 03 - 02 20.00 26.72 100 99.60 2008 25 25 12 06 03 04 16.00 22.09 100 99.62



a. Departmental Infrastructure :

Lab Room No. 239 : 5.5mX7.5m




Class Room No. 214 : 6mX7.5m

b. Library

Departmental Central Journal/ Periodicals

40 02

c. Computer: one with uninterrupted internet connection

d. Laboratory:







Team visit.

e. Other Resources: 6. Teaching methods:

287

Lecture method √ Interactive method √ Project base learning √ Computer assisted learning ( Including internet) √ Audio visual learning √ Experimental learning √ Seminars √ Others √


On an average 4hrs & 1.5 hrs respectively. Counseling classes are allotted and



classes per week.


N.A. 9. Participation & Contribution of teachers in teaching, consultancy &








02 (fulltime)

13 hrs. 4 hrs. - 6 hrs. 3 hrs. -

03 (Class basis)

7 hrs. 2 hrs. - 2 hrs. - -


Participant Teacher Conference/seminar/symposium/workshop/refresher & orientation programme

Date

Debatree Mukherjee XXXIVth National Conference of Indian association of Clinical Psychologist

2008

Shirin Banerjee Seminar on Freud 2006 Arpita Ray Naskar 1) 12th International & 34th National conference of

Indian academy of applied psychology 2008

2) One day workshop on child & adolescent development

2007


Ongoing projects: Nil

288

12. a) Placement Record of the past students: The department is a newly

introdeced subject. During the last two years 5 to 10 students on average are

going to vertical progression (like PG, Entry into job market and competitive

Exams). Details will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit.

a) Contribution of the dept. to aid student placements: Departmental teachers

help the students by giving them training the measure the mental heath of the

astudents and the working people of the society. Assistances and motivations to

students for futher progression to post graduate studies are also provided by the

department.

13. Future Plans: • To introduce post Graduation course in Psychology

• Enrichment of the Departmental & Central Library

• Organization of more educational tour

• To purchase more laboratory equipment

• To organize seminars and to motivate the students to participate

• To interact with other Psychology department of other college.


• Students’ Feedback:

Students get the opportunity to put on record their assessment in regard to all aspects

of department. It is senior most students who are invited to fill in a structured

questionnaire indicating the gradation of their choice without disclosing their identity.

Demands of having more instruments in the departmental laboratory and reference

and text books were prevalent in the feedback of last two years. The requirements

were fulfilled by increasing the number of instruments in the laboratory and books in

the central library of the college. A departmental library has been opened as per the

demand of the students.

• Parents’ Feedback:

Parents suggested that it will be beneficial for the students if the teachers pay

individual attention to the students and a stipulated break hour should be provided to

the students. Demand of P.G. course in Psychology was emerged from the parent-

289

teacher meeting. As par the demand a schedule has been prepared when the

departmental teachers will be available to the students to cater their individual needs

and classes have been arranged in such a fashion that the students can have their

break time.

• Tutor-Ward System:

Department runs a tutor ward system where students are divided into small groups

and each groups are assigned to each teacher. Tutor ward of the students of the 1st

year, 2007 shows that there is a marked improvement in the students’ attendance.

According to the record, till September 2007, a decline in the rater of the attendance

of the maximum students has been seen which have been improved after Puja

Vacation. The academic performances of the students were improved after parent-

teacher meeting. Students also took initiative to solve their personal and academic

problems through counseling done by the departmental teachers, which seems

beneficial for them.



Counculding Remarks:

The departtment is happy with the involvement of students and teachers in different

inteactive sessions. The department plans for further inprovement of the department

by enriching the faculty members and the students and will devote them selves to the

cause for the betterment of the institution and the society.

290


The Department of Statistics was established in the academic year 2001-02 (vide

letter no. C/148/112 dt. 02.02.1999) at Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath College

affiliated to the University of Calcutta. The subject is offered to B.Sc. students as a

general subject and it is taught as an inter disciplinary subject for the departments of

Commerce, Economics, Microbiology etc.

Aims and Objectives of the Department: The subject is usefull in various

departments of science because in every day life we are required to use the concepts

of Statistics for analytical purposes. The department teaches the students about the

methods of collection, scrutiny, summarization, presentation and analysis of statistical

data. The department tries to develop the analytical skill of the students and to

popularize the subject among the students.


Sl. Type of Post Sanctioned Present Status 1. Substantive 01 Vacant 2. Fulltime –Management

Appointee 01 01


01 01+01(Guest)


Sl Name of the Teacher

Designation Qualification Experience in years


Teachers achievement reflected in students’ feedback

1. Smt. Durba Banerjee

Lecturer M.Sc. 02

2. Sri Subrata Nath

Lecturer M.Sc. 01

*Competency of faculty is measured by the UGC stipulated criteria & faculty member’s

achievement in teaching-learning process as reflected in Students’ Feedback.

DEPARTMENT OF STATISTICS

291

2. Student Profile: The input for B.Sc. (General) will be shown at the time

NAAC Peer Team visit.

3. Changes made in the courses or programmes during the past 5 Years &

the contribution of the faculty to those changes: 2004-05.


The input for B.Sc. (General) will be shown at the time NAAC Peer Team visit.


a) Departmental Infrastructure:

Availability of space (in Sq. Mtr.) are

Lab cum Class Room No. 243 : 7.5mx10m

b) Library

Departmental Central Journal/

periodicals - 83 -


d) Laboratory: One

i) Laboratory Space/ departmental rooms: 7.5mx10m


Team visit.

e) Other Resources:


Lecture method √ Interactive method √ Project base learning Computer assisted learning ( Including internet) √ Audio visual learning Experimental learning Seminars √ Others √


On an average 1 hr. (academic counseling) & 1hr. (personal

counseling) per teacher per week. Counseling classes are allotted and taken by

the teachers during the period February to May i.e. post Test period. A teacher

292

has to take at least one counseling class per day and at least six counseling

classes per week.

8. Details of faculty development programmes in last five years (Refresher/ Orientation)

N.A. 9. Participation & Contribution of teachers in teaching, consultancy & Research:








01 (Fulltime)

20 hrs. 3 hrs. - 5 hrs. 2 hrs. -

02 (Class basis)

7 hrs. 1.5 hrs. - 2 hrs. - -

10. Collaboration with other Department/ Institutions (Seminar/ Symposium

attended):

Details will be shown at the time NAAC Peer Team visit.


Publications)

Nil

12. a) Placement Record of the past students: Details will be shown at the time


b) Contribution of the dept. to aid student placements: Departmental

teachers provide assistances to the graduate students in the form of computer

learning, preparation of competitive examination like SSC, WBCS, research

programme and vertical progression of study and providing information for

different types of jobs.

13. Future Plans:

i) To introduce Statistics at the Honours level.

ii) To introduces a separate Statistics Lab.


293


Class Allotted & Class Taken Performance: 91%

Concluding Remarks:

The faculty members of the department of Statistics teach the subject to the

students of Economics and other general students. The interaction between the

teachers and students on academic & other matters are encouraging and the

relationships between the teachers and the students are good and healthy.

294

History of the Department: The Department of Zoology came in to existence in

July, 2002 (memo no. C/1490/112 dated 10.07.2002; 417-(P 2Q) dated

05.07.2002) with the introduction of General course in Zoology. After subsequent

four years of growth and expansion, the Department has now applied for the

introduction of Honours course for the subject.

Aims and Objectives of the Department: The department has established itself to

teach and encourage students in both recent advances and classical field of Zoology.

Apart from learning textbook lessons, cordial guidance of teachers, field excursion,

nature study, proper counseling and interactive venture, lead students to find their

confidence to step out at various fields of career building.



Appointee 01 01


01 01

b) Competency*: List of Teachers with their Details Sl. Name of

the Teacher Designation Qualification Experience


Teachers achievement reflected in students’ feedback / Remarks

1. Smt. Sujata De Chaudhuri

Lecturer M.Sc 6 months Human Genetics & Toxicogenomics

Joined Recently

2. Dr. Debaratna Mukherjee

Lecturer M.Sc., Ph.D. 3 yrs 6 months

Parasitology & fish Protozoology

3. Dr. Debabrata Dasgupta

Guest Lecturer

M.Sc, Ph.D. Fish & Fisheries



DEPARTMENT OF ZOOLOGY

295

2. Student Profile: The input for B.Sc. (General) will be shown at the time NAAC

Peer Team visit.


contribution of the faculty to those changes: 2003-04 session syllabus was changed

and revised and in the year of 2005 syllabus was split in to three year course, due to

change in examination system from 2+1 to 1+1+1 system.


Year Part I/II (2+1 / 1+1+1 system) Part II/III (2+1 / 1+1+1 system)

No. Appeared

No. Passed

% of pass No. Appeared

No. Passed

% of pass

2005-06 49 49 100 25 25 100 2006-07 55 54 98.2 22 22 100 2007-08 54 47 87.03 22 22 100


Departmental Infrastructure:



Class Room No. 229 : 6mX7.5m

a. Library

Central Library Journal/ periodicals

374 -

b. Computer: One with uninterrupted internet service.

c. Laboratory:



d. List of Equipments: will be shown at the time NAAC Peer Team

visit.

e. Other Resources:

6. Teaching methods: Lecture method √ Interactive method √ Project base learning √ Computer assisted learning (Including internet) √

296


7. Participation of teachers in academic & personal counselling [per week]: 3hrs. per teacher per week. Counseling classes are allotted and taken by the

teachers during the period February to May i.e. post Test period. A teacher has to take

at least one counseling class per day and at least six counseling classes per week.

8. Details of faculty development programmes in last five years (Refresher/ Orientation):

N.A.









01 (fulltime)*

10 hrs. 4.5 hrs. - 12 hrs. 4 hrs. -

02 (Class basis)

23 hrs. 6 hrs. - 2 hrs. 3 hrs. -

*Joined recently.

10. Collaboration with other Department/ Institution (Seminar/ Symposium attended):

Dr. Debratna Mukherjee

Oral presentation of the paper entitled “Studies in the protozoan parasites of fishes of Orissa : Eight species of Myxobolus Butschli(Myxozoa : Bivalvulida)” in the Parasitological Symposium organized by Burdwan University

(September, 1996).

Oral presentation of the paper entitled “Spore variations in a piscine myxozoan parasite (Myxozoa : Myxosporea) from the juvenile major carp, Catla catla (Ham.)” in a conference organized by Burdwan University

(1998).

Oral presentation of the paper entitled “Studies in the protozoan parasites of fishes in Orissa : five new species of the genera Henneguya ,Thelohanellus and Unicauda (Myxozoa: Bivalvulida)”

(1997).

Oral presentation of the paper entitled “Myxobilatus anguillaris sp. n. (Myxosporea: Sphearosporidae)–a new species of histozoic myxosporean from an estuarine fish”

(2000).

297

Smt.Sujata De Chaudhuri

Oral presentation for the paper entitled “Contribution of Purine Nucleoside Phosphorylase Polymorphisms in the Development of Arsenic Induced Skin Lesions” in the International Conference on Biomarker in Health and Environmental Management & XXXIInd Annual Meet of Environmental Mutagen Society of India at PSG College of Arts & Science, Coimbatore

January 10-12, 2007.

Oral Presentation for the paper entitled “Association of purine nucleoside phosphorylase polymorphisms in the development of arsenic induced skin lesions” in the XXXIIth Annual Conference of Indian Society of Human Genetics and International Symposium on "Deconstructing Human Diseases: The Genomic Advantage", at the Indian Institute of Chemical Biology (IICB), Kolkata

February 14-16, 2007.

Oral presentation for the paper entitlted “Arsenic induced premature senescence: A biomarker study in exposed population from West Bengal, India” at 13th Annual Human Genome Meeting organized by Human Genome Organization at Hyderabad International Convention Centre, Hyderabad

September 27-30, 2008.

Presented a poster entitled “Association of Arg/Arg genotype of p53 gene in development of arsenic induced skin lesions” in the International Symposium on Die in Causation & Prevention of Cancer and XXXth Annual Conference of Environmental Mutagen Society of India held at the Industrial Toxicology Research Centre, Lucknow

March 17-19, 2005.

Awarded for the presentation of a poster entitled “Genetic Variants Associated with Arsenic Metabolism and Susceptibility” in the XIIIth All India Congress of Cytology and Genetics and International Symposium on Genomic and Protemic Approaches to Decipher the Molecular Basis of Pathogenesis at Department of Zoology, Osmania University, Hyderabad

December 28-30, 2007.

Presented a poster entitled “Arsenic induced premature senescence: A biomarker study in exposed population from West Bengal, India” at 13th Annual Human Genome Meeting organized by Human Genome Organization at Hyderabad International Convention Centre, Hyderabad

September 27-30, 2008.

Presented a poster entitled “Study of arsenic-induced premature senescence in exposed population from West Bengal, India” at 14th Alexander Hollaender Course on Genetic Toxicology: Genomic and Proteomic Approached and A special Workshop on arsenic exposure assessment held at Indian Institute of Chemical Biology, Kolkata

December 10-12, 2008.

Co-author in the oral presentation entitled “Association of Purine Nucleoside phosphorylase polymorphisms with development of arsenic induced skin lesions” in the Annual Congress of Society of Biological Chemists, Kolkata Chapter” at Digha, West Bengal

May 19 – 21, 2006.

Co-author in the poster entitled “Arsenic contamination in ground water: Health effects and genetic susceptibility” in “International symposium on Chemical Biology”, at the Indian Institute of Chemical Biology (IICB), Kolkata

March 7-9, 2007.

11. Priority areas for Research & details of the ongoing projects ( Projects &

Publications)

Ongoing projects: N.A.


298

Name of the teacher


In Journals Association of specific p53

polymorphisms with keratosis in individuals exposed to arsenic through drinking water in West Bengal, India

2006 Mutation Research, 601,102-112 ( International)

Comparison of health effects between individuals with & without skin lesions in the population exposed to arsenic through drinking water in West Bengal, India

2007 J.Expo.Sci.Environ.Epidemiol.17, 215-223 ( International)

Increased chromosome aberration frequencies in the bowen’s patient compared to non cancerous skin lesions individuals exposed to arsenic.

2007 Mutation Research, 632,104-110 ( International)

Genetic Variants associated with arsenic susceptibility: study of purine nucleoside phosphorylase, arsenic (+3) methyl transferase omega genes.

2008 Env.Health.Pers.,116,501-505 (International)

Arsenic induced health effects & genetic damage in keratotic individuals: involvement of p53 arginine variant and chromosome aberration in arsenic susceptibility.

2008 Mutation Research Review, 659,118-125 (International)

Dr. Debaratna Mukherjee

Diversity in the seasonal incidence of myxozoan ( myxozoa: Bivalvulida) infection freshwater & sewage treated fishes of West Bengal.

2003

Environment & Ecology, 21,46-49 ( National)

Myxobilatus anguillaris sp.n.( Myxosporea: Sphaprosporidae) a new species of histozoic myxosporean from an estuarian fish.

2003 Journal of Parasitology & Applied Animal Biology.12 (1 & 2), 9-14

Myxobolus renicatlae sp.n & Myxobolus ectointestinalis sp.n, two new myxozoans( Myxozoa: Bivalvulida) from the major carp Catla catla (Ham.)

2003 Indian Journal Env. & Ecoplan, 7(3),565-570

Thelohanellus endodermitus sp.n.- a new myxozoan from the major carp Labeo rohita (Hammilton-Buchanan) in West Bengal.

2004 Environment & Ecology, 22(1), 139-142.




preparation of competitive examination like SSC, WBCS, research programme

and vertical progression of study and providing information for different types of

jobs.

299

13. Future Plans: a) Application for extension for Honours course in Zoology subject.






Departmental Activities: Students of the department conduct creative activities as

i) Celebration of teacher’s day

ii) Helping in organization and arrangement of library books in the central

library putting bar-code stickers.

iii) Publication of wall magazine-“Mileu”.

iv) Arrangement of blood donation and blood grouping camp.

Feed back from Students:

Sl.No. 2006 2007 2008 Proposals Implementation Proposals Implementation Proposals Implementation

1. Scarcity of classroom

implemented Scarcity of classroom

No separate class room is provided but lab space has been increased

Demand for the increase in the no. of copies of book at central library

Books are purchased regularly.

2. Laboratory assistants required.


More assistance from teachers needed outside classroom

Beside regular class teachers are taking counseling class and interaction class as per student’s demand

Overlapping practical classes of other departments should be avoided in the lab

Routine is restructured

3. No. of Xerox machines should be increased.


Shortage of computer & Xerox facility

Informed to the authority

Number of specimens should be increased

Implemented

4. The non collegiate students should be restricted

Administration was informed and adequate measures have taken to restrict

More books needed in library

No of books increased

Increase in lab space & laboratory equipments

Implemented.

300

for their entry into the college.

unwanted entry to the college

5. Departmental library should be introduced

On process Computers & internet facilities should be introduced

implemented

6. Canteen and food quality should be improved

Informed Canteen & its food quality should be improved


7. No. of instruments should be increased

On process Allotment of tutorial classes & discussion of questions from the previous years question papers of C.U

Done in the counseling class.

8. Canteen should be modernized


Number of cash counter should be increased in the office.


9. More assistance from teachers required for competitive exams , jobs

Special classes are organized on career development, communicative English and others

Honours course should be introduced

Application has been submitted to the University

Feed back from Parents:

Considering the feed back from students, parents, peer-members, the department will

try its best to implement the following in future:

a) Application for extension for Honours course in Zoology subject.





e) Accessibility to the Central library should be increased.

f) More books should be introduced in both departmental and central library.

301

g) Museum specimens should be increased.

h) Dissection specimens should be readily available.



Concluding Remarks: Departmental teachers take special initiative for the benefit of the students. The department has applied for the introduction of Zoology Honours.

302


The Dept. of Commerce was established in the academic year 1961–62 at

Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath College, affiliated to the University of

Calcutta.

The Dept. first started with B.Com. (Pass) 3- yr. degree course w.e.f. 1961–62

vide reference no. C/2736/42. Thereafter B.Com. (Pass) standard started in the year

1964–65 vide ref. no. C/442/112. Later on, in the academic year 1968–69, B.Com.

(Hons.) was started vide reference no. C/7064/112.

Finally the Dept. of Commerce received the permission for introduction of

M.Com. courses with Accounts, Finance & Control(AFCM) and Marketing

Management(MRMM) specializations vide letter no. 1015/UCAC/31.10.05 and the

college started the said course from academic session 2006-07 onwards.

Thus, the Dept. of Commerce now runs with B.Com. (Hons.) with

specializations in Accounts and Marketing Management, B.Com. (General) &

M.Com. with specialization in AFCM & MRMM.


The Dept. of commerce carries out its teaching, learning & evaluation activities with

the following aims & objectives:-

To carry out classes with utmost regularity & punctuality.

To infuse value based education among the students

To equip the students with the knowledge of the latest developments in the

field of Accounting & Marketing, through departmental seminars and

workshops.

To Instigate Research Orientation among the Post Graduate students.

To encourage & guide students with information relating to vertical

progression in academics.

To integrate knowledge & skill that will sustain an environment of learning &

creativity.

To serve the needs of students who intend to start their own business.

DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE

303

To promote the spirit of entrepreneurship among the students.

To enable students in being capable of making decision at all levels of

management by organising quiz, debates etc.

2. Faculty Profile:

a) Adequacy

Sl. Type of Post Sanctioned Present Status 1. Substantive 06+01* 05+01* 2. Fulltime –Management

Appointee 06 06


11 11


FACULTY QUALIFICATION

DESIGNATION YEARS OF

SERVICE

FIELD OF

SPECIALIZATION


Sri Sandip Kumar

Chakraborty

M.Com, LLB, FCA.

Selection Grade Lecturer

22 Yrs. Accounts

Sri Samir Kumar

Mukherjee

M.Com (Finance)


18 Yrs. Accounts

Sri Partha Banerjee

M.Com (Marketing)

Sr. Lecturer 11 Yrs. Marketing

Sri Biswajit Dey

M. Com (Finance)

Sr. Lecturer 11 Yrs. Accounts

Sri Abhijit Kundu

M.Com. (Finance), ACA

Lecturer 2 ½ Yrs. Accounts

Sri Galive Iquebal

M.Com, B. Ed. Lecturer (on full-time

contract basis)

13 Yrs. Accounts

Sri Anirban Chakraborty

M. Sc.(Physics), MBM

Lecturer (on full-time

contract basis)

5 Yrs. Marketing

Sri Kallol Saha

M.Com (Accounts)


contract basis)

7 Yrs. Accounts

Sri Manabendra

Sekhar Bhadra

M.Com(Finance)


contract basis)

1 ½ Yrs. Accounts

Smt. Indrani Majumder

M.A. (Econ.), B.Ed., MBA


contract basis)

1 ½ Yrs. Econometrics &

Marketing Mgt

SriRupam Mukherjee

M.Sc.(Econ) Lecturer (on full-time

1 ½ Yrs. International Trade

304

contract basis) Sri Subrata

Ray M.Com. (Accounts)


contract basis)

10 Yrs. Accounts

Dr. Chandra Sekhar

Mukherjee (Dept of

Economics)

M.Sc. (Econ), M. Phil., Ph.D.


27 Yrs Statistics & Econometrics

Dr. Anjan Majumdar (Dept. of

Economics)

M.A. (Econ), M. Phil., Ph.D


26½ Yrs Agricultural Economics & Econometrics

Sri Debaprasad

Sarkar (Dept. of

Economics)

M.Sc. (Econ) Lecturer 3 Yrs International Economics &

Operation Research

Sri Arindam Mukherjee

MBA Lecturer (class basis contractual)

2 Yrs. Human Resource Mgt

Sri Avik Chattopadhyay


1 ½ Yrs Marketing Mgt

Sri Arindom Chakraborty

M.A.(Econ) , MBA

Lecturer (class basis contractual)

2 Yrs. Marketing Mgt

Sri Suvendu Roy

Chowdhury

M.Com Lecturer (class basis contractual)

1 ½ Yrs Accounts

Smt. Pratima Yadav

M.Com,M.Phil Lecturer (class basis contractual)

1 Yr. Accounts

Sri Vijay Anand Sah

M.Com, M. Phil Lecturer (class basis contractual)

1 ½ Yrs Accounts

Sri Dipak Das Choudhuri

B.Com,M.A, LLB


4 Yr. History & Law

Sri Debabrata Pal

M.Com, LLB, MBA


1 Yr. Accounts & Finance

Sri Pritam Ghosh

MCA Lecturer (class basis contractual)

3 Yrs. Software Develpoment

Sri Arnab Majumder


1 Yr. Marketing Mgt.

Sri Sanjeev Srivastav

M.Com., AICWA

Guest Lecturer 1 ½ Yrs Accounts

*Competency of faculty is measured by the UGC stipulated criteria & faculty member’s achievement in teaching-learning process as reflected in Students’ Feedback.

3. Student Profile:

305

Hons. In Accounts and Finance

Social Status:

2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05 2003-04 General 225 251 263 - - SC 36 25 27 - - ST 10 5 3 - - OBC 6 5 10 - - Total 277 286 303 - - Economic Status:


Student Profile:

Hons. in Marketing

Social Status:

2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05 2003-04 General 230 228 225 SC 22 16 12 ST 1 2 1 OBC 4 5 2 Total 257 251 240 Economic Status:


*Competency of faculty is measured by the UGC stipulated criteria & faculty

member’s achievement in teaching-learning process as reflected in Students’ Feedback.

306


contribution of the faculty to those changes:

Level Nature of Revision Year Under Graduate Revised by University of Calcutta 2005–06 Post Graduate Syllabus framed by PG Board of Studies in Commerce. 2005–06

The departmental teachers contributed in framing and revisioning of syllabus

conducted by the University of Calcutta. As a post graduate department on

autonomous basis, the chairman and the faculty members of the PG board of studies

organise meetings and take decision regarding design and revise syllabi.

5. Trends in the success rate & drop out of students during the last 5 years: A C C O U N T A N C Y

Year



No of second class

No of first class


% first class CU

% passed College

% passed CU >=40%

<50% >=50% <55%

>=55% <60%

2003 352 352 203 71 33 16 4.55 8.50 100 97.25 2004 297 293 125 51 39 32 10.77 8.85 99 93.87 2005 310 307 103 56 52 66 21.29 15.65 99 96.78 2006 209 209 15 21 37 136 65.07 32.17 100 99.73 2007 143 143 26 28 26 63 44.06 23.15 100 99.16 2008 125 125 21 28 25 51 40.8 19.92 100 99.61

M A R K E T I N G

Year



No of second class

No of first class


% first class CU

% passed College

% passed CU >=40%

<50% >=50% <55%

>=55% <60%

2003 2004 2005 2006 85 85 37 37 10 - - 0.27 100 100 2007 104 104 48 37 14 05 4.81 1.64 100 100 2008 84 84 55 24 03 02 2.38 2.11 100 100


SUCCESS RATE OF STUDENTS (M.Com.)

(1st batch of outgoing students)

Year Total appeared

Total Passed % of Pass 1st Class/Div

2nd Class/Div

2008 AFCM 4 2 42 100 33 9

MRMM 22 22 100 16 6


307


b. Library

c. Computer: 24 Computers & 1 Laptop

- 3 Printers

- 1 Overhead Projector

d. Laboratory:


ii. List of Equipments:

e. Other Resources:



√



4 hours and 2 hours per week respectively. Counseling classes are allotted and



classes per week.

8. Details of faculty development programmes in last five years ( Refresher/

Orientation)– N.A.


Research:


325 UG – 2847 PG - 441

07

308








01 (fulltime)

18 hrs. - 5 hrs. 5 hrs. 5 hrs. -

06 (Class basis)

8 hrs. - - 2 hrs. - -

10. Collaboration with other Department/ Institutions ( Seminar/ Symposium

attended): Name of the Teachers

Seminars/ Conference /Workshops/Orientation

Programme/ Refresher Courses

Held on /during

Organized By

Sri Partha Banerjee

1. Two day workshop – IT and its application in Business & Marketing

Jun, 2007 Commerce Alumni Association and Netaji

Nagar Day college 2. Seminar on “Marketing Management in 21st Century”

Dec 12, 2003

RBC, Naihati

3. 6th International Accounting conference

Jan 11 & 12, 2003

Indian Accounting Accociation Research Foundation, Kolkata

4. UGC Sponsored Seminar on “Needs of Biotechnology for a Safe & Secure Third World”

Dec 8, 2001

BRSNC

5. 7th International Accounting Conference

Jan 8 & 9, 2005


Sri Biswajit Dey

1.Orientation Programme for University and College Teachers at Academic Staff College, C.U.,

Feb 14 to Mar 11,

2000

C.U.

2.UGC Sponsored State Level Seminar on “Energy Generation Strategies and Policies in India: Environmental Impact”

Mar 7, 2001

BRSNC

3.UGC Sponsored State Level Seminar on “Aspects of Indian Society As Portrayed in Literature: Women, The Down-Trodden, Secularism”

Oct 10, 2001

BRSNC

4.UGC Sponsored Seminar on “Needs of Biotechnology for a Safe & Secure Third World”

Dec 8, 2001

BRSNC

5. UGC Sponsored Refresher Course in the subject of Commerce at Academic Staff College, C.U.

Feb. 15 to Mar.

08, 2002

C. U.

309

6 .UGC sponsored Seminar: “Marketing Management & E-commerce: The Managerial Challenge of Change”

Feb 22, 2002

BRSNC

7. National Seminar on “Contemporary Issues in Environment Mgt”

Apr 27, 2002

Dept of Busi. Mgt., C.U.

8.. UGC Sponsored Seminar on “Impact of Liberalization in India: Economic, Social & Political”

Apr 27, 2002

BRSNC


Jan 11 & 12, 2003

IAARF, Kolkata

10. Workshop on New B.Com Syllabus

Feb 1, 2003

Commerce Alumni Association (C.U.),

U.G. Board of Studies (C.U.)

11. National Seminar on “Value Added Tax & Corporate Governance”

Sep 20, 2003

IAARF, Kolkata & Syamaprasad College,

Kolkata 12. Seminar on “Marketing

Management in 21st Century” Dec 12,

2003 RBC, Naihati


Jan 8 & 9, 2005


14. UGC sponsored Refresher Course in Commerce at Univ. of Kalyani

Nov 23 to Dec

14, 2004

University of Kalyani

15. UGC sponsored State Level Seminar on “Role of Commerce Education in Industrial Development”

Sep 20, 2008

Dept. of Commerce, RBC College (evening)

16. Seminar on “Investor Awareness”

Sep 26, 2008

Dept. of Busi. Admn. University of Kalyani

Sri Abhijit Kundu

1. National Seminar on “Commerce Education in the New Millennium: Prospects and Challenges”

Feb 20-21, 2004

Raja Peary Mohan College & ICAI

2. National Seminar on “Corporate Performance Measurement”

Sep 25, 2004

IAARF & Dept of Commerce & Dept. o Busi. Admn., Univ. of

Kalyani 3. “New Product Regime – Effect on the Indian Economy”

March 19, 2005

Dept. of Economics & Commerce, City

College

4. Seminar on “Issues in Economic Reforms in Indian Context”

Sept 10, 2005

IAA Research Foundation and

IISWBM

5. National Seminar on “e-Business: the New Business Paradigm in a Knowledge Economy”

Feb 25-26, 2006

Dept. of Commerce, C.U.

310


Jan 8-9, 2005

Indian Accounting Association Research Foundation, Kolkata


Jan 6-7, 2007

Indian Accounting Association Research Foundation, Kolkata

8. National Seminar on “Environmental Accounting”

March 24, 2007

Dept. of Commerce, C.U.

9. 2-day State Level Seminar on “Emerging Trends in Accounting & Finance”

Oct 13, 2007

Dum Dum Motijheel Rabindra

Mahavidyalaya,

10. National Seminar on “Accounting Standards”

March 2, 2008

IAA, Kolkata & Netaji Nagar Day College

11. 6-day Programme on Statistical Methods for Research Workers

June 4-9, 2007

Dept. of Busi. Mgt. C.U. & Indian Association for

Productivity, Quality and Reliability

(IAPQR) 12. 3-day workshop on “Application of Computer in Business”

June 27-29, 2007

Dept. of Commerce, BRSNC

13. Seminar on convergence with IFRS-Indian road map, organized by IAA research foundation

Aug 30,2008

IISWBM

Sri Galive Iquebal

1. UGC sponsored State Level seminar: “Degree level general education in W.B.: Problem & Prospects”.

Dec BRSNC

2. UGC sponsored Seminar: “Marketing Management & E-commerce”.

Feb 22, 2002

BRSNC

3. 6th International Accounting conference

Jan 11-12, 2003


4. Seminar on “Marketing Management in 21st Century”

Dec 12, 2003

RBC, Naihati

Sri Kallol Saha

1. 6th International Accounting

conference

Jan 11 & 12, 2003

Indian Accounting

Accociation Research Foundation, Kolkata

2. Workshop on “IT and its application in Business & Marketing”

Oct 2004


Jan 8 & 9, 2005


311

4. 3 day workshop on “Computer & Its application in Business”

Jun, 2007 Commerce Alumni Association and Netaji

Nagar Day College 5. State Level Seminar on

“Emerging Trends in Accounting & Finance”

Oct 2007 Dum Dum Motijhiln Rabindra

Mahavidyalaya

Sri Subrata Roy

1. UGC sponsored State Level seminar: “Degree level general education in W.B.: Problem & Prospects”.

Dec BRSNC

2. UGC sponsored Seminar: “Marketing Management & E-commerce”.

Feb 22, 2002

BRSNC

3. Seminar on “Marketing Management in 21st Century”

Dec 12, 2003

RBC, Naihati


1. UGC Sponsored State Level Seminar on “Changing Scenario of insurance business in India”

2006 New Alipore College

2. National Seminar under UGC-ASIHSS Programme on “e-Business: The new business paradigm in a knowledge economy”

2006 Dept. of Commerce, C.U.

3. Seminar on “Industrialization and Development”

2007 RBC College (evening), Naihati

4. 2-day Workshop on “Information Technology for Accounting and Businss”

2007 BRSNC

5. 120th Orientation course at Ramkrishna Mission, Narendrapur

Ramkrishna Miossion Lokasiksha Parishad

and Training Orientation & Research

Centre


1. UGC sponsored state level seminar on “Eastern India: The Emerging Issues in Development”

Jan 19-20th 2001

Department of Economics, RBC College, Naihati

2. National Seminar on IPR & Related Issues

Sep 2nd & 3rd , 2004

Dept. of Busi. Admn. and Dept. of

Commerce, University of Kalyani,

3. International Conference on FDI, Globalization and Development

Feb 5th & 6th 2008

Department of Economics, University

of Kalyani 4. Seminar on “Investor Awareness” Sep 26,

2008 The Institute of

Company Secretaries of India & Dept. of

Busi. Admn. University of Kalyani

Sri Manabendra

National Accounting Conference (Paper Presentation)

Feb 9, 2002

Serampur College, Hooghly

312

Sekhar Bhadra

National Seminar on New B.com Syllabus

Sep 3, 2004

Netaji Nagar College Netaji Nagar Day

College Maharaja Moninda Chandra College


ongoing projects: No. of ongoing projects and it’s total outlay –

Sl. No. NAME PURPOSE STATUS TOPIC

1. MANABENDRA SHEKHAR BHADRA

PH.D ONGOING The role of Auditing And Assurance Standards in improving audit quality: An Indian Perspective

2. ABHIJEET KUNDU PH.D ONGOING A study on impact of economic and political events on share prices of selected Indian companies during 1995-2004

3. INDRANI MAJUMDER PH.D ONGOING Role of media in grabbing the rural market potentiality with special emphasis on southern region of West Bengal

4. BISWAJIT DEY M.Phil SUBMITTED Role of cooperative banks in the functioning of SHGs in the district of Nadia, West Bengal

5. GALIVE IQUEBAL M.Phil SUBMITTED Study of productivity of labours in the jute industries in the district of North 24 PGNS, West Bengal.

6. SUBRATA RAY M.Phil ONGOING Agricultural insurance- a block level study in West Bengal

7. KALLOL SAHA M.Phil SUBMITTED Incentives and motivation tools in Sales Jobs – a case study of Eureka Forbes Ltd.

8. ANIRBAN CHAKRABORTY M.Phil ONGOING Study of perception of customers regarding service quality in the insurance sector.

9. RUPAM MUKHERJEE M.Phil ONGOING Crop insurance –a study in West Bengal

10. PARTHA BANERJEE MRP SUBMITTED Assessment of productivity and human resource factor

11. BISWAJIT DEY MRP SUBMITTED short term farm credit realization in cooperative banking – a case study in the district of Nadia, West Bengal

12. ANIRBAN CHAKRABORTY MRP ONGOING A study of consumer perception regarding service quality in India.


313

Name of the teacher

Title Year International/National/ College

In Journals Sri Manabendra Shekhar Bhadra

Interim Financial Reporting- a survey of Indian practice.

2004 The Chartered Accountant ( National)

Reporting of quarterly financial performance in India

2005 The Accounting World. ( National)

Auditor’s Independence-a goal difficult to achieve.

2007 The Accounting World ( National)

Protecting intellectual property rights through patent/copy rights- some legal issues.

2004 National seminar in Kalyani University.

Smt. Indrani Majumdar

“Demographic Transition in rural vis a vis urban India: with special emphasis on West Bengal”

2008 Arthabeekshan, Sept 2008 issue. (National)

“ Chinese Sweatshops: the result of out sourcing by global Business Giants”

2008 Indian Journal of Management Sept-oct issue (National)

12. a) Placement Record of the past students: A large number of students are

well placed in reputed IT companies and Ites organizations. During the session

2006-07 63 students and 2007-08 65 students of commerce were given offer letters

in reputed company such as Wipro BPO, Infosys BPO, Genpact, IBM DAKSH,

India Foils, ITC, 3G Global Services in the areas of Accounts, markeing and

Customer services. Details will be shown at the time of NAAC peer team visit.


motivate the students to enroll for communicative English learning .They counsel

appropriate student for MBA, CA and CWA studies. Sri Partha Banerjee HOD and

two other teacher Sri Kllol Saha and Sri Avijit Kundu aactively participate in the

process of Career Planning, Career Counselling and Placements as members of the

Career Development Cell

13. Future Plans:


ii) Organization of field visits to consolidate the knowledge of the students and make

them conversant with the Research methodology, which may help them in future jobs.

314

iii) To organize seminars and to motivate the students to participate.

iv) To publish at least one paper in a year by the departmental teachers.

v) Introduction of M.Phil

vi) Arrangement of different professional training such as e-commerce, e-business

vii) Publication of the peer-member journal

viii) To undertake a survey on ‘Dropout Rate of Primary School children and

Children not going to Primary School’ in ward no. 17 in Barrackpore Municipality.


Students Feedback- The department takes feedback from the thied year out going

students at the UG level on different aspects of the college and the deparrment. The

evaluative report of the students feedback will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer

team visit.

Parent Teacher Meeting- the Department organises meetings with the parent and

gurdians of the students and makes a helthy interaction between the Parent and the

teachers. The feedback report of the Parent teachers meeting will be documented at

the time of NAAC Peer team visit.

Tutor-ward Syatem- Inspite of largevolume of students the department maintain the

tutor-ward mechamisn for the academic growth of the students. The details will be

presented at the time of visit.



The department runs Hons. courses at the UG level and PG level. The department is

rich in a substantial number of bright and meritorious students with good

communication skill in English. The students of commerce every year bring glory for

the institution securing 1st class and university rank in laegest number.

Sri Sandip Kr. Chakraborty, senior most teacher of the department has been

acting as Burser of the college and also he is the Asst. Manager of the PF Committee.

Apart from this he is the chairman of the PG Board of Studies in Commerce.

Partha Banerjee presently HOD acts as the Programme Officer of NSS.

Galive Iqubal is in the charge of NCC

315

The department helps in conducting workshop on career guidance. For this the

department is trying not only to improve academic results of the students by also

to develop the personality of the studnets through asstenes Computer learning and

other events of Business and Commerce. The department is going to publishe a

reserah journal titled –‘Journal of Business and Economic Issues’.

The department organized out reach activities and extension activities for the teachers

of commerce in the neighbouring colleges of 24 parganas and kolkata through

organizing workshop on in Role of e-commerce in Business where resource persons

from different universities of W.B. and management Institute and Chairman of

School Service Commission participated.

Concluding Remarks: -

The department is major wing of the college with a large number of students in Hons

in Accounts, Finace & Control and Marketing Management. As there is no PG course

in marketing management at the university of Calcutta the depatment has introduced

PG course in Marketing Management considering the vertical progression these

groups of students. The department receives the assistances from the faculty members

of the inter disciplinary subjects like Economics, Mathematics, Computer Science,

Law, English, Bengali and Hindi.

316

History of the Department: The Department of Business Administration (B.B.A.) was

formed under Calcutta University under reference letter no. C/533/112, affiliated dated 13-

02-2002 w.e.f. 2002-03. The first batch was admitted in the academic session 2003-04. This

is a three year course comprising of 2000 marks and at the end of each year one examination

is taken by the University(Part-I, Part-II and Part-III). There is neither any general papers in

this course nor the course is taught at the general level. At present, the course is affiliated to

the West Bengal State University.

Aims and Objectives of the Department: The objective of the Department is to impart Management education among aspiring students

and thereby generating employment.

1. Faculty Profile:

a) Adequacy

Sl. Type of Post Sanctioned Present Status 1. Substantive - - - - 2. Fulltime –Management

Appointee - - 01


- - 06

4. From the Allied Dept. - - 19 b) Competency*: List of Teachers with their Details

FACULTY QUALIFICATION DESIGNATION YEARS OF

SERVICE

FIELD OF

SPECIALIZATION



M.Sc.(Physics), MBM

Lecturer (on full-time contract basis)

5 Yrs. Marketing

Dr. Chandra Sekhar Mukherjee, Dept. of Economics

M.Sc. (Econ), M. Phil., Ph.D.


27 Yrs Statistics & Econometrics

Dr. Anjan Majumdar, Dept. of Economics

M.A.(Econ), M.Phil., Ph.D.


26½ Yrs Agricultural Economics & Econometrics

Dr. Srimanta Sinha Roy

M.Sc, Ph.D. Reader, Dept. of Mathematics

DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

317

Dr. Bimal Kumar Ghosh

M.Sc, Ph.D. Reader, Dept. of Mathematics

Dr. Arunava Banerjee

M.A, Ph.D. Reader, Dept. of English

Dr. Meenakshi Krishnan

M.A, Ph.D., PGCPE, PGDTE

Reader, Dept. of English

Sri Sandip Kumar Chakraborty

M.Com, LLB, FCA.


22 Yrs. Accounts

Sri Partha Banerjee

M.Com (Marketing)

Sr. Lecturer 11 Yrs. Marketing

Sri Abhijit Kundu

M.Com. (Finance), ACA

Lecturer 2 ½ Yrs. Accounts

Sri Kallol Saha

M.Com (Accounts)


7 Yrs. Accounts

Sri Manabendra Sekhar Bhadra

M.Com(Finance) Lecturer (on full-time contract basis)

1 ½ Yrs. Accounts


M.A. (Econ.), B.Ed., MBA


1 ½ Yrs. Econometrics & Marketing Mgt

SriRupam Mukherjee

M.Sc.(Econ) Lecturer (on full-time contract basis)

1 ½ Yrs. International Trade

Sri Subrata Ray

M.Com. (Accounts)


10 Yrs. Accounts

Sri Galive Iquebal

M.Com, B. Ed. Lecturer (on full-time contract basis)

13 Yrs. Accounts

Sri Avik Chattopadhyay


1 ½ Yrs Marketing Mgt

Sri Biswajit Dey

M. Com (Finance) Sr. Lecturer 11 Yrs. Accounts

Sri Suvendu Roy Chowdhury

M.Com Lecturer (class basis contractual)

1 ½ Yrs Accounts

Tumpa Chakraborty

M.sc Lecturer, Dept. of Computer Science

Sri Dipak Das Choudhuri

B.Com,M.A, LLB Lecturer (class basis contractual)

4 Yr. History & Law

Sri Arindam Mukherjee


2 Yrs. Human Resource Mgt

Sri Arindom Chakraborty

M.A.(Econ) , MBA


2 Yrs. Marketing Mgt

Sri Arnab Majumder


1 Yr. Marketing Mgt.

318

Sri Ajit Chakrabarty

B.E, PGDHD Guest Lecturer

Sri Snehasish Saha

M.sc, PGDCA Guest Lecturer



2. Student Profile:

Social Status:

2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05 2003-04 General 34 09 04 21 17 SC 04 01 02 01 01 ST - - - - - OBC - - - - - Total 38 10 06 22 18 Economic Status:

2007-08 2006-07 Below 1500 - 01 1501-5000 10 03 5001-10000 07 01 10001-15000 09 03 15001-20000 02 - Above 20000 02 02 Total* 30 10

*The difference between Social status & Economic Status of students is due to non-

availability of data on economic status.



4. Trends in the success rate & drop out of students during the last 5 years: SUCCESS RATE OF STUDENTS (BBA)

Year Total appeared Total Passed % of Pass 1st Class/Div 2nd Class/Div 2005 02 02 100 - 02 2006 05 05 100 03 02



319

Class Room No. 133:3mX6m (1st Yr-85 Middle Road)

Class Room No. 105A:3mX7.5m (2nd Yr-6 Riverside Road)

Class Room No. 105B:3mX7.5m (3rd Yr-6 Riverside Road)

b) Library:


Nil 377 Nil c) Computer: One with uninterrupted Internet connection.

d) Laboratory: N/A

i. Laboratory Space/ departmental rooms: N.A.

ii. List of Equipments:

e) Other Resources:


Lecture method √ Interactive method √ Project base learning √ Computer assisted learning (Including internet) Audio visual learning √ Experimental learning √ Seminars √ Others √


4 hours and 1.5 hours per week respectively. Counseling classes are




8. Details of faculty development programmes in last five years (Refresher/

Orientation): N.A.



Teaching (Class Room, Examination Duty, Script evaluation) / teacher /






320

week 01

(fulltime) 18 hrs. - 5 hrs. 5 hrs. 5 hrs. -

06 (Class basis)

8 hrs. - - 2 hrs. - -

10.Collaboration with other Department/ Institutions ( Seminar/ Symposium

attended): Name of the Teachers

Seminars/ Conference /Workshops/Orientation Programme/ Refresher Courses

Held on /during

Organized By


1. UGC Sponsored State Level Seminar on “Changing Scenario of insurance business in India”

2006 New Alipore College

2. National Seminar under UGC-ASIHSS Programme on “e-Business: The new business paradigm in a knowledge economy”

2006 Dept. of Commerce, C.U.

3. Seminar on “Industrialization and Development”

2007 RBC College (evening), Naihati

4. 3-day Workshop on “Information Technology for Accounting and Businss”

Sept 27 – 29, 2007

BRSNC

5. 120th Orientation course at Ramkrishna Mission, Narendrapur

Ramkrishna Miossion Lokasiksha Parishad and Training Orientation & Research Centre


Publications)

Ongoing projects: 2

Sl. No

NAME PURPO STATUS TOPIC

1. ANIRBAN CHAKRABORTY

M.Phil. ONGOIN Study of perception of customers regarding service quality in the insurance sector.

2. MRP ONGOIN A study of consumer perception regarding service quality in India.

Publications by faculty (last 5 years): Nil

12. a) Placement Record of the past students: Details will be shown at the time of

NAAC Peer Team visit.



321

preparation of competitive examination like CAT, MAT etc. and vertical progression

of study and providing information for different types of jobs.

13. Future Plans: The Department plans to do the following in future-

a) Establishment of departmental library.

b) Establishment of separate placement cell for the department.

c) Enhancement of frequency of industrial visits.

d) Inviting more industry personnel to act as Guest Lecturers in the

department.

e) Opening of more specialization subjects in the course.







Strengths Weaknesses Suggestions 1. Teachers are

cooperative, regular and sincere.

2. Examination system is good.

1. No departmental library.

2. Provision for separate computer lab.


2. Departmental library should be introduced.


Class Allotted & Class Taken Performance: %

Regular arrangement of industrial visit.

• Summer training of the students in different industrial fields.

• Teacher student ratio is high.

Concluding Remarks:

The department is performing well and the departmental teachers to the best

of their capacity discharge their duty in the interest of the students in the teaching-

learning process, academic growth, preparation for different examinations, industrial

visit, summer training etc. for the development of the students.

322


The Department of Bengali was established in the College in the year 1964 (vide

letter no. C/442/112 dt 14.08.1964) with Honours in Bengali. Thereafter the

Department has been doing all the things regarding to the prospect of the college and

of the department. Departmental activities are always with the achievement and

prospect of the Departmental students. Many of them are shining with their careers,

The Departmental represented by many reputed teachers with versatile personalities.

Prof. Shanti Singha Roy represented himself as the Principal of the College.

One time the Department was Jubilant with nine Departmental Teachers. Now the

Department has four fulltime teachers (on substantive basis) and two Management

appointed class basis teachers.Employability and Carrier advancement with many

Cultural and Social activities are the features of the department.


The Department always looks forward with the academic syllabus and Curriculum

and Corrigendum to the employability and Career advancement of the Departmental

Students. Many innovation like Tutor Ward, Library Class, inter departmental

activities in the college and outside the college are the main aims and objectives. The

Department likes to introduce co-related Computer Courses, communicative English

Courses, and courses like employability test with aptitude and reasoning test etc.

Main objective of the Department is with the result orientation, especially in

Honours course where efforts are being given by the teachers to obtain higher marks

for the students.

1. Faculty Profile:

a) Adequacy


Appointee - -


05 05

DEPARTMENT OF BENGALI

323


Sl. Name of the Teacher



Teachers Competency reflected in students’ feedback

1. Dr. Dipak Chaudhuri

Reader M.A. Ph. D 20 Comparative Literature

77.63%

2. Sri. Dipak Kr. Bhattacharya

Selection Grade lecturer

M.A 24 Drama 85.07%

3. Arun Kr.Dutta

Lecturer M.A 03 Novel and Short Stories

78.47%

4. Dr. Puspa Bairagya

Lecturer M.A, Ph.D. 03 Linguistics 61.56%

5. Sri. Mridul Dutta Roy

Lecturer M.A 0.5 Modern Bengali Poetry

Joined recently

6. Smt. Sonali Banerjee

Lecturer M.A 0.5 Linguistics Joined recently

7. Dr. Diti Roy Guest Lecturer

M.A, Ph.D. 06 Comparative Literature

58.94%

8. Dr. Hiren Chatterjee

Guest Lecturer

M.A, Ph.D. 33 Novel and Short Stories

9. Sri Santanu Sarkar

Guest Lecturer

M.A. 04



2. Student Profile:

Social Status:

2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05 2003-04 General 209 206 211 218 239 SC 25 31 33 45 38 ST 3 3 1 2 3 OBC 4 7 10 10 8 Total 241 247 255 275 288 Economic Status:

2007-08 2006-07 Below 1500 30 32 1501-5000 92 66 5001-10000 61 45 10001-15000 26 17

324

15001-20000 13 9 Above 20000 6 4 Total* 228 173




contribution of the faculty to those changes: 2005-06.




No of second class

No of first class


% first class CU

% passed College

% passed CU >=40%

<50% >=50% <55%

>=55% <60%

2003 82 82 65 15 01 - - 0.10 100 99.64 2004 78 78 54 16 04 - - 0.02 100 99.79 2005 86 86 28 51 05 01 1.16 0.30 100 99.88 2006 86 86 40 39 07 - - 0.34 100 99.80 2007 69 69 43 23 02 - - 0.24 100 99.76 2008 82 82 67 13 02 Nil - 0.12 100 99.92





Class Room No. 219 : 9.35mX11m

Class Room No. 220 : 6.5mX8.9m

b) Library


169 4376 Seven c) Computer: One with uninterrupted Internet connection.

d) Laboratory: N.A.


ii) List of Equipments:

e) Other Resources:


Lecture method √ Interactive method √ Project base learning

325

Computer assisted learning (Including internet) Audio visual learning Experimental learning Seminars √ Others √


On an average 2 hrs (academic counseling). Counseling classes are allotted



classes per week.


Orientation)

Participant Teacher


Dr. Puspa Bairagya Refresher Course (CU) 2 Dec 08 to 21 Dec 08

Sri Arun Kr. Dutta Orientation Programme 17 Sep 08 to 07 Oct 08


Research:








04 (fulltime)

29 hrs. - - 5 hrs. 2 hrs. -

05 (Class basis)

8 hrs. - - 2 hrs. - -


attended):

Will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit. 11. Priority areas for Research & details of the ongoing projects (Projects &

Publications)

326

Ongoing projects–Three

Name of the faculty Title of the ongoing project Arun Kr.Dutta Upendranath Gangopadhyay: Life & Literature along with his

edited journal “Vichitra” Dr. Puspa Bairagya Folk element in modern Bengali poetry Dr.Diti Roy Bangla Bhasha Sahitya O samaj preksha pate “tatwabodhini”

patrika bhoomika Publication: Will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit.


students on average are going to vertical progression (like PG, Entry into job market

and competitive Exams). Details will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit.



preparation of competitive examination like SSC, research programme and vertical

progression of study and providing information for different types of jobs.

13. Future Plans:

Improvement of academic improvement of the students through Tutor-

Ward system and counseling.

To introduce technology enabled teaching-learning process.

To enrich and more involvement of teachers and students to promote

departmental library activity.

To introduce Digital Class Room.

Introduction of PG course in Bengali.







Strengths Weaknesses Suggestions 1. Good relationship

between teachers and the students.

2. Teachers are cooperative with the students.

1. Lack of more text books in the departmental library. 2. Unsatisfactory Sanitary System and College

1. Purchase of more books in the departmental library.

2. More tutorial classes are needed.

327

3. Teaching-learning process is satisfactory.

Canteen. 3. Active involvement of teachers in the library class.

Parent’s Feedback:

Parents are happy with the performance of the teachers.

College library should be upgraded with more lending facilities.

Career Advancement Course be introduced.


Tutor ward System: Tutor ward System is an excellent innovation regarding the

advancement of the total academics. Group wise distribution of Tutorial ward may be

nourished effectively. Therefore elements and accessories like Computer, LCD

Projector, Laptop, Projector for viewing cinema may be used effectively. Educational

excursion is also necessary for much more good relationship which should be

developed through Tutor ward System.



The Department of Bengali celebrates ‘Ekushe’, Bangla Bhasa Diwas on 21st

February of each year where eminent personalities of Bengali literature and drama

participate every year.

Celebration of Teachers’ day.

Publication of wall magazine.

Organisation of seminars where speakers are the students and eminent

personalities such as Manoj Mitra, Bratya Basu, Soumitra Basu, Jay

Goswami, Hiren Chatterjee, Barun Kumar Chakraborty etc.

Concluding Remarks:

The departmental teachers take care of all round development of the students.

The motivation of the teachers are satisfactory and they devote a substantial amount

of time for the advancement of the department and institution.

328

History of the Department: The college initiated the department in the year 1970 as

a subject in the General level with affiliation to University of Calcutta vide letter no.

C/11526/112 dt. 06.02.1970. As per demand of the society and with necessary

capacity building, college open the honours course with affiliation to University of

Calcutta vide letter no. C/773/112 dt 28.08.1996 and G.O. No. 249/Edn(CS) dt

03.04.1998.

Aims and Objectives of the Department: Our first objective is to create interest

among the pupil and to make them understand the accountability of the subject in the

present scenario. We should try to make them not only academically sound but also

well being persons so that they can serve the society. We would like to prepare our

students technologically enable.

1. Faculty Profile:

a) Adequacy


Appointee 01 01


03 03


Sl. Name of the Teacher




1. Dr. Md. Abdul Odud Mondol

Reader M.A., Ph.D. 24 Educational Technology

85.59%

2. Sri Manishankar Roy


M.A, M.Phil. 09 History of Education

85.23%

3. Smt. Chandrani Sanyal

Lecturer M.A 05 Special Education

88.4%

4. Smt. Nupur Sur

Lecturer M.A 02 Curriculum 70.44%

5. Smt. Doyel Majumdar

Lecturer M.A 02 Mental Hygine

DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION

329

6. Dr. Jayasree Dev

Guest Lecturer

M.A, Ph.D. 30 Curriculum

7. Smt. Shilpi Roy Chowdhuri

Lecturer M.A 1 Technology Joined recently



2. Student Profile:

Social Status:







Dr. A. Odud, a senior faculty member of the department participated in syllabus

reform committee in C.U. (2002).

Faculty members of the department Dr. A.Odud & Sri M.S. Roy participated in

syllabus reform committee of University of Kalyani as members of Board of Studies

2006-07.


330

Year



No of second class

No of first class


% first class CU

% passed College

% passed CU >=40%

<50% >=50% <55%

>=55% <60%

2003 61 61 33 19 04 02 3.28 3.26 100 99.78 2004 41 41 17 16 07 - - 1.79 100 99.84 2005 51 51 05 28 13 05 9.80 4.30 100 100 2006 52 52 07 13 20 12 23.08 6.12 100 99.85 2007 43 43 - 15 02 07 16.28 10.73 100 99.74 2008 44 44 09 14 16 05 11.36 6.95 100 100







b. Library


113 1266 Two

c. Computer: One with uninterrupted Internet connection.

d. Laboratory: N.A.



e. Other Resources:


Lecture method √ Interactive method √ Project base learning √ Computer assisted learning (Including internet) Audio visual learning Experimental learning Seminars √ Others √


331

On an average 2 hrs (academic counseling). Counseling classes are





Orientation)

Participant Teacher


Sri Mani Shankar Roy

Refresher Course 29 Feb to 20 March 2008

Refresher Course 18 Nov to 08 Dec 2008









03 (fulltime)

21 hrs. - 6 hr. / week (for only one teacher)

4 hrs. 2 hrs. -

02 (Class basis)

8 hrs. - - 3 hrs. - -


attended): Participant Teacher


Date

Sri Mani Shankar Roy National Seminar at University of Kalyani 2006 National Seminar at University of Kalyani 2007

Dr. Abdul Odud Mondol

National Seminar at Rabindra Bharati University 2007

Smt. Chandrani Sanyal Attended Institutional seminar as a speaker on “Mal adjustment due to personality disorder and anxiety disorder”.

15.02.2008

Attended State level seminar on “The new syllabus in the education honours course”.

28.06.08

332

Attended National seminar on “Making an knowledge society”. 16.12.2008


Publications)

Ongoing projects– One

Name of the faculty Title of the ongoing project Sri Mani Shankar Roy The Effects of some factors on different

types of concept development of children at pre operational stage. Ref No. PHW-086/0506 dated 27.03.2008.

12. a) Placement Record of the past students: During the last five years 20 to

25 students on average are going to vertical progression (like PG, Entry into job

market and competitive Exams). Details will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer

Team visit.



preparation of competitive examination like SSC, research programme and


13. Future Plans:

i. Introducing technology aided teaching method.

ii. To introduce B.Ed. & PG Course.

iii. For benefit of the students faculty-exchange scheme may be arranged.

iv. More seminars should be arranged by resource persons.

v. We should like to deliver power point presentation of the selective syllabus.



i. Seminars & workshops are arranged by the faculties of department and by the

resource persons.

ii. The counseling for academically backward students.

iii. Group discussion in class room situations.

iv. For better interaction between the teachers & students departmental picnic and

educational tour are arranged annually.

333

v. Many students participate in different cultural, sports activities of the college.

vi. Wall magazine is published in regular basis.

vii. We send letter to the parents whose wards are not regular in classes.

viii. Celebration of Teachers’ day.

Students’ Feedback:

The department as an integral part of the college receives feed-back from its stake

holders i.e. the students. The students gave their observations about the department

and the college in the form of strengths, weakness and suggestions. A sample of the

last five years is given here. Detail will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team

visit.

Strengths Weaknesses Suggestions Steps Taken 1. Teacher’s

guidance is satisfactory.

2. Healthy relationship between teacher & students.

3. Teachers are co-operative.

1. Lack of books in Departmental & Central Library.

2. Poor Canteen Facility.

4. No office facility at 6, Riverside Road Campus.

1. More books required in departmental library and central library.

2. Need better students’ canteen.

3. More departmental workshop is needed.

4. Official Transaction should be introduced at 6, Riverside Road Campus as early as possible.

1. Departmental books are purchased.

2. The problem of Canteen facility is minimized centrally by the college.

3. Part office facilities are given to the students.

Parents’ Feedback:

Merits:

i. Healthy relationship between teacher & students.

ii. Teaching method is satisfactory.

iii. More departmental workshop is needed.

Computer training should be regularize in college.


Tutor Ward System:

Tutor ward is very fruitful process for paying attention to every

individual of the department, class-wise. In first year we divide all the

students in equal number under each faculty or teacher. The teacher pays

334

attention to his/her group of students. Thus the problems of the students may

solve by the teachers sympathetically. Those topics are further discussed by

the teachers which are not clear to the students in the class. The teacher not

only tries to solve college oriented problem but also some personal problems

are also solved.



i. We have acquired 29 ranks at university level in last five years.

ii. Most of the students get chance at PG level in regular course in

different universities.

i. The number of students who achieved jobs is also satisfactory.

ii. The department has acted as a zonal centre of EDCG of university of

Calcutta in the year 2004.

iii. Dr. A.Odud is the Co-ordinator of IGNOU PI Centre.

iv. Departmental teacher, Sri M.S. Roy, is actively attached with the

Building Sub Committee, Students’ Aid Fund etc. of the college.

v. Departmental teacher, Smt. Chandrani Sanyal, is actively attached with

the cultural committee of the college.

Concluding Remarks: The motivation and dedication of the teachers of the

department are praiseworthy and highly appreciable. Our department has achieved a

good academic record in last five years at UG level. In future we like to maintain

this attractive academic record at the UG level in the University. We will try to

minimize the shortcomings of our department and to fulfill the requirements of the

students and to maintain a warm relationship between the teacher and the students.

335


The English department was established in the year 1953-54 with the affiliation to

I.A. Standard Ref: C/309/Appl. Dated 20.8.53, when there was felt a need to cater to

the study of the English Language and Literature. It was an important subject in Arts

and there were many takers for the subject in many forms. It was a compulsory

component cutting across streams and disciplines. Practically every student passing

out of the college with a Higher Secondary or a Graduation degree needed to have

studied a core subject like English. Initially the subject was taught as Group A and

Group B English language for the Higher Secondary course. Gradually English came

to be taught as an Elective subject in the session 1957-58, with a thrust on Literature

as well with the affiliation to the B.A. Pass Course Ref: C/2836/42/Appl.dated

24.6.1957. It was in the session 1995 – 96 that the department finally got affiliation

for introducing the Honours course in English (Ref: C / 1195 / 112, Application

dated: 26.10.1995).


The main focus of the department of English is not just to teach the subject but to

develop in the student qualities like sense of aesthetics, sensitivity, empathy and build

in them a general awareness of the relevance of literature to life. The department

strives to help the students to enjoy and appreciate literary works. The stress is more

on helping them learn rather than teach. We encourage the self-learning process by

acting as facilitators rather than teachers. The teachers make themselves available

whenever the students need them and the learning process is continued even beyond

the classroom. The teachers take upon themselves the mammoth task of making clear

the role and relevance of English Literature in modern times and how it now can be

studied as a crossover subject and at an interdisciplinary level.

1. Faculty Profile:

a) Adequacy

DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH

336


Appointee - -


03 03


Sl No

Name Designation Highest Qualification

Specialization Experience Teachers Competency reflected in students’ feedback / Remarks

1. Meenakshi Krishnan

Reader & H.O.D.

M.A., Ph.D. Linguistics, American Literature, ELT

12+ 91.08%

2. Arunav Banerjee

Reader M.A., Ph.D. Greek Tragedy 25 86.21%

3 Partha Bandyopadhyay

Lecturer (Sel. Gr.)

M.A Contemporary English

24 87.71%

4 Krishnakali Basu

Lecturer (Sel. Gr.)

M.A. History of English Language

17 86.15%

5 Arunabha Ghosh

Lecturer M.A. American Literature

1+ 67.3%

6 Pritesh Chakraborty

Lecturer M.A Colonialism & Post colonialism

1+ 85%

7 Sharmishta Roy Lecturer M.A. American Literature

4+



2. Student Profile: Entry-level competency: Eligibility Criteria

Honours in

Best Four aggregate

Min. in subject Highest Marks admitted

Lowest Marks admitted

English 50% ISC/CBSE – 55% HS (Gr. B) – 50% HS (Gr. A) – 45%

86.8 68.8

Table shows that student admitted with minimum marks is well above the

eligibility criteria. This proves the reputation of the department and the college.

Social Status: 2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05 2003-04 General 143 150 156 167 171

337

SC 18 20 20 20 22 ST 0 0 1 3 3 OBC 3 4 4 4 4 Total 164 174 181 194 203

Economic Status: 2007-08 2006-07 Below 1500 5 3 1501-5000 35 36 5001-10000 44 40 10001-15000 20 13 15001-20000 23 15 Above 20000 15 12 Total 142* 119*




contribution of the faculty to those changes: The University of Calcutta revised the

syllabus for the 3 yr. B.A. (Honsour) in English with minor changes and it came into

effect from the academic session 2004-05. A workshop was held on Syllabus

Revision and the teachers input went into the amendments.

From 2006-07 the syllabus was re-organized to fit it into the current 1+1+1 system.


Year



No of second class

No of first class


% first class CU

% passed College

% passed CU >=40%

<50% >=50% <55%

>=55% <60%

2003 51 51 26 10 01 - - 0.33 100 95.23 2004 35 35 20 03 - - - 0.04 100 95.89 2005 58 58 37 15 - - - 0.36 100 96.53 2006 51 51 35 09 - - - 0.89 100 97.29 2007 48 48 18 22 03 02 4.17 0.84 100 99.02 2008 45 45 29 13 02 01 2.22 0.50 100 99.92




Department room: 8 ft by 9 ft Cubicle

Class room: 223 & 224 (6, Riverside Road Campus)

Seminar room: Jointly shared.

b. Library

338

Departmental Central Journal/

Periodicals Purchased/Gifted 42 10 1367 04

c. Computer: One with uninterrupted Internet Connection.

d. Laboratory: N/A



e. Other Resources:


Lecture method √ Interactive method √ Project base learning √ Computer assisted learning (Including internet) Audio visual learning √ Experimental learning Seminars √ Others √

The traditional lecture method with the blackboard as the main aid is

now slowly being replaced by newer methods like using some other visual aids

like pictures, paintings, photographs and some forms of technology like films,

slides etc. The lecture method has now given way to more interactive ways of

teaching the subject. In a class of Creative Writing, for example, there is much

more scope for a workshop method of teaching. Group work and brainstorming

sessions are encouraged which leads to almost everyone participating in the

teaching-learning process. Tutorials and assignments are constantly monitored to

facilitate feedback and help keep track of student progression. The Tutor-Ward

system has helped a great deal in keeping a close eye on students and giving them

personalized attention. One-to-one and One-to-many counselling is another way

of handling student difficulties. Remedial classes are organized for slow learners

to help them keep up with the rest of the class. Project work is another method to

help students learn how to research a topic or theme.

7. Participation of teachers in academic & personal counselling [per week]: 5 hours and 4 hours per week per teacher respectively. Counseling classes are

allotted and taken by the teachers during the period February to May i.e. post- Test

339

period. A teacher has to take at least one counseling class per day and six

counseling classes per week

8. Details of faculty development programmes in last five years ( Refresher/

Orientation)

Participant Teacher



Refresher Course on “Poetry:Text & Context” – Calcutta University

Refresher Course on “Romanticism” – Jadavpur University

December 2003 March 2006

Smt. Krishnakali Basu

Refresher Course on “Human Rights” Jadavpur University

January 2004

Refresher Course on “Romanticism” – Jadavpur University

March 2006

9. Participation & Contribution of teachers in teaching, consultancy & Research: Total No. of teachers in the dept.







04 (fulltime)

24 hrs. - - 4-6 hrs. 2 hrs. -

03 (Class basis)

8 hrs. - - 2 hrs. - -


Participant Teacher


Date


Speaker at Annual International Seminar of the Center for Studies in Romantic Literature, Jadavpur University, Kolkata

14th -15th Feb, 2007

Attended XXI IACS International Conference on “Society, Environment,& Technology: Canada & India” organized by the Indian Association for Canadian Studies, Hyderabad

24th -26th Feb, 2005

Attended National Conference on “ New Directions for Language & Literature Studies”, Rabindra Bharati University Kolkata

28th-29th Nov, 2003

Attended State level seminar on “ Teaching Business Communication in English”, Institute of English, Kolkata

6th July,2006

Attended Institutional seminar on “ Developing Communication Skills in English at the Tertiary Level”, Institute of English, Kolkata

2nd -5th April 2004

Speaker at Institutional seminar on “ Communicative English” at Sri Ramkrishna Sarada Vidya Mahapith, Hooghly

15th Sept,2004

340

Attended workshop on teaching “Business Communication in English” at the Institute of English, Kolkata

6th July,2006

Sri Partha Bandopadhyay

Attended Institutional seminar on “Rishi Aurobindo poetry and poetics” 11th Sep,2007

Attended State level seminar on “Indo-Anglian Literature” 16th Sep,2008

Dr. Arunava Banerjee

Attended XXI IACS International Conference on “Society, Environment,& Technology: Canada & India” organized by the Indian Association for Canadian Studies, Hyderabad

24th -26th Feb, 2005

Smt. Krishnakali Basu

Attended Institutional seminar on “Rishi Aurobindo poetry and poetics” 11th Sep,2007

Attended State level seminar on “Indo-Anglian Literature” 16th Sep,2008


Publications)

Ongoing projects: N/A


students on average have been employed at the graduation level. Details will

be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit.


teachers provide assistance to the graduate students in the form of computer




13. Future Plans: The English Dept. has tried to ensure that there is no discontinuity

between the past and the future, that the future is built on the consolidation of past

gains to begin with after achieving this, the department must move in new directions.

The most crucial teacher-student interaction takes place in the class room.

The English Dept. has already initiated steps to change classes from being

teacher-centric to learner-centric. Students are split up into groups. Each

group has one coordinator. Through collective effort each group makes

presentations on topics which have been decided before hand. Each

presentation is followed by an interaction in which the whole class

participates. The teacher acts as a facilitator. In future the department plans

341

to expand the scope of this method and ensure that a larger proportion of

classes are held in this manner.

Students of the department participate in seminars as resource persons along

with experts and distinguished scholars who come from outside the college.

This prestigious opportunity acts as an incentive to self improvement. The

departments is planning a news letter, along with other developments, the

abstract of these presentations will be mentioned.

The department plans to bring out a journal where articles by students and

teachers will be published along side contributions from external experts.

We insist of inclusions of students as this can be an important stepping stone

to a future in academia.

Plans are afoot to subscribe to a few more journals

The department hopes to introduce a teacher-exchange programme in

collaboration with the Dept. of English of other colleges.

Enrichment of the departmental library.

Conducting of educational tours.

Introduction of Book Reading Sessions, where students read out portions

from books (not included in the syllabus) and review articles

Collaborate with the Dept. of Communicative English and Education to

review the effectiveness of English Language Teaching in select school and

colleges and prepare a report that can be used to improve the standard of

English teaching and learning.


Departmental Activities: Besides the regular lectures and examinations, which are a necessary part of

academics, the department encourages other activities where students take centre

stage. These are departmental Seminars where students are encouraged to make paper

presentations with guidance from the teachers. Groups are formed and a topic is given

to the group which researches material on the topic and the paper is presented by one

of the members of the group. Another departmental activity is the Wall magazine

which is now very popular. Students regularly contribute articles and a selection

342

committee headed by a faculty member whets the articles and selects the smaller ones

to be displayed on the wall magazine. The longer articles find place in the College

magazine. The departmental Picnic is an event looked forward to by every student

and which takes place every winter. There have been a couple of occasions where

Dramatics have been very much a part of the departmental activity. Teachers’ Day is

celebrated in a grand manner by the students.

Students’ Feed back: The department as an integral part of the college receives

feedback from its stakeholders i.e. the students. The students gave their observations




Strengths Weaknesses Suggestions 2. Teachers are cooperative,

regular and sincere. 3. Counselling classes, mode

of teaching, examination system are praiseworthy


6. Delay in showing answer scripts.


5. Introduction of PG Course in English.


• By enlargement guardians/parents are happy with the performance and

commitment of the teachers.

• The routine should be more compact.

• A departmental library should be set up.

• A more personalized monitoring of students’ progress would be welcome.




The Department of English has set up two memorial awards which are

presented to the Topper in English (Honours) at the University Examination:

• Sayantani Debnath Memorial Award [in honour and remembrance of a young

student of English (Honours) who passed away rather untimely]

• Ranjit Bhattacharya Memorial Award (in remembrance of a former teacher of

the department).

343

Concluding Remarks:

The departmental teachers to the best of their capacity discharge their duty in

the interest of the students in the teaching-learning process, academic growth,

preparation for different examinations, faculty development programme and research

activities. The teachers and the students take part in different departmental activities

of the college and the department.

344


The Department of Film Studies was established in the academic year 2001-02 (vide

letter no. C/2065A/112 dt 10.09.2001) at Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath

College affiliated to the University of Calcutta. Film studies is taught from then as a

general subject like any other college under Calcutta University.


The aim behind teaching Film Studies in the undergraduate level is to create a general

interest to the art of cinema. Students here learn to read a film and interpret it in their

own way. From here we can expect the sprouting of future film critics and above all

connoisseurs of cinema with good taste.

Primarily, here students study different film theories and the languages of

cinema. They watch films made by some eminent film makers and at the 2nd year as

well as at the 3rd year level, they make a short film in video format. So in a way it can

be a stepping-stone for future film makers & audio-visual personalities too.

1. Faculty Profile:

a) Adequacy

Sl. Type of Post Sanctioned Present Status 1. Substantive 01 Vacant 2. Fulltime –Management

Appointee - -


02 02





Teachers achievement reflected in students’ feedback

1. Sri Debasish Chakraborty

Lecturer M.A. 8 Guru Dutta & Hindi Melodrama

2. Smt. Rajrupa Mukherjee

Lecturer M.A. 2 Sholay & its Socio-Historical background

DEPARTMENT OF FILM STUDIES

345



2. Student Profile: The input for B.Sc. (General) will be shown at the time NAAC

Peer Team visit.







Lab cum Class Room No. 104 : 6mx7m

b) Library


- 70 -


d) Laboratory: One

i) Laboratory Space/ departmental rooms: 6mx7m


Team visit.

e) Other Resources:



7. Participation of teachers in academic & personal counseling [per week:


allotted and taken by the teachers during the period February to May i.e. post Test

346

period. A teacher has to take at least one counseling class per day and at least six

counseling classes per week.


Orientation)

Participant Teacher


Samir Mukherjee Refresher Course 2004-05 Partha Banerjee Refresher Course

Orientation 2006-07 2005-06

Biswajit Dey Refresher Course Orientation

2006-07 2005-06









02 (Class basis)

7 hrs. 1.5 hrs. - 2 hrs. - -


attended):

Participant Teacher


Date

Sri Debasish Chakraborty

1. Participated in UGC sponsored National Seminar on “Changing Values in Bengali Cinema” at Nabadwip College.

6th&7th March 2008

2. Attended seminar in “Cinema and Question of Modernity’ organized by Jadavpur University, Film Studies Department.

2004

Smt. Rajrupa Mukherjee

1. Attended seminar at Jadavpur University on “Chokher Bali” of Rituparna Ghosh.

2008


Publications)

347

Nil

12. a) Placement Record of the past students: Details will be shown at the time


b) Contribution of the dept. to aid student placements: General department

13. Future Plans:


ii) Making the department equipped with more technical equipments.

iii) To make students friendly with the use of different technical equipments used

in film making.

iv) To publish at least one magazine on ‘Cinema’ from the department.

v) Organizing a ‘Film Festival’ every year in the college auditorium.



Special project of Film making for the students of 2nd & 3rd year students.

Concluding Remarks:

The department of Film Studies as a general subject is doing well at the

university level. Students from various honours subjects show very much interest in

such an audio visual subject. Teachers also give their best to create interest in films

from different nations. This way Film Studies as a subject opens the minds of

students to the socio historical periphery of the world.

348


The department of Hindi was established in the year 1967 as a General subject

vide letter no. C7064/112 dated 08.08.1968. and the honours course was introduced in

the year 2001 vide letter no. C/2065A/112 dated 10.09.2001. and G.O. No. 1223-

Edn(CS) dated 30.09.2002.


Through our methods of education we would like to empower our students so

that they can break out of the vicious cycle of gender inequality and poverty. We

would also ensure that the benefits of education is enjoyed by all and is no relegated

to the interest of few who are economically and socially rich.

We want to give the students a perspective in life by developing his/her innate

talents and the powers of creative enterprise. Through our efforts we would try and

ensure that the students moulds into a responsible citizen who can enjoy a rewarding

personal life and would have the capacity to appreciate the splendor of life revealed

from social interaction and communion with nature. We understand that it takes a

world of differences to make a different world.

1. Faculty Profile:

i) Adequacy


Appointee 01 01


03 03

DEPARTMENT OF HINDI

349

ii) Competency*: List of Teachers with their Details Sl. Name of the




1. Dr.Neeraj Sharma

Lecturer M.A, Ph.D 01 Joined recently

2. Sri. Vivek Shaw Lecturer M.A 02 87% 3. Dr. Rama Mishra Lecturer M.A, Ph.D 03 82% 4. Smt. Vijeta Shaw Lecturer M.A 02 85% 5. Smt. Sreeparna

Tarafdar Lecturer M.A 01 Joined

recently *Competency of faculty is measured by the UGC stipulated criteria & faculty member’s


2. Student Profile:

Social Status:






contribution of the faculty to those changes: 2005-06 by C.U.


350

Year



No of second class

No of first class


% first class CU

% passed College

% passed CU >=40%

<50% >=50% <55%

>=55% <60%

2003 2004 16 16 05 05 04 01 6.25 5.81 100 100 2005 19 19 04 08 06 01 9.80 8.45 100 100 2006 43 43 18 19 04 02 4.65 3.35 100 100 2007 36 36 28 04 03 - - 0.63 100 100 2008 34 34 08 14 09 03 8.82 4.12 100 100


5. Learning resources of the departments: a. Departmental Infrastructure:


Class Room No. 203: 6mX7m

Class Room No. 205: 6mX7m

b. Library


115 2364 Three c. Computer: One with uninterrupted Internet Connection.

d. Laboratory: N.A.


iii) List of Equipments:

e. Other Resources:


Lecture method √ Interactive method √ Project base learning Computer assisted learning (Including internet) Audio visual learning Experimental learning Seminars √ Others √


On an average 1.2 hrs & 40 mins per week respectively. Counseling classes

are allotted and taken by the teachers during the period February to May i.e. post Test

351

period. A teacher has to take at least one counseling class per day and six counseling

classes per week.


Orientation): N.A.









02 (fulltime)

18 hrs. - - 4 hrs. 1 hrs. -

03 (Class basis)

8 hrs. - - 2 hrs. - -


attended):

Name of the teacher

National seminar Date International Seminar

Date

1. Dr. Neeraj

Sharma

1. Attended seminar as a speaker on “Pandit Hajari Prasad Diwedi ki samiksha drishti” Sanskritik Samalochna aur Hajari Prasad Diwedi, Hindi department, Allahabad University, U.P.

2. Attended seminar as a speaker on “Manviyta ke nav nirmata santh Raidas” at Rashtriya Hindi Sodh Sangoshti. Govt. College of Raghogarh, Guna, M.P.

3. Attended Seminar as a speaker on “ Bacchan ke kavya ki gitatmakta”, Uttar Chayavad aur Harivansha Rai Bacchan”, Govt.

9th – 10th March 2008

15th -16th April 2003

12th -13th Dec 2004

None

352

Adarsh Vigyan College, Jabalpur, M.P.

2. Sri Vivek

Shaw

1. Renaissance and Indian languages’ – Calcutta University(21st – 23rd Nov. 2006)

2. 1857 ka mahavidroh aur Hindi Sahitya ka punarmulyankan’ – Savitri Girls College, U.G.C. sponsors (28th March 2008)

3. ‘Impact of non co-operation movement of North eastern, Hindi and Urdu literature- Gandhi Smriti and Darshan Samiti, New Delhi (8th Feb. 2008)

21st -23rd Nov.2006

28th march 2008

8th Feb.2008

None

3. Dr. Rama

Mishra

1. Ecological modernization in the contest of crisis in our national environment, Khidirpur College, Calcutta (W.B.)

2. Acharya Hajari Prasad

Diwedi Janmsatabdi Bhartiya Bhasha Parishad.

3. 1857 ka mahavidroh aur

hindi, Savitri Girls College, Calcutta (W.B.).

4. Vaishwaikaran, Hindi aur

Ramvilash Sharma- 2006-07, Punarnirman Mission Calcutta.

5. Acharya Hajari Prasad Diwedi Chintan aur Srijan. Hindi Department, Burdwan University, (W.B.)

31 March, 2006,

28th -30th Sept. 2007,

28th March 2008.

3rd -4th Apr. 2008.

A challenge for religious tradition,

30th Nov.-2nd Dec. 2007

353


Publications)

One Ph.D. research project by Sri Vivek Shaw on “Dr. Ranghay Raghav ke

katha sathya mein samjik chetna”.from C.U registered in the year 2007 under Dr.

Chandrakala Pandey. (Self financed) Name of the

teacher Title Year International/National/College

In Journals/Magazine Dr.Neeraj Sharma

Apbhransh ke Jain kavi Dhanpal aur unka Bhavishyat kaha.

2003 Apbhransh Bharti

Hindi kahani: Stri vimarsh ke ird gird 2003 Pratishruti Dalit vimarsh aur hindi ke dalit kahanikar

2005 Pratishruti

Acharya Hazariprasad Diwedi ki samiksha drishti.

2008 Hindi Anusheelan

Dr. Rama Mishra

Chhaya wadi kavita mein kavi panth ka sthan

2007 B.R.S.C annual college magazine.

Sri. Vivek Shaw

Ranghyae raghav 2007 B.R.S.C annual college magazine.


students on average are going to vertical progression (like PG, Entry into job

market and competitive Exams). Details will be shown at the time of NAAC

Peer Team visit.


teachers provide assistances to the graduate students in the form of computer




13. Future Plans:

Participation in Faculty Development Programme to enrich knowledge and

skill of the faculty member.

Updating the faculty members with various events of local, national and

international importance.

To make the students socially responsible by involving them in different

kinds of activities such as NSS, NCC etc.

To enrich the departmental library.

354


Students feedback – The department as an integral part of the college receives feed-





Strengths Weaknesses Suggestions Steps Taken

1. Teachers attend their classes regularly and punctually.

2. Teacher-student interaction is very close.

3. Teachers are very co-operative.

4. Discipline is maintained.

1. Number of seminars arranged by the Department.

2. Number of Books in both the library.

3. Number of teachers in the department.


7. Organization of more seminars.

8. More teachers should be appointed.

5. Department has purchased more text and reference books for both the departmental and central library.

6. Department has organized departmental seminars where students are the speaker in the presence of external expert

7. Canteen facilities and sanitary system has been thoroughly changed and improved.

Parents-Teacher Interaction

During the month of February/March every year, a parents teacher interaction is held

in the department. Parents along with their wards interact with the department

teachers. They discuss the performance and limitations of their wards and they also

give suggestion for the improvement of the department. Department plays an active

role in fulfilling the demands of the students as rejected in the interaction programme.

Suggestions:

1. Demand for a tiffin period of at least for 15 minutes.

2. More number of books required for library.

3. More teachers should be appointed.

355

Tutor-ward system

Department maintains a tutor-ward system where students are divided into

small groups and each group is assigned to a teacher, so that each student can be

taken personal care. Through this repterm, the concerntration level of the students in

the classroom, their attendance, academic performance, library activities, general

awareness level etc. are maintained by the teachers.



i. Students of our department have participated in NSS activities such as Blood

Donation Camp, Members of Voluntary Blood Donors’ Club, Collection of

money through micro-savings box, participation in Thalassaemina Eradication

programme, Donation of Books for the departmental library etc.

Concluding Remarks: On final evaluation of all factors and the feedback received

from students and their parents we can conclude that the Hindi Department has

played a positive role in making difference to their lives. We have not only limited

ourselves to the curriculum but have instead tried to expose them to the world of

Hindi literature in a way which equips them with an in depth industry of the socio-

economic factors.

We would continue to strive to enhance our own skill set so that the

employment potential of the students and make them robust with good

communication and people skill.

356

History of the Department: Pass course in History was introduced in the college in

the year 1957 (Ref. No. C2836/42 dt 24.06.1957) and Honours in History was

introduced in the year 1996 (Ref: C/773/112 dt 28.08.1996).

Aims and Objectives of the Department: The department aims to acquire all round

progress in academic field. It strives to achieve a state of success in which majority of

its students would pursue Post Graduate courses and achieve success in life and

career. The primary objective of the department is to create genuine interest in the

subject so that the students would be able to appreciate our rich cultural heritage and

interprete present circumstances in the light of their historical background.

1. Faculty Profile:

i) Adequacy

Sl. Type of Post Sanctioned Present Status 1. Substantive 03 03 2. Full time –Management

appointee 01 01

3. Class Basis (Part Time) –Management appointees / Guest

02 02

ii) Competency*: List of Teachers with their Details Sl. Name of the




1. Smt. Sutapa Ghosh Dastidar

Senior lecturer

M.A 09 Modern History

88.25%

2. Smt. Lipika Biswas

Selection Grade lecturer

M.A 15 Modern Europe

88.62%

3. Sri Pankaj Kr. Mandal

Lecturer M.A 01 Modern Europe

Joined Sep’08

4. Smt.Keya Dutta

Lecturer M.A., M.Phil 03 USA 76.37%

5. Smt. Gopa Mitra

Lecturer M.A. 06 Ancient History

89.02%

6. Sri Amalesh Kundu

Lecturer M.A. 02 Modern Europe

7. Smt. Debamita Bhattacharyya

Lecturer M.A 0.5 Joined recently

DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY

357

8. Smt. Shipra Sinha Roy

Lecturer M.A., M.Phil 0.5 Joined recently



2. Student Profile:

Social Status:


Economic Status:





contribution of the faculty to those changes: 2003-04 and part amendment on

2006-07.




No of second class

No of first class


% first class CU

% passed College

% passed CU >=40%

<50% >=50% <55%

>=55% <60%

2003 67 67 36 26 04 - - 0.18 100 99.51 2004 45 45 20 21 03 - - 0.20 100 99.67 2005 52 52 39 13 - - - 0.15 100 99.82 2006 49 49 40 08 - - - 0.58 100 99.42 2007 34 34 20 11 01 - - 1.73 100 98.76 2008 66 66 35 28 03 Nil - 4.75 100 99.73




358


Class Room No. 206 : 6mX9m


b. Library


56 1381 29

c. Computer: One with uninterrupted Internet Connection.

d. Laboratory: N.A.



e. Other Resources:




7. Participation of teachers in academic & personal counseling [per week]: On an average 1.5 hrs & 1 hr. per week per teacher respectively.

Counseling classes are allotted and taken by the teachers during the period

February to May i.e. post Test period. A teacher has to take at least one

counseling class per day and six counseling classes per week.


Orientation)

Participant Teacher


Smt. Sutapa Ghosh Dastidar

Orientation Course in History (CU)

26 Jul to 21 Apr 2004

Smt. Lipika Biswas Refresher Course in History (CU)

15 Feb to 7 March 2005

359









04 (fulltime)

17 hrs. - - 7 hrs. 2 hrs. -

03 (Class basis)

9 hrs. - - 8 hrs. - -


Participant Teacher


Date

Smt. Keya Dutta Attended Institutional Seminar on “Women in History”. 7th April, 2004

Attended Institutional Seminar on “Pre & post independence politics & working class movement”.

13th April 2005

Attended Institutional Seminar on “ Religion in History” at BRSN College

23rd April, 2005

Attended Institutional Seminar on “Partition of Bengal”. 28th March, 2006

Attended Institutional Seminar on “Varied aspects of ancient Indian economy”.

12th may, 2006

Attended Institutional Seminar on “Bengal Renaissance”. 12th March, 2007

Attended Institutional Seminar on “Women in India perspective:. 31st Jan, 2008

Attended Institutional Seminar on “Society & Economy of Medieval India”.

19th March, 2008

Attended Institutional Seminar on “18th Century politics & Siraj –ud-Daulah”.

6th Nov, 2008

National Seminar on 20th Century-some reflections at Rishi Bankim Chandra College, Naihati

19th Feb, 2008

Smt. Sutapa Ghosh Dastidar

Attended Institutional Seminar on “ Transition of Europe”, Dept of History, J.U

12th March,2003

Attended Institutional Seminar on “Transition of Europe”, Dept of History, Jaipuria College, Kolkata

24th Nov,2003

Attended State level Seminar on “ India’s encounter with modernity, Dept of History, C.U

8th March,2003

Attended National level Seminar on “ Contemporary India; aspects of politics, society & culture”.

28th -29th March,2003

Attended Institutional Seminar on “ Women in History”, BRSN College, Barrackpore

7th April,2004

Attended Institutional Seminar on “ Rethinking Environment, ecology, ediology & development, Netaji Institute for Asian studies.

5th June,2004

360

Attended State level Seminar on “ Annual conference on Paschim Banga itihas Samsad”.

24th-25th Jan,2004

Attended State level Seminar on “ Annual conference on Paschim Banga itihas Samsad”.

24th-25th Jan,2005

Attended International level Seminar on “ Situating the History of Environment”.Dept of History, J.U

5th March,2005

Smt. Lipika Biswas

Attended Institutional Seminar on “ Aspects of recently introduced syllabus of History”, at Jaipuria College, C.U

24th Nov,2003

Attended Institutional Seminar on “ 50 Years of Parliamentary democracy in India at BRSN College, Barrackpore

18th Sept.2003

Attended State level Seminar on “ India’s encounter with modernity, Dept of History, C.U

8th March,2003

Attended Institutional Seminar on “ Aspects of Society & Economy in modern India”.Dept. of History, C.U

15th March,2004

Attended Institutional Seminar on “ Science & Society”, Dept. of History, C.U

7th -8th March,2005

Attended Institutional Seminar on “ Pre & post independence politics & working class movement”.

13th April 2005

Attended Institutional Seminar on “ Religion in History”at BRSN College

23rd April, 2005

Attended Institutional Seminar on “Origin of labour movement of Howrah” at BRSN College.

13th April, 2005

Attended National level Seminar on “ Mahatma Gandhi & the making of modern India”.

31st march,2005

Attended Institutional Seminar on “ 19th Century Bengal Renaissance”.

12th March, 2007

Sri Pankaj Kr. Mandal

Attended State level Seminar on “ History, historiography & society”.

2007

Attended Institutional Seminar on “ 18th Century politics & Siraj –ud-Daulah”.

6th Nov, 2008

Smt. Debamita Bhattacharyya

Attended State level seminar on “Paschim banga itihaas samsad” 24th -26th Jan 2008

Attended State level seminar on “ Sipoy Mutiny: a positive landmark in Indian History”.

19th March 2008

Attended State level seminar on “Child Labour”. 6th Sept.2008


Publications) One research project completed by Smt. Lipika Biswas on

“Labour movements of Howrah: its ups & downs & socio economic effects

(1945-2000)” for the period of the project (2004-2006).

One research project completed by Smt. Sutapa Ghosh Dastidar on

“Social ecologies of the Lodhas of West Bengal (1860-1950)” for the period

of the project (2004-2006). Name of the

teacher Title Year International/National/College

In Journals/magazine Smt .Sutapa Ghosh Dastidar

Arter Artanad-Chilkar Gabhire o agabhire

2005 Itihaas Anusandhan 19( National)

361

Criminal tribes act o Paschim Banger Lodha samaj

2006 Itihaas Anusandhan 20 (National)

Smt. Debamita Bhattacharjee

“Babu” culture in 19th century.

2007 Hooghly Mohsin College Journal

Itihaas darshan. 2007 Hooghly Mohsin College Journal Bengali festival oriented “Babu” culture

2008 Khalisani Mahavidyalaya (College Journal)

Bengali women in higher education.

2009 ( to be

published)

Paschim Banga Itihaas Samsad .( National)

12. a) Placement Record of the past students: Five to seven students are placed

at the graduation level.


teachers provide assistances to the graduate students in the form of

preparation of competitive examination like SSC and vertical progression of

study and providing information for different types of jobs.

13. Future Plans:


ii. To introduce PG Course in the department.

iii. For benefit of the students faculty-exchange scheme may be arranged to

enhance the knowledge base of the students.

iv. More seminars should be arranged to extend mental horizon of the students

and engender research orientation in them.



1. The department organizes at least two seminars in every academic session. The

honorary resource persons, the teachers and the students of the departments

offer seminal presentation on the topic of the seminar.

2. The department has a tutor ward system to extend academic and personal

support to the students. Here special care is extended towards economically

backward students.

3. The department organizes a departmental picnic every year to enhance

proximity between the teachers and the students of the department.

4. The present and passed out students of the department celebrate Teachers’ day

every year with utmost sincerity and reverence.

362

Students’ Feedback: The department as an integral part of the college receives feed-





Strengths Weaknesses Suggestions 1. Teachers are cooperative,

regular and sincere. 2. Physical & cultural

environment of the college.

1. Lack of fulltime faculty. 2. Poor Students’ Canteen.

1. Easy access to Internet facility. 2. Introduction of PG Course in History.

Parents’ Feedback: – Merits:

i. The parents are satisfied with the performance of the department. They have

appreciated the concept of guardians meet and the process of providing them

with the knowledge of their wards attendance record.




i. The department has acted as a zonal centre being a pioneer in the district in the

zonal centre system of examination introduced by university of Calcutta in the

year 2003. The department has been the zonal centre of distribution and

examination of answer scripts of HISG examination of CU from 2003 to 2006.

Smt. Sutapa Ghosh Dastidar, Head, Department of History has served as zonal

Head Examiner for all these years.

Concluding Remarks: The department of History has been striving for years to

effect all round development of the students. The number of fulltime faculty members

has increased. The strength of the departmental library has enhanced over the years.

The departmental teachers are encouraging the students to study History in depth and

to aware the students of the glorious past of the historical events of India and World.

This awareness can help the youth to bring a better future.

363


Our department started in the year 2000 with the sanctioning of General course only.

In the year 2001 we got affiliation for the Honours course also. Initially the number of

teachers was less but as the time is rolling on we are getting strengthened by our

departmental teachers and students.


Firstly, the aim of our department is to create interest in the subject among the

students as a whole. Being a professional subject it demands practical and theoretical

knowledge simultaneously. So, our objective is to give emphasis on both practical

and theoretical sites. Our special objectives is to give importance in developing the

journalistic-writing skill and aptitudes among the students. Our objective is to give

special emphasis on computer application, video photography (specially documentary

shooting), video editing and ad-copywriting. We try to develop special skills for the

public relations sector. Our students would be eligible and competent for the print

media, electronic media, public relation sector and advertising sector in future. So,

our intension is to make them worthy for these fast-changing fields. Our special aim

is to arouse the spirit of moral values among the would-be journalists and media

professionals. With the development of the professional ability and aptitude our

desire is to build social awareness amongst the students and make them socially

committed.

1. Faculty Profile:

i) Adequacy


Appointee 02 02


03 03

ii) Competency*: List of Teachers with their Details

DEPARTMENT OF JOURNALISM & MASS COMMUNICATION

364





1. Smt. Moumita Chaudhuri

Lecturer M.A. 02 Radio & TV Journalism, Sports Journalism

80.7%

2. Smt. Suparna Roy Bhattacharya

Lecturer M.A. 06 Development Journalism, International Relation

89.92%

3. Smt. Sahana Chatterjee

Lecturer M.A. 03 Media & Human Rights, Media, Environment & Human Rights

78.2%

4. Sri. Sandipan Dasgupta

Guest Lecturer

M.A. 03 78.85%

5. Sri. Amitava Bandopadhyay

Guest Lecturer

M.A. 03 77.9%

6. Sri P. Sinha Guest Lecturer

M.A. 03



2. Student Profile:

Social Status:


Economic Status:




365


contribution of the faculty to those changes: 2005-06. Part revision in the

session 2006-07.

4. Trends in the success rate & drop out of students during the last 5 years: Year No of

students appeared


No of second class

No of first class


% first class CU

% passed College

% passed CU >=40%

<50% >=50% <55%

>=55% <60%

2003 2004 23 23 19 04 - - - - 100 100 2005 24 24 19 04 01 - - - 100 100 2006 25 25 19 05 01 - - - 100 100 2007 28 28 13 14 - - - - 100 100 2008 33 33 27 06 Nil Nil - 0.44 100 100







b. Library


82 333 -

c. Computer: 13 (thirteen) with uninterrupted Internet connection.

d. Laboratory:

i) Laboratory Space/ departmental rooms: 6mX7m (Room No. 104)

ii) List of Equipments: Will be shown at the time NAAC Peer Team

visit.

e. Other Resources:


366

Lecture method √ Interactive method √ Project base learning √ Computer assisted learning (Including internet)

√




allotted and taken by the teachers during the period February to May i.e. post Test

period. A teacher has to take at least one counseling class per day and six

counseling classes per week.


Orientation)

Participant Teacher


Smt. Maumita Chaudhuri

Orientation Course, JU 17 Nov to 15 Dec 2008


Research:








03 (fulltime)

20 hrs. 5 hrs. - 3 hrs. 2 hrs. -

03 (Class basis)

8 hrs. - - 2 hrs. - -


attended):

367

Participant Teacher


Date

Smt. Sahana Chatterjee

Attended Institutional seminar on “ Indo- Pak cricket series and Indian politics”.

12.04.2004

Attended Institutional seminar on “ Evolution of print journalism”

06.10.2004

Attended Institutional seminar on “ Principle of PR” 24.08.2006 Attended Institutional seminar on “ Script writing”. 24.03.2007 Attended Institutional seminar on “ Making of documentary film”.

22.12.2007

Attended Institutional seminar on “ Higher education in Journalism”.

17.03.2008

Attended National seminar on “ Transition from information society to knowledge society: an Indian prospective at B.U

6.07.2006-07.07.2006

Attended National seminar on “ Media democracy & human rights” at Manindra Chandra College, C.U

13.04.2006

Smt. Suparna Ray Bhattacharya

Attended Institutional seminar on “Indo- Pak cricket series and Indian politics”.

12.04.2004

Attended Institutional seminar on “ Evolution of print journalism”

06.10.2004

Attended Institutional seminar on “ Recent trends of news room operation

12.04.2005

Attended Institutional seminar on “Script writing”. 24.03.2007 Attended Institutional seminar on “Making of documentary film”.

22.12.2007

Attended Institutional seminar as an anchor on “Indo-US Nuclear Treaty” at Ramkrishna Mission Shilpa Mandir.

Sept,2007


Publications)

Ongoing projects- One

Name of the faculty Title of the ongoing project Smt. Maumita Chaudhuri The Changing patterns of Social Issues

and its effect on Media 2001-06. 12. a) Placement Record of the past students: During the last five years 20 to 25


and competitive Exams). Details will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit.

b) Contribution of the dept. to aid student placements: The departmental teachers

try to develop the journalistic writing skill and aptitude among the students. They

provide support services like computer application, video photography, video editing

368

and ad copy writing. The department tries to develop special skill for the public

relation and advertising sector.

13. Future Plans:

i. Implementation of more technology aided teaching methods for practical part –

introduction of video software for editing.

ii. To introduce PG Course.


Professionals from the different relevant field such as- PR, Advertising, Print and

Electronics Media may be invited to groom the students.

iv. More seminars should be arranged by resource persons for the development of

the knowledge of the contemporary socio-political-economic and cultural world.

v. We should like to deliver power point presentation of the selective syllabus.

vi. More books for the departmental library to enrich the students.



i. Seminars & workshops are arranged by the faculties of department and

by the resource persons and departmental students.

ii. Counseling for academically backward students.

iii. Group discussion in class room situations.

iv. To give assistance in the preparation of dissertation paper by the

students of 2nd year honours.

v. To give assistance to the 3rd year Honours students in the documentary

film making.

vi. For better interaction between the teachers & students departmental

picnic and educational tour are arranged annually.

vii. Many students participate in different cultural, sports activities of the

college.

viii. Lab. Journal (Batayan) is published in regular basis.

ix. Celebration of Teachers’ day.



369




Strengths Weaknesses Suggestions Steps Taken 1. Teacher’s guidance is satisfactory. 2. Healthy relationship between teacher & students. 3. Teachers are co-operative.

1. Lack of books in departmental library and central library. 2. Need better students’ canteen. 3. More departmental workshop is needed. 4. Practical classes require more emphasis.


2. Organization of more seminars.

3. Improvement of canteen and sanitary system.

1. Department has purchased more text and reference books for the both departmental and central library.

2. Canteen facility has been improved centrally.

3. Department has organized departmental seminars where students are the speaker in the presence of external expert.

Parents’ Feedback:

i. Healthy relationship between teacher & students.

ii. Teaching method is satisfactory.

iii. More departmental workshop is needed.


Tutor Ward System:

Tutor ward is very fruitful process for paying attention to every

individual of the department, class-wise. In first year we divide all the

students in equal number under each faculty or teacher. The teacher pays

attention to his/her group of students. Thus the problems of the students may

be solved by the teachers sympathetically. Those topics are further discussed

by the teachers which are not clear to the students in the class. The teacher not

only tries to solve college oriented problem but also some personal problems

are also solved.


370


i. Our department’s indigenous feature is publication of Lab. Journal,

Batayan, a bi-lingual journal, twice in the year. Students are the soul of

this journal. They gather information and photographs, write the copy,

edit and make-up the page. The glimpse of present social, cultural,

political and economic world are presented by them through write ups.

ii. Documentary filmmaking is the part of 3rd year students’ syllabus.

Every student selects individual topic and makes individual

documentary.

iii. Departmental teachers and students are deeply attached with the

cultural activities of the college.

iv. Departmental faculty, Smt. Suparna Roy Bhattacharyya (one of the

convenors of the cultural sub committee) and Smt. Sahana Chatterjee,

are the active members of cultural subcommittee, college health sub

committee and Career Development Cell.

Concluding Remarks: We, the department of Journalism and Mass Communication

always try to fulfill the academic demands of the students. We take care in academic

growth and teaching learning process. we also help the students by providing study

materials and personal copies of books. We are trying to enrich ourselves by joining

research and career development programmes. The dedication of the departmental

teachers is praise-worthy. Particularly, the teachers of our department devote much

effort in different programmes arranged by the institution and for the development of

the college.

371

History of the Department: The department of Philosophy has a rich heritage. This

subject was included in the year 1957 vide letter no. C2836/42 dt 24.06.1957.

Initially, there was only pass subject. In the year 1999 Honours (vide letter no.

C/1187/112 dt 02.12.1999) has been introduced. From the very beginning a great

interest was generated among the students for studying the subject.

Aims and Objectives of the Department: The department of Philosophy has been

creating an interest among the students about the subject. The department tries to

encourage them the philosophical way of thinking.

1. Faculty Profile:

a) Adequacy

Sl.


1. Substantive 02 02 2. Full time –Management

appointee 01 01

3. Class Basis (Part Time) –Management appointees / Guest

03 03




Teachers Competencey reflected in students’ feedback

1. Smt. Dipali Hazra


M.A 30 Psychology and religion

69.76%

2. Smt. Purabi Das Senior Lecturer

M.A., M.Phil. 07 Logic 69.06%

3. Smt. Swati Paul Lecturer M.A 01 Nyaya 76.08% 4. Smt.

Sulaskhshana Saha

Lecturer M.A 03 Ethics 52.56%

5. Dr. Swarupa Pal Lecturer M.A., Ph.D. 05 Nyaya 76.08% 6. Smt. Maitrayee

Banerjee Lecturer M.A. 04 Logic 69.52%



2. Student Profile:

Social Status:

DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY

372


2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05 2003-04 Below 1500 21 16 - - - 1501-5000 60 40 - - - 5001-10000 39 27 - - - 10001-15000

17 10 - - -

15001-20000

2 3 - - -

Above 20000

0 0 - - -

Total* 139 96 *The difference between Social status & Economic Status of students is due to non-



contribution of the faculty to those changes: 2005-06. The objective of the

syllabus revision is to accommodate the changes taking place in and outside India

and to introduce new topics relevant for the students.




No of second class

No of first class


% first class CU

% passed College

% passed CU >=40%

<50% >=50% <55%

>=55% <60%

2003 33 33 15 06 05 05 15.15 6.44 100 99.32 2004 37 37 15 12 09 - - 2.93 100 99.13 2005 48 48 29 10 02 01 2.08 4.03 100 98.69 2006 40 40 17 15 05 01 2.50 4.81 100 99.47 2007 29 29 16 09 04 - - 3.23 100 99.34 2008 41 41 29 06 05 01 2.43 4.73 100 99.49 * Remaining students passed in the general category


a) Departmental infrastructure:


373



b) Library


187 1341 - c) Computer: One with uninterrupted Internet Connection.

d) Laboratory: N.A.



e) Other Resources:





On an average 1hr & 1hr per teacher per week respectively.

Counseling classes are allotted and taken by the teachers during the period

February to May i.e. post Test period. A teacher has to take at least one

counseling class per day and six counseling classes per week.


Orientation)

Participant Teacher

Refresher & Orientation

Date

Smt. Purabi Das Orientation Programme 30 May to 25 June 2005 Refresher Course 29 Feb to 20 March

2008.

374









03 (fulltime)

25.5 hrs. - - 8.3 hrs 1 hr. -

03 (Class basis)

8 hrs. - - 4 hrs. - -


attended): Participant Teacher


Date

Smt. Purabi Das

Attended UGC sponsored State level seminar on “ Energy generation strategies & policies in India”

7th March,2001

Attended Seminar on “Existence of God”. 17th Dec,2001 Attended UGC sponsored National seminar on “ Applied ethics” organized by the department of Philosophy of Sri Chaitanya College

31st March, 2003

Attended Seminar on “Existence of Soul”. 30th March.2004

Attended a seminar organized by Department of Philosophy, South Calcutta Girl’s College, Kolkata

.8th April 2005

Attended Seminar on “Nature & values of philosophy”. 24th march,2005

Attended Seminar on “The role of inference in Indian & Western logic”.

7th April,2006

Attended Seminar on “the role of learning in the field of memory’. 12th May,2006

Attended seminar on “The application of mill’s method in practical life’.

22nd Dec, 2006

Attended seminar on law of causation from Indian & Western standpoint.

4th March,2008

Attended workshop on Vaisesika formal Ontology organized by the department of Philosophy, J.U in collaboration with the Indian council of Philosophical research, New Delhi

18th -29th Aug,2008

Attended an Institutional seminar on “Kant’s two fold classification of Judgement”.

14th Nov,2008

Smt. Dipali Hazra

Attended Seminar on “Existence of Soul”. 30th March.2004

375

Attended Seminar on “Nature & values of philosophy”. 24th march,2005

Attended Seminar on “The role of inference in Indian & Western logic”.

7th April,2006

Attended Seminar on “the role of learning in the field of memory”. 12th May,2006

Attended seminar on “The application of mill’s method in practical life’.

22nd Dec, 2006

Attended seminar on law of causation from Indian & Western standpoint.

4th March,2008

Attended an Institutional seminar on Kant’s two fold classification of judgement.

14th Nov,2008

Smt. Swati Paul Attended an Institutional seminar on Kant’s two fold classification of judgement.

14th Nov,2008


Publications)

One research project completed by Smt. Purabi Das (Principal Investigator on

“Euthanasia-moral prospective”).

12. a) Placement Record of the past students: Most of the students progress to post

graduate studies or prepare for competitive examinations. Details will be shown at

the time of NAAC Peer Team visit.


motivate the students to develop their language proficiency which will help them

in case of employment as well as post graduate studies.

Future Plans:


ii. To introduce PG Course.


iv. More seminars should be arranged by resource persons.


Departmental activities:

i. Seminars are arranged by the faculties of department and by the resource

persons.

ii. Counseling for academically backward students.

iii. For better interaction between the teachers & students departmental picnic

and educational tour are arranged annually.

376

iv. Many students participate in different cultural, sports activities of the

college.

v. Wall magazine is published in regular basis.

vi. Maintenance of regular attendance of the students.

vii. Celebration of Teachers’ Day.






Strengths Weaknesses Suggestions Steps Taken 1.Teachers are

cooperative, regular and sincere.

Examination pattern is satisfactory.


2. Poor Students’ Canteen.


2. Introduction of PG Course in English.

1. Books in Central & Departmental library have been increased.

2. A fulltime teacher has been appointed by the management.

3. Other suggestions taken centrally.

Details will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit. Tutor Ward System: Tutor ward is very fruitful process for paying attention to every

individual student of the department. In first year we divide all the students in

equal number under each teacher. The teacher pays attention to his/her group

of students. Thus the problems of the students may be solved by the teachers

sympathetically. Those topics are further discussed by the teachers which are

not clear to the students in the class. The teacher not only tries to solve college

oriented problem but personal problems as well.



377

The college has been selected as Zonal centre of distribution and evaluation of

answer scripts of Philosophy General Paper, Exam of C.U. from 2007 & 2008.

Smt. Dipali Hazra has functioned as the head examiner.

Concluding Remarks:

The department is striving with utmost sincerity for the overall development

of the department. More classes have been introduced for the 3rd year students.

Departmental library is gradually enriching. Attempt is made to generate

interest among the students. All in all progress of the department in the last

few years is satisfactory.

378


2008 is the year marking 40th Anniversary of affiliation to B.A. (Hons.)

programme in Political Science in our college. A large number of students have

passed out the college with Hons. in Political Science. Presently many of them are

teachers (both school & college), lawyers, municipal employees, state service cadres,

journalist, company secretaries, labour welfare officer, social activists etc.

In the initial years only a few students could be admitted in the Post-Graduate

programme at Calcutta University, because of their failure to secure the cut-off marks

set by the university. Since mid 80s enrolment of students at C.U. had substantially

increased. During last 5 years almost 40% of passed out students are admitted in

regular course of study in Calcutta and other universities.


Firstly, exposure of the students to more honours courses so that they can

select their preferred subject of study. Previously, the college had affiliation to only

B.A. (Hons.) in Bengali. A large no. of non-bengali students were admitted in B.A.

programme but did not have any scope to enroll in Hons. programme.

Secondly, only a couple of years back Economics (Hons.) syllabus was

modified and Political Sc. (Hons.) syllabus was designed as a new separate discipline.

Thus, growing eagerness and interest were developed among the students to study

Political Sc. (H) in B.A.

Thirdly, students were under the impression that studying Political Sc. (Hons.)

would give them some mileage in appearing at the Civil Service Examinations such

as I.A.S., I.P.S., W.B.C.S. and other public service examinations.

Therefore, Political Sc. (Hons.) in B.A. programme was introduced with

multiple objectives stated above.

1. Faculty Profile:

a) Adequacy

Sl. Type of Post Sanctioned Present Status 1. Substantive 04 03

DEPARTMENT OF POLITICAL SCIENCE

379

2. Fulltime –Management Appointee

Nil Nil


04 04




Field of Specialization Teachers Competency reflected in students’ feedback

1. Sr. Aloke Sengupta


M.A Retired Sociology 77.01%

2. Sri. Chanchal Chakraborty


M.A, M.Phil 26 Sociology/International Relations

84.57%

3. Smt. Sumita Chakraborty


M.A 11 Comparative Politics 76.38%

4. Smt. Madhumita Ghosal


M.A, M.Phil 20 Local govt. and politics 82.02%

5. Smt.Chaitali Sarkar

Lecturer M.A 1 Public Administration and Local Self Govt.

75.62%

6. Pradipta Mukherjee

Lecturer M.A 2 Public Administration 80.59%

7. Smt. Amrita Bandopadhyay

Lecturer M.A 2 Cultural Politics 54.47%

8. Smt. Sayani Chaudhuri( Left college in Nov.,2008)

Lecturer M.A 2 Contemporary India 75.18%

9. Smt. Sriparna Chatterjee

Lecturer M.A. 0.5 Local Government Joined recently



2. Student Profile:

Social Status:

2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05 2003-04 General 209 198 190 202 197 SC 22 26 23 20 26 ST 01 01 03 03 5 OBC - - - 02 3 Total 232 225 216 227 231 Economic Status:

380









No of second class

No of first class


% first class CU

% passed College

% passed CU >=40%

<50% >=50% <55%

>=55% <60%

2003 71 71 42 20 04 - - 0.77 100 99.70 2004 65 65 31 21 07 - - 1.12 100 99.76 2005 65 65 25 28 02 01 1.54 1.64 100 99.67 2006 66 66 30 20 15 - - 1.57 100 99.83 2007 57 57 32 19 01 - - 0.83 100 100 2008 70 70 51 18 01 - - 0.4 100 99.65







b) Library


295 1916 04


d) Laboratory: N.A.



e) Other Resources:

381




7. Participation of teachers in academic & personal counseling [per week:






Orientation)

Participant Teacher


Smt. Sumita Chakraborty

Refresher Course 1 Feb – 23 Feb 2006. Refresher Course 27 Feb – 18 March

2008.









03 (fulltime)

26 hrs. - - 8 hrs. 7 hrs. -

04 (Class basis)

8 hrs. - - 2 hrs. - -


attended):

382

Name of the teacher

Organised by Topic Date Status

Sumita Chakraborty

1. WBPSA

2. WBPSA 3. Dept. of Pol. Sc. (C.U.)

1. C.U. syllabus in Pol. Sc. (H) P-V & VI

2. Problem areas in C.U. Pol. Sc. (H) 2007 syllabus

3. Identities & the Pluralism Project

4. Multiculturalism in W.B.: Policy Implications

12.10.07 3-4.8.07 17.02.06 17.02.06

State level State level National level National level

Chaitali Sarkar

1. Sudhir Ranjan Mahavidyalaya

2. do 3. do

1. Sustainable Development & Role of Govt.

2. 150 yrs. Of the great Revolt

3. Problems of Internal Security in Eastern India & the role of her people

3-4/8/06 25.08.07

National State

Pradipta Mukherjee

1.Rabindra Bharati University

1. State in political theory: contemporary debates

2. Agriculture to industry: in the socio-economic & cultural background

20.03.07 12.05.07

UGC sponsored National

Sri. Chanchal Chakraborty

UGC at IIITB,Bangalore Technology enabled teaching and learning

3.11.03-5.11.03

National

Department of Sociology, CU

Globalisation: potentials and predicaments

16.01.07 International

College at Nanded, Maharashtra,Yeshwant Maha vidyalaya, Nanded

The role of internal quality assurance cell in quality enhancement

28.12.05-30.12.05

National

Gudiwada college , AP Bench marking in higher education

23.01.07-24.01.07

National

West Bengal Political Science Association at Scottish Church College

Feminism as an approach to the study of politics

16.12.05-17.12.05

National

Upamahadesis Rajniti Charcha Kendra at office of the organization, Kolkata

US invasion on Iraq 1.05.04 State.


Publications)

Nil


students on average are employed at the graduation level.The rest mainly progress

towards post graduate study.

383


motivate the students to develop communication skill in English which will help them

in case of employment as well as higher studies.

13. Future Plans:


ii) To help the students in different matters outside the class room

iii) To organize more seminars and motivate the students to participate

iv) To interact with the teachers of the department of Political Sc. of different

colleges to inculcate some best practices

v) To publish at least one paper in a year by the departmental teachers

vi) To arrange special coaching for better students and also for weaker students

vii) To undertake a survey on ‘Dropout rate of primary school children and children

not going to primary school’ in Ward No. 17 in Barrackpore Municipality.


Departmental activities: Students of the Dept. of Political Sc. conduct creative

activities like:

a. Celebration of Teachers’ Day through their innovative presentation

b. Publication of departmental magazine “Swapnash”

c. Presentation of papers in the seminars with the help of departmental teachers

in the presence of academic experts from different universities.

d. Helping the organization and arrangement of library books (both the central

library and departmental library) through putting bar code stickers.

e. Arrangement of departmental picnic.

f. They engage themselves in blood donation programme.

Students Feedback: The department as an integral part of the college receives feed-





384

Strengths Weaknesses Suggestions

1. Departmental teacher are helpful and cooperative in and outside the class.

2. Classes are regularly held.

1. Inadequate number of text and reference books in the library.

2. No separate room for the department.

1. Purchase of more text and reference books in the library. 2. Organization of more seminars. 3. Improvement of canteen and

sanitary system. Parents Feedback: The college and the department organized Parent-Teachers’

meeting every year in the month of February in order to inform the parent about their

wards, functioning of the college and the department, seek suggestions from them for

further improvement of the institution and department also. In different meeting

parent gave the following suggestion:

a. Parent-Teacher meeting is a healthy practice and it should be continued

b. More books are need in library (both central and departmental library)

c. Moral or Value-based education and Personal Counseling be imparted to the

students

d. Poor but meritorious students be given more financial assistance

e. Classes of Communicative English and Computer learning be started from 1st

year

f. Parents express their satisfaction about the college as well as the department


Tutor-ward system: The department maintains tutor-ward system for the last 3 years

in a group of 15 to 20 students per teacher in order to address the problems of the

students and to redress the problems. Information about the class attendance,

performance in the class test and other exams, behaviour in the class room,

attentiveness of the students are recorded and corrective measures are taken.



i. The college has selected as Zonal Nodal centre of distribution and evaluation

of answer scripts of Political Science General Paper, Exam of C.U. from

2006 to 2008. Sri Aloke Sengupta, Smt. Madhmita Ghoshal & Smt. Sumita

Chakraborty has functioned as the head examiner. Sri Chanchal Chakraborty

acted as co-ordinator of Centre for Career Development. And Placement Cell

385

in addition to his normal duties. Outgoing Students of the department donate

books for the Departmental Library as a support service for the present and

future students.

Concluding remarks: The department can claim that the teachers to the best of their capacity always take care of the students in teaching-learning process, preparation for competitive examination, employment of the students, faculty development. The dedications of the teachers are praise worthy and highly appreciated by the guardian of the students, Academic Peer Groups.

386


Department of sociology was started in the year 2004 (vide letter no.

C/6314/112-Affl. dt 23.08.04) under the leadership of Shri Alok Sengupta. It is a new

Department. Initially, this subject was not known to the community very much. Later

on, awareness on this subject is gradually increasing. Sociology, as a subject, has

some practical importance. So, the number of students is also increasing. Now, it has

become a well-flourished department of both teaching faculty and the student

community.


In the changed circumstances, social activity and social work have assumed a

considerable importance. A large number of NGOs have been operating through out

the globe. We have witnessed that India is no exception to this. NGOs in India have

been paying attention to a number of issues of urgent social concern. Therefore, the

need was felt to introduce Sociology at the Honours Level to attract students towards

this subject both in terms of academic and application because at that time Sociology,

as an academic discipline, was taught only in one college in the whole North 24

Parganas.

The objective of the Department is to make one students aware about the

changing situations – economic, political, technological-which will have a great

impact on society as a whole.

1. Faculty Profile:

b) Adequacy


1. Substantive 01 Vacant 2. Fulltime –Management Appointee 02 02 3. Class Basis (Part Time) –Management Appointee /

Guest 01 01

c) Competency*: List of Teachers with their Details

Sl. Name of the Designation Qualification Experience Field of Teachers

DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY

387

Teacher in years Specialization Competency reflected in students’ feedback

1. Vacant 2. Sri.

Angshuman Chakraborty

Lecturer M.A 04 Rural & Urban Sociology

93%

3. Smt. Sutapa Ghosh

Lecturer M.A 03 Population Studies

89.5%

4. Smt. Sutapa Basu Dhar

Lecturer M.A 0.5 Population Studies

Joined Recently

5. Sri Argha Sukul

Lecturer M.A. 2



2. Student Profile:

Social Status:

2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05 General 96 86 61 33 SC 4 5 6 4 ST 0 0 0 0 OBC 0 1 1 1 Total 100 92 68 38 Economic Status:

2007-08 2006-07 Below 1500 8 5 1501-5000 32 23 5001-10000 26 18 10001-15000 11 10 15001-20000 2 2 Above 20000 10 7 Others 21 27 Total* 110 92






388

Year



No of second class

No of first class


% first class CU

% passed College

% passed CU >=40%

<50% >=50% <55%

>=55% <60%

2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 20 20 13 04 01 - - 10.46 100 100 2008 26 26 16 08 02 Nil - 8.81 100 100




Class Room No. 229: 6.5mX9m

b) Library


62 289 Two


d) Laboratory:N.A.

i) Laboratory Space/ departmental rooms: 6.5mX9m (Room No.

227)


e) Other Resources:


Lecture method √ Interactive method √ Project base learning √ Computer assisted learning (Including internet) √ Audio visual learning Experimental learning Seminars √ Others √


On an average 2 hrs (academic counseling). Counseling classes are allotted



classes per week.

389


Orientation)

N.A.









02 (fulltime)

18 hrs. 1 hr. - 4 hrs. 2 hrs. -

01 (Class basis)

8 hrs. - - 2 hrs. - -


attended):

Participant Teacher


Date

Sri Angshuman Chakraborty

Attended UGC and UNDP sponsored post centenary golden jubilee international seminar on “ Globalisation: potentialities and predicaments” at dept. of Sociology, CU

16th to 17th jan’ 2007

Attended and organized Institutional seminar on “ micro-credit, SHG Women Impowerment” at Hiralal Majumdar College for Women , Dakshineshwar, Kolkata-35

15th-16th dec’05

Attended Institutional Seminar on “Practicing Sociology” at Maulana Azad College & Sociological Association of W.B

9th Mar.’07

Attended & organized State level Seminar on “Social Change in Contemporary West Bengal” at Centre for Social Sciences & Humanities, C.U

22nd Sept.’07

Attended State level seminar as a speaker on “ Social research: its uses & abuses”.

28th Feb,2005

Attended National level seminar on “ Socialization: its importance

26th Feb,2005

390

Attended National level seminar as a speaker on “Globalization: a sociological perspective”.

25th April 2006

Attended National level seminar on “New trends in career options”.

22nd Feb-19th Mar, 08

Smt. Sutapa Ghosh

Attended National level seminar as a speaker on “Globalization: a sociological perspective”.

25th April 2006

Attended UGC and UNDP sponsored post centenary golden jubilee international seminar on “ Globalisation: potentialities and predicaments” at dept. of Sociology, CU

16th to 17th jan’ 2007

Attended Institutional seminar on “Child Development: Indian scenario”.

13th March 2007

Attended seminar on “Overall development of the SC & ST students and the role of UGC at Srikrishna College, Bagula, Nadia

16th Dec, 2000

Attended a seminar on “Education in a Changing society”at Srikrishna College, Bagula, Nadia

10th Aug’

Attended a seminar on “Market Education Linkage” at Sudhiranjan Lahiri Mahavidyalaya.

8th Feb.’02

Attended a seminar on “Globalization & problem of Employment in India” at Sudhiranjan Lahiri Mahavidyalaya

4th -5th Feb’05

Attended as a Rapportier a state level workshop on syllabi of History at the UG level at Sudhiranjan Lahiri Mahavidyalaya

9th Apr’05

Attended Seminar on “Practicing Sociology” at Maulana Azad College & Sociological Association of W.B

9th Mar.’07

Attended National level seminar on “New trends in career options”.

22nd Feb-19th March 2008

Attended & presented a paper on Indian Society & Practicing Sociology: Changes & Challenges at Dept of Sociology, K.U.

13th – 14th Mar’08

Attended & presented a paper on “ Civil Society & Social Change” at Arambagh Girl’s College

25th -26th Sept.’08


Publications)

391

One research project entitled “Children rights in India (a case study in North 24

Parganas)” by Smt. Sutapa Ghosh.


Name of the teacher


In Journals/magazine Sri Angshuman Chakraborty

Study materials in sociology

2003 B.D.P of N.S.O.U

Distance education – a new vision of the modern world

2003 News letter of N.S.O.U, Kolkata 73

A translated work on “ Jose Marti & Che Guevara- break & continuity”

2003 Progressive Pub., Kolkata 73

Social Research- its uses & abuses

2005 College Magazine

Globalization and its impact on man media

2006 College Magazine

Smt.Sutapa Ghosh

Greying India, open eyes 2004 Journal of SRLM, vol 1&2 Sishur ki adhikar aachhe? 2007&

2008 Samajiki, 2nd issue

Sri. Chanchal Chakraborty

Political development of Afghanistan & Iraq

- -



and competitive Exams). Details will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team

visit.

b) Contribution of the dept. to aid student placements: Guidance for career

opportinuties and for MSW examination is provided by the faculty members of the

department as an aid to student’s placement. The studnts are given opportinutes for

competing on different examinations through preparing them writing bio-

dataprovide assistances to the graduate students in the form of computer learning,

preparation of competitive examination like WBCS, research programme and vertical

progression of study like MSW and providing information for different types of jobs.

13. Future Plans:

Introduction of PG courses in sociology.

392

To initiate some project work with the assistance of some reputed NGOs

where the students of our Department will get training and employment.



i. Seminars & workshops are arranged by the faculties of department

and by the resource persons.

ii. The counseling for academically backward students.

iii. For better interaction between the teachers & students

departmental picnic and educational tour are arranged annually.

iv. Celebration of Teachers’ day.

Students Feedback The department as an integral part of the college receives feed-back from its

stake holders i.e. the students. The students gave their observations about the

department and the college in the form of strengths, weakness and suggestions. A

sample of the last five years is given here. Detail will be shown at the time of NAAC

Peer Team visit.

Strengths Weaknesses Suggestions Steps Taken Teachers

attend their classes regularly and punctually. Teacher –

student interaction is very close and proximate. Teachers are

very cooperative and helpful.

Notes in the classes are given in English, so Bengali medium students are neglected. Lack of

organization of Seminars by the Department.

Notes be given in both English and Bengali versions in the classes.

More seminars

should be arranged by the Department.

Notes are now given in both English and Bengali versions in the classes.

Departmental teachers think over the issue on seminar and all of them have agreed on this view that the during the academic session 2008-2009, more seminars will be organized by the Department.

Parent’s Feedback

Suggestions:-

Demand on introduction of PG course in sociology with in the college

premise.

393

Proposal for setting up of a Departmental Lab and Departmental Class room.


Tutor – Ward System

Department runs a tutor – ward system where students are divided into small

groups and each group is assigned to each teacher, so that each student can be taken

care of personally. Through this system, the concentration level of the students in the

classroom, their attendance, academic performances, library activities, general

awareness level, etc. are monitored by the teachers.



i. Most of the students get chance at PG level in regular course in different

universities.

ii. The number of students who achieved jobs is also satisfactory.

Concluding Remarks: Our department is still in its infancy. We, the departmental

teachers, are trying our students are actively engaged in community-service oriented

activities. Some teachers are directly related to NGO activities. Because, book

oriented learning is not adequate at the present moment. Subject, like Sociology,

should be directly related to our day-to-day activities. Teachers as well as students

must develop an awareness regarding different social issues. So, we are trying to

motivate our students to the field of applied sociology. In our future plan, there is a

provision for campus recruitment by the NGOs for the students. Teachers are actively

involved in research activities; some are academically related to other educational

institutions. All these are the distinguishing features of our department. It is very

encouraging to us that the students, guardians, academic peers are pointing out the

strengths of our department. But, there are some limitations like shortage of faculty

etc. We are trying our best to minimize our limitations in the near future.

394

I certify that that the data included in this Self-Study Report (SSR) are ture to the best of my knowledge. This SSR is prepared by the institution after internal discussions, and no part thereof has been out sourced. I am aware that the Peer team will validate the information provided in this SSR during the peer team visit.

Signature of the Head of the institution

with seal: Place: Date:

Documents

Preface - BRSNC · Preface . Ever since the assessment and accreditation by NAAC in 2002, Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath Collegeis the first college outside the Kolkata and the